Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
8900-8924
RESOLUTION NO. 8924 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING A VESTING TENTATIVE TRACT MAP FOR A SEVEN -LOT RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION ON THE SIDE OF EL CAPITAN WAY [915 EL CAPITAN WAY]. (TR- 140 -98; County file no. Tr 2294) WHEREAS, the Planning Commission conducted public hearings on November 18, 1998 and January 13, 1999, and recommended approval of Vesting Tentative Tract Map 140 -98; and WHEREAS, the City Council conducted public hearings on February 16, 1999 and April 20, 1999 and has considered testimony of interested parties, the records of the Planning Commission hearing and action, and the evaluation and recommendation of staff; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the subdivision is consistent with the General Plan, the Edna -Islay Specific Plan, the Zoning Regulations, Planned Development 140 -98 and other applicable City ordinances; and WHEREAS, the City Council has considered the draft Mitigated Negative Declaration of environmental impact with mitigation as prepared by staff and reviewed by the Planning Commission; BE IT RESOLVED, by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. The City Council finds and determines that the project's Mitigated Negative Declaration adequately addresses the potential significant environmental impacts of the proposed tentative tract map, and reflects the independent judgement of the City Council. The Council hereby adopts said Mitigated Negative Declaration and incorporates the following mitigation measures into the project: R 8924 Page 1 of 7 Resolution no. 8924 (19L Series) Tract 140 -98 (915 El Capitan) Page 2 1. A detailed soils engineering report shall to be submitted as part of the grading and building permit applications. The soils report shall include: data regarding the nature, distribution and strength of the existing soils, conclusions and recommendations for grading procedures including such recommendations to ensure that there are no significant impacts to the creek, and design criteria for corrective measures, when necessary. Grading and building must be designed and performed in compliance with the soils engineering report. 2. A detailed hydrology study indicating the effects of the proposed development on adjacent and downstream properties is required. The scope of the study must include analysis of all existing public and private drainage facilities and creek capacities between this property and an adequate point of disposal and shall make recommendations for appropriate improvements that will reduce flooding. If the .study identifies any on -site areas subject to 100 -year storm flooding, the developer shall process and complete a Federal Emergency Management Agency Letter of Map Amendment (LOMA), or Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) prior to final acceptance of any development. Any lots or building pads, identified to be subject to flooding during a 100 -year storm shall be graded to provide minimum pad elevations of at least 1 foot above the 100 -year storm elevation. All areas subject to flooding shall be documented. 3. The property owner shall grant an avigation easement to the County of San Luis Obispo via an avigation easement document prepared by the County. 4. The findings and recommendations of the May 1998 biological survey shall be incorporated into the final project design and construction. 5. Site development shall include a solid waste recycling plan for recycling discarded building materials such as concrete, drywall, wood and metals from the constriction site. The plans must be submitted for approval by the Community Development Director prior to building permit issuance. 6.. The final project shall be designed to include interior and exterior recycling. 7. Consistent with Municipal Code Section 15.44.270, all graded surfaces shall be wetted, protected or contained in such a manner as to prevent dust or spill upon any adjoining property or street. The following measures shall constitute the project's dust management plan and shall remain in effect during all phases of that project's construction: a) Regular wetting of roads and graded areas (at least twice daily with complete coverage of all active areas); b) Increasing frequency of watering whenever winds exceed 15 niph c) Cessation of grading activities during periods of winds over 25 mph; R 8924 Page 2 of 7 Resolution no. 8924(199 Series) Tract 140 -98 (915 El Capitan) Page 3 d) Direct application of water on material being excavated and /or transported on -site or off -site; e) Watering material stockpiles; and f) Periodic washdowns, or mechanical street sweeping, of El Capitan Way in the vicinity of the construction site. SECTION 2. Findings. That this Council, after consideration of Vesting Tentative Tract Map 140 -98, and the Planning Commission's recommendations, staff recommendations, public testimony, and reports thereof, makes the following findings: 1. The design of the tentative map and proposed improvements are consistent with the general plan and with the Edna -Islay Specific Plan. 2. The site is physically suited for the type and density of development allowed in the R- 2-SP-PD and C /OS -SP -PD zones. 3. The design of the subdivision and the proposed improvements are not likely to cause serious health problems, substantial environmental damage or substantially and unavoidably injure fish or wildlife or their habitat. 4. The design of the subdivision or the type of improvements will not conflict with easements for access through, or use of property within, the proposed subdivision.. 5. An initial study of environmental impacts was prepared by the Community Development Department on November 6, 1998 and modified by the Planning Commission on November 18, 1998, adequately addresses the potential environmental impacts associated with the subdivision map and establishes measures to mitigate those impacts to a level of insignificance. SECTION 3. The vesting tentative map for Tract 140 -98 (County File no. Tract 2294) is approved subject to the following conditions and code requirements: 1. All on -site driveways, nonstructural parking improvements, and utilities shall be installed as subdivision improvements. 2. All units shall be numbered in accordance with an addressing plan approved by the Community Development Director. Public Right -of -Way 3. The subdivider shall dedicate a 1.8m [�6 ft.] wide public utility easement and 3m R 8924 Page 3 of 7 Resolution no. 8924 (19y, Series) Tract 140 -98 (915 El Capitan) Page 4 [ --10 ft.] wide street tree easement along all public street frontages, to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works. Water, Sewer and Utilities 4. Existing water wells may remain in use to serve only the lot on which the well is located. Upon development, water well use shall comply with the City regulations and policies in effect at that time. All structures connecting to the City's water system shall be required to pay all applicable water and sewer impact fees. ' 5. The proposed sewer serving this development is tributary to the Tank Farm/Rockview Lift Station system; lift station fees will be charged accordingly. The lift station system is at capacity and some improvement to the system will be necessary to accommodate this development and/or a contribution to the improvements to the satisfaction of the Utilities Director. Any work done on the system or contributions will be credited against the lift station fees, as determined by the City Utilities Engineer. 6. Each lot shall be served with separate water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone and cable TV services in accordance with City standards. Grading and Drainage 7. A detailed hydrology study indicating the effects of the proposed development on adjacent and downstream properties will be required. The scope of the study must include analysis of all existing public and private drainage facilities and creek capacities between this property and an adequate point of disposal and shall make recommendations for appropriate improvements that will reduce flooding. The development must be. designed so as not to increase_ flooding downstream; detention facilities will be required. All proposed detention basin and drainage improvements, except those within a public street, shall be privately owned and maintained by the property owner of Lot 16, Tract 2248. If the study identifies on -site areas subject to 100 -yr storm flooding, the developer shall process and complete a Federal Emergency Management Agency Letter of Map Amendment (LOMA), or, Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) prior to final acceptance of any development. Any lots or building pads, identified in the hydrology study to be subject to flooding during a 100 -yr storm shall be graded to provide minimum pad elevations of at least 1 foot above the 100 -yr storm elevation. All areas subject to flooding shall be documented.. 8. Additional storm water run -off; as a direct result of development of each lot, shall be evaluated by a registered civil engineer and appropriate mitigation (detention facilities) designed into the projects to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works. Maintenance responsibilities of detention facilities shall also be addressed, R 8924 Page 4 of 7 Resolution no. 8924099>- Series) Tract 140-98 (915 El Capitan) Page 5 particularly if an existing off -site detention basin is used. 9. All lots shall be graded to preclude cross -lot drainage, or, appropriate easements and drainage facilities shall be provided, to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works. Traffic 10, Traffic impact fees shall be paid prior to the issuance of building permits. Trees 11. Some trees may require safety pruning by a certified Arborist to the satisfaction of the City Arborist. Creek and Open Space 12, The subdivider shall dedicate an easement over the creek, open space area and drainage basin (if required) for access and maintenance to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. 13. The subdivider shall prepare a creek preservation and maintenance agreement to be recorded with the County Recorder for each lot in a form approved by the City Attorney and the Community Development Director prior to final map approval. The agreement shall include the following provisions: a) Provide for professional, perpetual maintenance of the creek and open space area to the satisfaction of the City's Natural Resources Manager. b) Grant to the city the right to maintain the creek and open space area if the individual lot owner fails to perform, and to assess the lot owner for expenses incurred, and the right of the city to inspect the site at mutually agreed times to assure conditions of the agreement and final map are being met. 14. The creek/open space area shall be maintained by the individual lot owner in accordance with the creek preservation and maintenance agreement as approved by the City. 15. Prior to recordation of the final map, the subdivider shall grant an open space easement to the City of San Luis Obispo with the provision that the individual lot owner will have maintenance responsibilities and the City will have review authority over management/maintenance of the creek and open space area. R 8924 Page 5 of 7 Resolution no.8924 (199:;-Series) Tract 140 -98 (915 El Capitan) Page 6 Mapping and Miscellaneous Requirements 16. All boundary monuments, lot comers and centerline intersections, BC's, EC's, etc..., shall be tied to the City's Horizontal Control Network. At least two control points shall be used and a tabulation of the coordinates shall be submitted with the final map or parcel map. All coordinates submitted shall be based on the City coordinate system: A 3.5" diameter computer floppy disk, containing the appropriate data compatible with.AutoCAD (Digital Interchange Format, DXF) for Geographic Information System (GIS) purposes, shall be submitted to the City Engineer. 17. A copy of all public improvement plans (record drawings) shall be submitted on 3.5" diameter computer diskettes in a format compatible with the City's CAD system and shall comply with the City's computer aided drafting standards (including but not limited to layering, symbols, line weights and colors, stationing, scale, etc...). 18. The final map, public improvement plans and specifications shall use the International System of Units (metric system). The English System of Units may be used on the final map where necessary (e.g. - all record data shall be entered on the map in the record units, metric translations should be in parenthesis), to the approval of the City Engineer.. Code Requirements A. Traffic impact fees are required to be paid prior to the issuance of building permits. B. Water & Wastewater fees are required to be paid prior to the issuance of a building permit for construction on any lot. C. Street trees shall be planted on each lot at the time of development of each lot, per City Standards and to the satisfaction of the City Arborist. The number of trees is determined by one tree per 35 linear feet of street frontage. D. EPA Requirement. General Construction Activity Storm Water Permit are required for all storm water discharges associated with a construction activity where clearing, grading and excavation results in land disturbance of five or more acres. Storm water discharges of less than five acres, but which is part of a larger common plan of development or sale, also require a permit. Permits are required until the construction is complete. To be covered by' a General Construction Activity Permit, the owner(s) of land where construction activity occurs must submit a completed "Notice of Intent" (NOI) form, with the appropriate fee, to the State Water Board. R 8924 Page 6 of 7 Resolution no. 8924 (199- Series) U Tract 140 =98 (915 El Capitan) Page 7 SECTION 4. Effective Date: Vesting Tentative Tract Map 140 -98 (County file no. TR 2294) shall take effect on the effective date of the PD rezoning. On motion of Vice Mayor Romero ,seconded by Council Member Ewan, and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor:Settle. NOES: None ABSENT: None. the foregoing resolution was adopted this 20th day of April, 1999. Mayor Allen Settle APPROVED AS TO FORM- F_ ley ieg R 8924 Page 7 of 7 ��� z. �' W ��� RESOLUTION NO. 8923 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO IMPLEMENTING THE REPORTING OF EMPLOYER PAID MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS AS ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS, LOCAL 3523 WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has the authority to implement Government Code Section 20636 (c) (4) pursuant to.Section 20691; and WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has a written labor policy or agreement which specifically provides for the inclusion of normal member contributions paid by the employer on behalf of the members as additional compensation; and WHEREAS, one of the steps in the procedures to implement this section is the adoption by the governing body of the City of San Luis Obispo of a resolution giving notice of its intention to commence reporting the value of employer paid member contributions (EPMC) as compensation for all members of a group or class; and WHEREAS, the following is a statement of the proposed changes in reporting compensation to PERS: The City of San Luis Obispo elects to pay 9% of safety employees' and 7% of non safety employees' compensation earnable as Employer Paid Member Contributions and report the same percent (value) of compensation earnable {excluding Government Code Section 20636 (c) (4)} as additional compensation. This benefit shall apply to all employees of the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523. The effective date of this resolution shall be April 22, 1999. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo that Goverment Code Section 20636 (c) (4) shall be implemented pursuant to Section 20691 by paying and reporting the value of Employer Paid Member Contributions for all employees of the International Association of Firefighters; Local 3523, as indicated above. Upon motion of Vice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council Member Schwartz and on the following roll call vote:. AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, and Mayor Settle_ NOES: None ABSENT: None R 8923 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. 8923 Page 2 the foregoing resolution was adopted this 20thday of April '1999. Mayor Allen e ATTES Lee Price, 6ty Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Ylgensj, R 8923 Page 2 of 2 RESOLUTION NO. 8922 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ADJUSTING COMPENSATION FOR THE CITY ATTORNEY WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 6689 (1989 Series), the City Council appointed Jeffrey Jorgensen as City Attorney; and WHEREAS, the City Council has evaluated compensation factors for the City Attorney under Section 3 of the Managerial Compensation Plan for Appointed Officials et.al. (Resolution No. 8756 - 1998 Series); and WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 8785 (1998 Series), the City Council established compensation for City Attorney Jeffrey. Jorgensen, NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Effective April 1, 1999, the City Attorney's salary shall increase from $7,968 per month to $8,207 per month. SECTION 2. Effective January 6, 2000, the City Attorney's salary shall increase from $8,207 per month to $8,535 per month. SECTION 3. Effective January 6, 2000, the City will discontinue paying the City Attorney's share of the PERS Contribution (7 %). The 7% will be added to the base salary, and reported as compensation to PERS. The employee will pay directly to PERS their contribution amount on a pre -tax basis pursuant to Section 414 (h) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). SECTION 4. All other compensation and benefits afforded the City Attorney under the Appointed Officials Compensation Plan (Resolution No. 8756 - 1998 Series), and the City Attorney Employment Agreement (Resolution No. 6689 - 1989 Series) not superseded by the.above, shall remain in full force and effect. SECTION 5. The City Council shall evaluate the performance of the City Attorney annually. On motion of Council Member Romero , seconded by Council Member Schwartz , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None R 8922 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. 892PJ 999 Series) Page 2 ABSENT: None The foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this 20tbay of April , 1999. MAYOR ALLEN SETTLE LEE PRICE, CITY CLERK APPROVED AS TO FORM: J J JEFFREY G. JORGENSEN, CITY ATTORNEY R 8922 Page 2 of 2 n_J �� _. �� ����`. RESOLUTION. NO. 8921 (1999 SERIES) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ADJUSTING COMPENSATION FOR THE CITY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 6198 (1987 Series), the City Council appointed John Dunn as City Administrative Officer; and WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 8784 (1998 Series), the City Council established compensation for City Administrative Officer John Dunn. NOW; THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Effective April 1, 1999, the City Administrative Officer's salary shall-increase from $9,050 per month to $9,457 per month.. SECTION 2. Effective April 1,1999, The City Administrative Officer will receive an additional five days of annual vacation leave. SECTION 3. Effective January 6, 2000, the City Administrative Officer's salary shall increase from $9,457 per month to $9,977 per month. SECTION 4. Effective January 6, 2000, the City will discontinue paying the City Administrative Officer's share of the PERS Contri bution (7 %). The 7% will be added to the base salary, and reported as compensation to PERS'. The employee will pay directly to PERS their contribution amount on a pre -tax basis pursuant to Section 414 (h) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). SECTION 5. All other compensation and benefits afforded the City Administrative Officer under the Appointed Officials Compensation Plan (Resolution No. 8756 - 1998 Series), and the City Administrative Officer Employment Agreement (Resolution No. 6198 - 1987 Series), not superseded by the above, shall remain in full force and effect. SECTION 6. The City Council shall evaluate the performance of the City Administrative Officer annually. On motion of Council Member Romero , seconded by Council Member Schwartz , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle R 8921 Page 1 of 2 r i Resolution No8921(1999 Series) Page 2 NOES: None ABSENT: None The foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this 20th day of April 1999. MAYOR ALLEN SETTLE APPROVED AS TO FORM: NSE CITY ATTORNEY R 8921 Page 2 of 2 0 �� . 0�l�"� v / ��' n RESOLUTION NO.8920 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO OPPOSING PACIFIC BELL'S 411 RATE INCREASE WHEREAS, SBC/Pac Bell has applied to the California Public Utilities Commission for permission to increase the charge of a local directory assistance call from $0.25 up to $1.10. This is a 340% increase. In addition, SBC/Pac Bell is asking to raise the rate of an emergency break - through call from $1.00 to $5.00; and WHEREAS, public safety agencies such as police, fire and paramedic services frequently use local directory assistance and emergency interrupt services, and this increase would create a tremendous financial burden for these government agencies, and WHEREAS, the affect of these increases would dramatically impact the elderly, those with physical disabilities, and low income households; and only those with physical disabilities that file an exemption with SBC/Pac Bell would be exempted; and WHEREAS, SBC/Pac Bell controls over 97% of the local service markets it serves; and WHEREAS, unlike long distance information services, by virtue of SBC/Pac Bell's monopoly there is no competitor that has as accurate and up -to -date information as SBC/Pac Bell, and WHEREAS, most consumers associate local directory assistance with the numbers 411, not any other dial around number. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo that the City strongly opposes SBC/Pac Bell's application for these excessive rate increases. We furthermore encourage SBC/Pac Bell to withdraw its application until a time when consumers have a competitive choice for their local services: Upon motion of Vice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council Member Schwartz and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members :;Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and NOES: None Mayor Settle ABSENT: None R 8920 Page I of 2 Resolution No. 8920 (1999 Series) Page Two the foregoing resolution was adopted this 20' day of April, 1999. Mayor Allen Lee Yrice, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: W3 F/I W/A R 8920 Page 2 or 2 �� ����� ��1� Gv c��� �� RESOLUTION NO. 8919 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO UPHOLDING AN APPEAL OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION'S ACTION, THEREBY UPHOLDING THE DECISION TO APPROVE USE PERMIT U 132 -98, BUT DELETING CONDITION NO. 14 ENDORSING A SECOND DRIVEWAY, FOR PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT AT 1150 LAUREL LANE WHEREAS, the Planning Commission conducted a public hearing on February 10, 1999, and ultimately recommended approval of the rezoning (R 132 -98) to change the designation on the City's zoning map from M, Manufacturing, to M -MU, Manufacturing with the Mixed Use overlay zoning, as well as approved a required use permit (U 132 -98), for property located at 1150 Laurel Lane; and WHEREAS, H.C. Harbers Jr., project representative, filed an appeal of the Planning Commission's action on February 18, 1999, based on a concern with Condition No. 14 of U 132- 98 as approved by the Planning Commission; and WHEREAS, the City Council conducted a public hearing on, April 6, 1999, and has considered testimony of the applicant/appellant, interested parties, the records of the Planning Commission hearings and actions, and the evaluation and recommendation of staff; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the project is consistent with the General Plan and other applicable City ordinances. WHEREAS, the City Council has considered the Negative Declaration with Mitigation Measures (ER 132 -98) as prepared by staff and reviewed by the Planning Commission. BE IT RESOLVED, by the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: R8919 C Resolution No. 8919 (1999 Series) Page 2 SECTION 1. Findings. That this Council, after consideration of the proposed project (U 132 -98), the appellant's statement, staff ,recommendations and reports thereof, makes the following findings: 1. The project's mixed uses are consistent with the general plan and are compatible with the surroundings, with neighboring uses, and with each other, subject to the limitations on types and sizes of uses regulated by conditions. 2. The project's design, limiting uses, and physically separating office and warehouse entries, protects the public health, safety and welfare. 3. The location and size of the site, and the siting of the building on the property are conducive to establishing an unique variety of land uses that are compatible with surrounding uses including residences, offices and'the railroad bike path. 4. The mixed uses provide greater public benefits than single use development of the site including: • services which benefit on -site workers, as well as neighbors; • reduce auto travel by providing services and jobs in close proximity to nearby housing, and • support for the development of alternative transportation opportunities by providing facilities and services to support the adjacent bicycle path. 5. The project is consistent with the General Plan, including policies on government office locations, with the recommended condition regarding restrictions on types of government offices that potentially could locate at the-site. 6. A Negative Declaration with Mitigation Measures was prepared by the Community Development Department on January 12, 1999, which describes significant environmental impacts associated with the proposed rezoning and associated project development. The Negative Declaration concludes that the project will not have a significant adverse impact on the environment subject to the mitigation measures shown in the attached initial stud_ y ER 132 -98 being incorporated into the project. SECTION 2. Action. The appeal is hereby upheld, and the action of the Planning Commission to approve Use Permit U 132 -98 is modified to delete Condition No. 14 endorsing the development of a second driveway to serve the project. Therefore the use permit is approved, Resolution No. 8919 (1999 Series) Page 3 subject to the following conditions: 1. The use permit will become effective only if the City Council adopts an ordinance to change the site's zoning to M -MU. 2. A maximum of 100,000 gross square feet of floor space in the modified larger manufacturing building on the site may be occupied by professional office uses. 3. Except as otherwise noted in these conditions of approval, all requirements included in the zoning regulations for the M zone shall apply. The list of M zone uses shall apply as amended through conditions of this use permit allowing some retail uses and large offices with some restrictions. 4. Some uses, not otherwise allowed in the M zone, such as retail sales and repair of bicycles, specialty retail sales and museums, may be established in proposed stationary railroad cars through the approval of an administrative use permit. The M zone already allows restaurants and snack shops through the administrative use permit process. These uses may also be considered in proposed stationary railroad cars. 5. A Planning Commission use permit shall be required for any requests to establish a school at the site, other than the types of specialized technical schools that are already allowed by the underlying zoning. The use permit shall focus on adequate separation of the school from other uses that might pose safety issues, provision of places for parents to drop -off and pick- up children and suitable outdoor use and play areas for children. 6. More than one office tenant may occupy office space on the site, but no single professional office tenant may occupy less than 2500 square feet of adjacent, interconnected floor area. 7. The following types of office- related uses are prohibited: banks, real estate offices, financial institutions, medical clinics, doctors offices, and lawyers offices. 8. Government agencies not functionally related to general government, social services, or health care operations, as specified in the General Plan Land Use Element Section 5.1 may be allowed at the site through the approval of an administrative use permit where it can be demonstrated that there is limited need for public visitation. The Hearing Officer may refer these requests to the Planning Commission if the request raises potentially significant General. Plan consistency issues. 9. The proposed train cars shall not encroach within existing City easements, nor shall they impact existing and future City facilities and operations within said easements. 10. The existing trees planted over the public sewer main are of concern to the City. All trees Resolution No. 8919 (1999 Series) Page 4 shall be required to be removed from the sewer easement and replaced with new trees at more appropriate locations, to the satisfaction of the Utilities Engineer, City Arborist and Director of Public Works. 11. The Public Works Department is agreeable to a private bike path connection to the new public bike path. The exact alignment and elevation of the connection may be adjusted so as to minimize impacts to the drainage channel (on -site & offsite), trees, minimize grading and accommodate existing public improvements (eg water main, fiber optic conduits, irrigation system components, lighting infrastructure, landscaping, etc.) to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works. 12. All off -site improvements shall be constructed in accordance with City's Railroad Bicycle Path -Phase I, Specification No. 9098. All new improvements, or modifications to existing bike path improvements shall be warranted by the applicant for a period of one year following the final inspection. The applicant shall sign an agreement and provide a surety guarantee (in a form acceptable to the City; eg - Letter of Credit) prior to the start of any work, to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works. 13. In accordance with the Airport Land Use Commission's action of August 19, 1998, an avigation easement shall be recorded over the project site prior to final approval or implementation of the rezone. All subsequent discretionary and subdivision permits on the project site shall also be required to record avigation easements. On motion of Council Member Ewan, seconded by Vice Mayor Romero, and on the following roll call vote: AYES` Council Members Ewan, Marx and Schwartz, and Vice Mayor Romero NOES'. None ABSENT: Mayor Settle The foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 6th day of April _,1999. Resolution No. 8919 (1999 Series) Page 5 ATTE B Lee Price, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Vice Mayoi Dave Romero if, o �� RESOLUTION NO. 8918 (1999 Serita)" A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APROVING A REACQUISITION OF A PROPERTY ADJOINING THE LAGUNA LAKE GOLF COURSE WHEREAS, a portion of the Laguna Lake Golf Course property was sold to the Congregational Church - United Church of Christ in 1995; and WHEREAS, the property was to be used for a building to house a Senior Day Care Program known as AdCARE; and WHEREAS, the Congregational Church is not able to construct that building; and WHEREAS, it is advantageous from a golf course operations perspective to _reacquire that property. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo that: SECTION 1. The reacquisition of this property is approved. SECTION 2. The Mayor is authorized to sign the purchase and sale agreement. Council Member Council Member Upon motion of :Schwartz , seconded by Marx , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, and Vice Mayor Romero NOES: None ABSENT: Mayor Settle the foregoing resolution was adopted this 6 th day of April , 1999. PPP P . ��� Attorney Vice' -Miyof �-%Ve Romero R8918 62 Pag;: 1 Escrow No. 250421 . -SO LEGAL DESCRIPTION EXHIBIT Rel/p, That portion of Lot 59 of Stratton's Subdivision of the Ranchos Canada de Los Osos and La Laguna, in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, as shown in Book A of Record Maps at pages 83 and 84, recorded in the office of the San Luis Obispo County Recorder, described'as follows: Beginning at a 1 1/2" iron pipe and tag, L.S.'3982, on the Southwesterly line and distant 49 ft. from the Westerly corner of Parcel A, as shown in Book 20 of Parcel Maps at page 71, being THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence, at right angles to the said Southwesterly line, South 45 degrees 59 minutes 25 seconds West, a distance of 65 ft.; thence, along a line parallel to and 65 ft. Southwesterly of the Southwesterly line of Parcel A, South 44 degrees 00 minutes 35 seconds East; a distance of 130 ft.; thence, along a line at right angles to the Southwesterly line of Parcel A, North 45 degrees 59 minutes 25 seconds East, a distance of 65 ft.; thence, Northwesterly along the Southwesterly line of Parcel A, North 44 degrees 00 minutes 35 seconds West, a distance of 130 ft. to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING. DEEDLEGL -08 /09 /94bk RECORDING REQUESTED BY CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: City of San Luis Obispo Attn: Paul LeSage 1341 Nipomo Street San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT APN: THIS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT constitutes an agreement by which. THE CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH - UNITED CHURCH OF CHRIST, A Not For Profit California Corporation ( "Seller ") agrees to sell, and the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO a chartered municipal corporation of the State of California( "Buyer "), agrees to purchase that certain real property ( "Property ") legally described in the attached Exhibit "A ", which is incorporated herein as though fully set forth. The terms and conditions of this Agreement are as follows: 1. Purchase and Sale. Seller agrees to sell to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, the Property upon the terms and conditions herein set forth. 2. Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Property is Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00). 3. Payment of Purchase. Price.. Buyer shall pay the purchase price in full upon the transfer of the Property as specified in this Agreement. 1 C, n 4. Lot Line Adjustment. The Buyer shall provide all necessary legal descriptions to be included in the deed, and a lot line adjustment if necessary. 5. Conditions of Title. Fee simple absolute title to this Property shall be conveyed by Seller to Buyer by grant deed in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit "B" to be fully executed and acknowledged by Seller subject only to the following conditions of title.: A. Matters affecting the Conditions of Title created by, or with the written consent of Buyer. B. Prior to transfer of the Property, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a Preliminary Title Report evincing the willingness of a Title insurer to provide a policy of title insurance (C.L.T.A. or equivalent) in the amount of the purchase price showing title to the Property vested in Buyer. 6. Costs and Expenses. The cost and expense of the title report and insurance policy to be issued in favor of the Buyer as in paragraph 5(B) above, shall be paid by Buyer. Recording fees shall be born by the Buyer. 7. Notices. All notices or other communication required or permitted shall be in writing, and will be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, at the following addresses: 2 Seller:. The Congregational Church United Church of Christ Attn: Moderator 11245 Los Osos Valley Road San Luis Obispo, CA 93405 Buyer: City of San Luis Obispo Attn: Paul LeSage 1341 Nipomo Street San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 Notice shall be deemed given as of the time of personal delivery or forty -eight (48) hours following deposit in the United States mail. Notice of change of address shall be given by written notice. 8. Seller's Seller's Representations and Warranties. Warranties. A. In addition to any express agreements of Seller contained herein, the following constitute representations and warranties of Seller which shall be true and correct as of the transfer of title (and the truth and accuracy of which shall constitute a condition to the Buyer accepting the transfer of title) : (1) There are no actions, suits, claims, legal proceedings or any other proceedings affecting the Property or any portion thereof at law or in equity before any Court or governmental agency, domestic or foreign. (2) Seller has not received any notices from governmental authorities pertaining to violations of law or governmental regulations with respect to the Property. 3 (3) Seller has no knowledge of any pending or threatened proceeding in eminent domain or otherwise by any public entity which would affect the Property, or any portion thereof, nor does Seller know the existence of any facts which might give rise to such action or proceedings. (4) There are no liens or encumbrances on or claims to, or covenants, conditions and restrictions, easements, rights of way, rights of first refusal, options to purchase, or other matters affecting the Property except those previously disclosed and any rights conferred to Buyer by this Agreement. (5) There is no material adverse fact or condition relating to the Property, or any portion thereof (including the existence of any underground tanks or pipelines, or hazardous material), of which the Seller is aware. The Buyer agrees to accept the Property in its existing condition. (6) Seller has the legal power, right and authority to enter into this Agreement, and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby. (7) There are no fixtures on the property in which anyone other than Seller has any claim, rights, or security or other interest. (8) There are no service or maintenance contracts, management agreements or any other agreements which will affect Buyer or the Property subsequent to the transfer of title. 4 (9) In the' event that; during the period between the execution of this Agreement, and the transfer of title, Seller has actual knowledge of, learns of, or has a reason to believe that any of the above representations or warranties may cease to be. true, Seller- hereby covenants to immediately give notice to Buyer of the change in circumstances. Upon Seller notifying Buyer of the change in circumstances, Buyer may terminate this Agreement, and all funds delivered to Seller in connection hereby shall be immediately returned. 9. Use of Property. Buyer shall process a zone change (from R3 to PF) for the Property at its own cost, and use the property for municipal purposes. 10. Survival _ of --Conditions representations and warranties The covenants, agreements, made in this agreement shall survive the recordation and delivery of, the Grant Deed conveying the Property to Buyer. 11. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors, heirs, and assigns of the parties hereto. 12. Required Action of Buyer- and _Seller. Buyer and Seller agree to execute all such instruments and documents and to take all actions pursuant to the provisions hereof in order to consummate the purchase and sale herein contemplated and shall use their best efforts to accomplish the timely Transfer of Title in accordance with the provisions hereof. 5 13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the Property, and may not be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. 14. Recorded. It is the intention of the parties that this Agreement shall be recorded. 15. Approvals. Whenever an approval is required under this Agreement, such approval shall be construed as "reasonable approval." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this 6th day of April 1999. BUYER CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO By: Vice Mayor Dave Romero ATTEST: City Clerk Liz P SELLER LOS OSOS VALLEY ROAD CONGREGATIONAL UNITED CHURCH OF CHRIST / By- RESOLUTION NO. 8917(1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING ENGINEERING STANDARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS AS PREPARED BY THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WHEREAS, the Engineering Division of the Public Works Department is responsible for periodically updating the Engineering Standards, and WHEREAS, the Engineering Standards are necessary to ensure that public works facilities are designed and constructed to minimum acceptable standards to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public, and WHEREAS, legally adopted Engineering Standards are necessary to provide "design and plan immunity" thereby protecting the City from possible liability, and WHEREAS, the Engineering Division has completed a revision of the current Engineering Standards, NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo, California hereby: 1. Approves the City Engineering Standards attached hereto marked Exhibit "A ", to be included in a booklet prepared by the Engineering Division of the Public Works Department setting forth City Engineering Standards for design and construction of public works projects. 2. Authorizes the Public Works Department to prepare and maintain a supply of said booklet for distribution. 3. Authorizes the City Engineer to make minor modifications to the Engineering Standards under the provisions of Resolution No. 8414 (1995 Series). R8917 Resolution No. 8917 (1999 Series) Page 2 Upon motion of Council Member Schwartz, seconded by Council Member Jan Marx and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx,. Schwartz and Vice Mayor Romero NOES: None ABSENT: Mayor Settle the foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this 6' day of April, 1999. ATTEST: Vice Mayor-Dave Romero Lee l"rice, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: . sen p PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING DIVISION ENGINEERING STANDARDS - FEBRUARY 1999 EDITION - APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER: W E A. PETERSON DATE C ENGINEER R.C.E. 18598 ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL BY RESOLUTION NO. 8917,1999 SERIES ® City of San Luis Obispo Engineering Division 955 Morro Street, San Luis Obispo CA, 93401 (805) 781 -7200 www.ci.saa-hfis-obispo.ca.ustpublicwoxWcnginecring.asp CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS February 1999 Edition 1000 - GENERAL UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA ...................... 2000 - PARKING & DRIVEWAY STANDARDS TEXT. ......... ............................... NO. 1010 -13pp .......2010 -9pp DRIVEWAYS DRIVEWAYRAMP - STANDARD ...................:......... ......:........................ ...........................2110 DRIVEWAY RAMP - RIGHT- OF-WAYS LESS THAN 3 m ....::..............:. ...........................2111 ... DRIVEWAY RAMP - SIZE & LOCATION ...... .. ....... ..........:.........:..::....:: ...:..:.::..:..::.::..:.:..2120 STANDARD DRIVEWAY - UPWARD & DOWNWARD ........................... ........:..........:..:....2130 UPWARD & DOWNWARD DRIVEWAYS - MAXIMUM RISE & DESCENT (Residential)..2140 PARKING LOTS PAVEMENTDESIGN ................................................. ............................... ......................:..:.2210 OFF- STREET PARKING STANDARDS .................... ............................... ......................:....2220 PARKING BAY DIMENSIONS - COMPACT CARS ... ............................... ...........................2230 PARKING BAY DIMENSIONS - AVERAGE CARS ... ............................... ...........................2240 PARKINGLOT STRIPING ......................................... ....::......................... ...........................2250 3000 DRAINAGE DRAINAGE DESIGN CHARTS ...................................................... ............................... (UNDER REVISION) CURBCAPACITY ......................................................... :..:...:.:.....:................................. (UNDER REVISION) CATCH BASINS CATCH BASIN - SINGLE GRATE............ .................. ............................... ...........................3320 CATCH BASIN - SINGLE GRATE, SLOTTED GUTTER ......................... ...........................3330 CATCH BASIN - DOUBLE GRATE ........::..........::..... ...:..:..:..................... ...........................3340 CATCH BASIN - SIDE OPENING .............................. ..........................:.... ..:........::.....:........3350 CATCH BASIN - EXTENDED SIDE OPENING ......... ............................... ...........................3360 CATCH BASIN - EXTENDED SIDE OPENING WITH GRATE(S) ........... ...........................3370 UNDERDRAINS SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN - CONCRETE .:.....:........ ............................... ...........................3410 IN SIDEWALK UNDERDRA - WITH PIPES ......:...:.... ....:..: :....:.......:......... ..........................3415 SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN - WITH COVER PLATES .............. ............................:.. :.....:..:.3420 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES STORM DRAIN MANHOLE - 900 mm PIPE & LARGER ......................... ...........................3510 STORM DRAIN MANHOLE - 450 mm to 900 mm PIPE .......................... ...........................3520 4000 - CURB. GUTTER. & SIDEWALK CURB & GUTTER CURBRETURN FORMULAE .................................... ............................... ...........................4010 CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS N0. CURB......................................................................... ............................... ........................... 4020 CURB& GUTTER ...................................................... ............................... ...........................4030 SIDEWALK SIDEWALK - INTEGRAL & DETACHED .................... ............................... .......::.................4110 SIDEWALK TRANSITION - INTEGRAL TO DETACHED ........................ ...........................4120 SIDEWALK RETURN TRANSIT IONS ....................... ............................... ...........................4130 NEWBOARDWALK ............................................................ ............................... ...........................4140 MISSION STYLE MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK - TYPE 1 .................... ............................... ...........................4210 MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK- TYPE 2 .................... ............................... ...........................4220 UTILITY COVER FOR MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK .............................. ...........................4230 MISSION STYLE RAILING - HANDRAIL & GUARDRAIL ........................ ...........................4240 CROSS GUTTERS CROSSGUTTER ...................................................... ............................... ...........................4310 CROSS GUTTER - SLOTTED ......:........................... ............................... ...........................4320 CURB RAMPS CURB RAMP - CORNERS & MIDBLOCK -TYPE 1 . ............................... ...........................4440 CURB RAMP - CORNERS & MIDBLOCK - TYPE 2 . ............................... ...........................4441 MISCELLANEOUS CUTTING CONCRETE .............................................. ............:.................. ...........................4910 CONCRETE BUS TURNOUT .................................... ............................... ...........................4920 5000 - RETAINING WALLS RETAINING WALL DRAINAGE ...:............:..:............. ............................... ...........................5020 SHORT RETAINING WALLS - NO PERMIT REQUIRED ......................:. ...........:...............5030 6000 - UTILITIES UTILITIESLOCATION :...... :..w ..........................:...........:..:. ............:............:..... :..................6010 TRENCH DETAIL #1 - PAVED OR UNPAVED STREETS ....................... ...........................6020 TRENCH DETAIL #2 - PAVED OR UNPAVED STREETS ....................... ...........................6025 TRENCH DETAIL #3 - UNPAVED NON - TRAFFIC AREAS ..................... ...........................6030 UTILITY COVER - GRADE ADJUSTMENT & PCC COLLAR .................. ...........................6040 UTILITY PIPELINE - ABANDONMENT ::...:..:...:..:..... ...:.............:..:..:....... ............:........:...:.6050 WATER - SEWER SEPARATION CRITERIA - TEXT .................................. ............................... ......................6110 -6130 DETAILS.................................................................... ............................... ...........................6140 WATER SERVICES WATER SERVICES - NEW & REPLACEMENTS ............ ............................... .....................6210 WATER SERVICE - CONNECTIONS ....................... ............................... .......:...................6220 WELLMETERING ..................................................... ............................... ...........................6240 WATER METER - WITH UNMETERED BYPASS, 80 mm & LARGER ... ...........................6250 MANIFOLD - MULTIPLE WATER SERVICES .......... ............................... ...........................6266 METER VAULTS- 80 to 250 mm .................:............ ............................... ...........................6270 CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO. WATER MAINS FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY .................................... ............................... ...........................6310 VALVE TO FITTING RESTRAINT ............................. ............................... ...........................6320 WATERLINETIE -IN .................................................. ............................... ...........................6330 WATERVALVE & WELL ........................................... ............................... ...........................6340 BLOW -OFF ASSEMBLY ............................................ ............................... ...........................6350 AIR/VAC RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLY - 25 & 50 mm ........................... ...........................6360 WATER MISCELLANEOUS DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR CHECK WITH FDC AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER- 100 TO 250 mm .............................. ............................... ...........................6420 DETECTOR CHECK & VAULT - FOR 150,200 & 250 mm FIRELINE .... ...........................6430 DETECTOR CHECK VAULT FOUNDATION - FOR 150, 200, 250 mm FIRELINE .............6440 FIRE SPRINKLER VALVE & WELL - 50 mm ............ ............................... ...........................6520 NEW FIRE SERVICE -100 mm ................................ ............................... ...........................6530 R P BACKFLOW PREVENTER -19 TO 250 mm ..... ............................... ...........................6550 DOUBLE CHECK ASSEMBLY - 50 TO 250 mm FIRELINE ..................... ...........................6560 BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY - PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER ................ ...........................6570 POST INDICATOR VALVE & FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION ....... ...........................6580 FIRE MAIN - BUILDING CONNECTION ................... ............................... ...........................6590 SEWER MANHOLES SEWERMANHOLE ................................................... ............................... ...........................6610 SEWERDROP MANHOLE ........................................ ............................... ...........................6620 SEWER MANHOLE - SANDTRAP ............................ ............................... ...........................6650 SEWER MAINS SEWERCLEANOUT & WELL ................................... ............................... ...........................6710 SEWER SERVICES SEWERLATERAL ..................................................... ............................... ...........................6810 SEWER - BACKWATER VALVE ............................... ............................... ...........................6820 7000 - STREETS & TRAFFIC PAVEMENT FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT ELEMENTS ......................... ............................... ...........................7110 ASPHALTBERM -150 mm ....................................... ............................... ...........................7120 SIGNS METAL SIGN & PARKING METER POSTS .............. ............................... ...........................7210 "P" SIGN POST .......................................................... ............................... ...........................7220 100 x 100 REDWOOD SIGNPOST ........................... ............................... ...........................7230 STREETNAME SIGN ................................................ ............................... ...........................7240 TRAFFIC CONTROL GUIDELINES FOR CONSTRUCTION ZONES ......... ............................... ...........................7310 ROAD BUMP - CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ............. ............................... ...........................7320 ROAD BUMP - LOCATION, STRIPING & SIGNS ..... ............................... ...........................7321 STREETBARRICADE ............................................... ............................... ...........................7330 REMOVABLEBOLLARD ........................................... ............................... ...........................7335 BARRICADE - SIDEWALK CLOSURE ...................... ............................... ...........................7340 PARKING STREETPARKING .................................................... ............................... ...........................7410 CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO. MISCELLANEOUS STREETLIGHTING .....................................::..:..... .a.::...:.......:.::........... ..:..::........::..........7910 HYDRANTREFLECTOR ........................................... ...........:................... ...........................7920 8000 — LANDSCAPING STREET TREES STREET TREES - MASTER LIST ............................. ............................... ...........................8010 STREET TREES - .MAJOR STREETS ....:................ ....:.......................... ...........................8020 TREE WELLS TREEWELL ............................................................... ............................... ...........................8130 TREE WELL COVER ................................................. ............................... ...........................8140 TREE WELL COVER - ALTERNATE METHOD ....... ............................... ...........................8150 TREE PLANTING STREET TREE PLANTING NOTES ......................... ............................... ...........................8210 TREE PLANTING & STAKING - ZONE 1 - 60 LITER SIZE ..................... ...........................8220 TREE PLANTING & STAKING —ZONE 2 - 60 LITER SIZE ..................... ...........................8230 TREE PLANTING & STAKING - ZONE 3 - 60 LITER SIZE ..................... ...........................8240 TREE PLANTING & STAKING - ZONES 1 & 2 - 600 mm BOX & LARGER :.::..:...... :..:...... 8250 TREE ROOT CONTROL TREE ROOT TRIMMING & BARRIER INSTALLATION ........................... ...........................8310 TREE ROOT CONTROL - FABRIC INSTALLATION ............................... ...........................8320 9000 - MISCELLANEOUS MAILBOX LOCATION ............:................................ ............................... ......::...................9010 MONUMENT& WELL ............................................... ............................... ...........................9020 DRAFTING STANDARDS .......................................... ............................... .........................(UNDER REVISION) 1 UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA A. STREETS 1 2. 3. Geometrics: All streets shall intersect other streets at right angles, and shall have at least 15 meters of centerline tangent, as measured from the prolongation of the cross - street property line to the angle point or beginning of curve. Grades and Cross Slope: Streets shall be designed with a minimum grade of I% and a maximum grade of 15 %. Design of street grades at intersections shall follow the principles indicated in the most current edition of AASHTO manual "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets .n Cross slope shall be considered during street construction and rehabilitation design. Cross slope is typically 2% but may range from 1.5% to 3% to accommodate terrain. For streets where curbs are at different heights, a quarter crown point is typical with the crown no more than 3 meters from the high side curb face. The grade break at the gutter should not exceed 20% at a driveway to prevent vehicles from dragging the ground or sidewalk. Streets designed with super elevation shall be designed in accordance with current California Department of Transportation Highway Design Manual guidelines. Pavement: Pavement design shall follow the California Department of Transportation Highway Design Manual, be based on a 20 -year design life and the "R- value" of the subgrade material. New local streets shall be designed for a 50 -year life. Pavement thickness shall be based on the following traffic indexes: Street Type Traffic Index New local residential street 6.5 Reconstructed local residential street 5.5 Local residential street with bus routes 7.0 All other streets 8.5 Variations of these design standards may be approved by the City Engineer to meet individual circumstances. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE City Of Revise notes. A2,4, 5 and B.4.8, b JDL wAP 2 -99 Iu��P.uiplillP'll sAn �'I`�II" UNIFORM DESIGN JDL Add notes: B.4.g and h _ WAP _2 -99 LUIS CRITERIA wAP » Mebio comersion, pages 3 and 5 JDL -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februan1 1999 Edition OBISPO � -_ - Pagel 1010 See also Section B, Item 4b, and Engineering Standard #7110 for other requirements affecting street design. 4. Sidewalk: Curb returns shall be designed to minimize overly steep grades of curbs through the .returns, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. Generally, the grades of curb returns should not exceed the grades of the adjacent streets and should accommodate state standards for accessible curb ramps. Sidewalk shall be designed and constructed per Engineering Standards #4010 -4130. Standard sidewalk width is 2 meters. Commercial sidewalk widths are 2.5, 3.0 and 3.5 meters, depending on the location of the commercial development. In areas where these widths cannot be maintained, sidewalk shall have a minimum of 1.5 meters clear width, including the curb top. All sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 100 mm, and driveways shall have a minimum thickness of 150 mm. Integral curb, gutter and sidewalk shall be constructed without a cold joint between the curb and the sidewalk. 5. Accessible Curb Ramps: Curb ramps shall be installed at all intersections where sidewalks exist or are to be built at some future date. Handicapped ramps should be located in the most logical place to accommodate pedestrians crossing in the crosswalk. Curb ramps shall be constructed per Engineering Standards #4140 or 4141 and comply with the provisions of the ADA. Any deviation from standards requires a finding of unreasonable hardship by the City Engineer. 6. Mission Style Sidewalk: The following requirements apply to the construction, replacement, or repair of Mission Tile Sidewalk which may be installed only in the Downtown Mission Sidewalk District, which is defined in Resolution No. 4183 (1980 Series). a. Mission Style Sidewalk shall be constructed per City Engineering Standard #4220. Construction per Standard #4210 shall only be by determination and approval of the city Engineer. b. Tree wells shall be constructed per City Engineering Standards #8130 and 8140. REVISIONS BY APP JDATE C������Sa►11� j IS OBISPO UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA Page 2 1010 Revise notes: A.2, 4,5 and B.4.a, b JDL WAP 2-99 Add notes B.4.g and h JDL WAP 2 -99 Metrrc conversion, pages 3 and 5 JDL WAP 11-98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edition 0 0 c. All driveways, curb ramps, and .catch basins shall conform to Mission Style Sidewalk requirements. Driveway ramps shall not be constructed with tile inlay. Instead, the file row shall return towards the right -of -way line at each side of the driveway. d. All signposts and parking meter posts shall be relocated behind the tile row and be installed per City Engineering Standards 07210, 7220, 7230, and 7240. e. All utility vaults, water meter boxes, and sewer cleanouts shall be relocated behind the file row, when possible, shall conform to City Standards, and shall be special ordered to be colored with DAVIS Adobe #5964. All lids and covers shall be cast iron, iron diamond - plate, or concrete colored with DAVIS Adobe #f5964. f.. City- approved flag sockets shall be installed, at locations determined by City Engineer. g. All new installations shall include curb and gutter, h. Any existing feature in the sidewalk that is of a special, unique, unusual, or historic nature, as determined by the City, shall not be replaced, removed, or altered without specific approval of the City Engineer. All construction of Mission Style Sidewalk shall require review and approval of proposed project by the City Engineering Department prior to construction. B. DRAINAGE 1. General: New development shall accept historic flows from upstream, and convey them in a non - erosive, non - damaging manner to a safe point of disposal, which is either. a. A street, storm drain, or improved drainage channel which must have adequate capacity, or b. A natural creek. All drainage improvements shall be capable of handling the design storm based on ultimate development upstream, and comply with the following standards. .2. Design Standards: a. "Major waterways," are identified to be the following creeks within the city. The design standard shown should be used in designing creek facilities and establishing setback lines. Final adoption of these standards is dependent upon an evaluation of the impacts associated with implementing the standard. Revise notes: A.2, 4, .5 and 8.4.a, b Add notes: 6.4.g and h Metric conversion, pages 3 and 5 STANDARD CURRENT AS dF: BY I APP I DATE 1999 Edition City Of IIIIIlil9��!����I�I�IIIIIIII I� I san Luis UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA Page 101 San Luis Creek 40 year above confluence 50 year below confluence Old Garden Creek 25 year Stenner Creek 50 year Prefumo Creek 50 year All other major waterways, defined as those having drainage areas of over 10.4 square kilometers, will be designed for a 1 *year frequency storm. b. All other waterways shall be designed to the following standards: 1) "Secondary waterways," which have drainage areas between 2.6 and 10.4 square kilometers, shall be designed for a 25 -year frequency storm. 2) "Minor waterways," which have drainage areas of less than 2.6 square kilometers, shall be designed for a 10 -year frequency storm. 3) The "n" values to be used in Manning's formula shall conform to the following: TABLE OF FRICTION FACTORS 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe 0.009 "2. Vitrified clay pipe (VCP) 0.013 "3. Asbestos cement pipe (AC P) 0.011 4. Concrete cast4n -place or precast pipe 0.013 '5. Corrugated metal pipe (CMP) 100% paved 0.015 '6. Corrugated metal pipe (CMP) paved invert 0.019 '7. Corrugated metal pipe (CMP) plain unlined 0.024 '8. Open channel w /concrete floor& formed concrete or block walls 0.015 9. Asphaltic concrete (smooth) road berm 0.015 10. Open channel with gunite lining 0.018 11. Sacked concrete rip-rap 0.030 12. Grouted rock rip-rap 0.030 13. Loose rock rip-rap 0.035 U. Landscaped channel To.be determined 'For analysis installations. of existing systems only. VCP, ACP and CMP are not allowed for new BY APP DATE iIIIIIIIIIIIV� O� Illllli!II I' IIII���IIII - UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA ib.4.a b JDL WAP - 2 99 2 -99 JDL WAP ;A�aS= :,-f); WAP „ -OR 4 1010 0 4) Velocities in earth channels with vegetative cover shalt not exceed the following: ALLOWABLE VELOCITIES FOR ERODIBLE CHANNELS (Meters / Second) APP DATE Range Eroded Resistant 2 -99 Type of Cover % Soils Soil a. Bermuda Grass sod 0 -5 1.8 2.4 we6 11_02 5-10 1.5 2.1 10+ 1.2 1.8 b. Sod- forming grass such as Kentucky Blue Grass, Buffalo Grass, 0-5 1:5 2.1 Smooth Brome, Red Top; Blue Gamma 5-10 1.2 1.8 10 0.9 1.5 c. Grass mixture. Not recommended for use on slopes steeperthan 0-5 1.2 1.5 10% 5-10 0.9 1.2 d. Bunch grasses, vines & similar open cover such as Lespedez, 0 -5 0q 1.1 Weeping Lovegrass; Ischaemum (Yellow Bluestem), Alfalfa, Crabgrass; Sudan Grass. Annuals (for temporary use). Not recommended for use on slopes steeper than 5 %. The City Engineer may grant exceptions to the above chart. The lasting of these grasses is for calculations only for existing conditions or approved planting, and is in no way intended to authorize their use. 3. Hydraulic Calculations: Developed areas shall follow methods described in "Streets and Highway Drainage," Vol. 1, ITS, current edition. Drainage design computations for developments shall be fastened together in one report, signed and sealed by the registered civil engineer pre_ paring calculations, and shall include the following information: a. Storm intensity b. Drainage area in acres, shown on a hydrology map c. Runoff factor d. Time of concentration e. Meter3 / second to each structure f; Meter3 / second to each pipe. g. Flow -line elevation of each pipe and inlet h. Top -of- structure elevation or control elevation of inlets i. Water surface elevation at each structure J. Hydraulic grade fine k. Pipe size., length, grade, material, including pipe gage or class. 1. Plat map showing areas covered by water, and depth of water, for a 100 -year design storm. m. Evaluation of impact on downstream peak flows due to any delays in peak flow caused by detention basins. Revise notes: A.2, 4, 5 and B.4.a, Add notes: B.4.g andh Metric conversion, pages 3 and_ 5 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: BY APP DATE MY Of 1DL tNAP 2 -99 ph I; � I IiIIIIII'A 1DL WAIF LUIS }ni we6 11_02 2.99 1999 Edition UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA 5 101 �i 4. Design Requirements: a. Developments: No new improvement shall be allowed which will divert floodwater to another location formerly not affected by flood flows. Drainage shall not be diverted to another drainage basin. New development shall not cause an increase in runoff to the drainage system below the development unless the area of the development is a part of an area master plan that has addressed increases in runoff and the master plan has been implemented. All new residential building pads being created shall provide for a first floor elevation a minimum of 300 millimeters above the 100 -year storm high water elevation. In no event will drainage be permitted to overtop building areas either from surface runoff or from backup of natural bodies of water during a 100 -year design storm. b. Streets: Streets shall be designed to contain 10 -year frequency storm within 150 or 200 millimeter curbs to the approval of the City Engineer. Any additional discharge from a 10 -ye4r frequency design storm shall be carved underground in storm drains. Cross gutters will only be permitted at intersections. Cross gutters are to be avoided wherever possible. They will not be allowed on arterials, collectors, bus routes or cross traffic local streets. Traffic lanes on arterial and collector streets shall not be used to cant' floodwaters for the design year storm. c. Storm Drains: All underground structures shall be provided with an alternate surface area that will safely carry off storm waters should the structure become blocked. The surface area shall not be obstructed in such a way as to divert or block storm water endangering adjacent development. Hydraulic gradelines in culverts flowing under pressure shall be no higher than 150 millimeters below inlet grates and manhole covers of all structures.. Additions or extensions to existing culverts shall be.sized in relation to the practical quantity of water that can reach that location and whiicti can be safely carved, considering downstream restrictions, and as approved by the City Engineer. RENMONS BY APP DATE Revise notes: A2, a, 5 and B.4.a, b JDL WAP 2-99 IIVI�pIIIIIII�I��Ioucl�����p san UNIFORM D ES I G N Add notes: B.4.g and h JDL WAP 2 -99 jS CRITERIA Metric conversion, pages and 5 JDL WAP „ -98 sTANDARD cuRRENT AS oF: FeorwY 1999 Edition OBISPO Page 6 1010.. E �u Due to the tendency for plugging and higher maintenance factor, drop inlets utilizing grated openings may only be allowed by special permission of the City Engineer. Circumstances warranting such grated inlets will be considered, including steep slopes, limited space for extended curb opening inlets and effects on bicyclists. d. Open Channels: If velocity is erosive, the channel shall be designed to minimize damage. Erosion may be controlled by dissipaters, hard surface, or landscaping. Asphalt concrete will not be allowed for lining of any permanent channel. All channels shall have a minimum of 300 millimeters of freeboard. 600 millimeters may be required in major creeks. The minimum bottom width of lined channels shall be 2 meters, and the minimum bottom width of unlined channels shall be 2.5 meters, unless approved otherwise by City Engineer. A low -flow improved swale may be required. All constructed open channels with vertical walls shall be protected by a chain link fence at least 1.5 meters high.. Access points for maintenance in all channels shall be no further apart than 350 meters. Where top width exceeds 15 meters, the developer may be required to improve an all- weather dust -free access and maintenance road at least 3.5 meters wide located between the channel and the chain link fence. Frequent access points, via driveways and parking lots, may be provided upon prior approval of City in lieu of an access road. Exceptions to the requirement may be granted on a case-by- case basis by the City Engineer. e. Natural Channels: Natural channels shall be handled in an ecologically sensitive manner. Any work affecting natural channels shall have the approval of all Federal, State and Local regulating authorities. f. Constriction: When required by the City Engineer, the developer shall install and maintain devices that will control erosion and the deposit of silt and debris during and after construction and until accepted for maintenance by the C_ ity or by some other responsible organization. g, Land Development: New projects shall be designed to include improvements nece"ssary to assure no increase in flood flows downstream.. This condition may require local or regional floodwater detention /retention basins. Multipurpose basins are desirable. Revise notes. A.2, 4,5 and B.4 a, b Add notes 8.4.q and h ,Ietdc conversion, pages sTAwARD cuRRENTAs BY APP DATE � of !DL WAP 299 - "��!ll�q �n _ _ IIIII�iuiiilllVlll Illflli IDL WAP 2 99 LulS UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA 101 h. Design shall be consistent with City Council Resolution 5138 adopting a Flood Management Policy, Standards and Action Plan or as later amended. C. WATERLINES 1. Size: Minimum water main size shall be 200 mm except: a. A 150 millimeter main may be used in normal gridded street patterns where two 200 mm looped mains in adjacent streets are to be connected if the length is less than 105 meters and it will not have to support a fire hydrant.. b. Dead -end mains require special approval of both Fire Dept. and Utilities Dept. For dead -end mains the minimum size shall be 0 100 mm main if less than 45 meters long and serving less than 10 dwelling units. 0 150 mm main if over 45 meters but less than 105 meters long and serving less than 25 dwelling units. 0 200 mm main if over 105 meters but less than 210 meters long and serving less than 50 R -1 dwelling units (with triple Valve at intersection) 0 250 mm main if over 210 meters but less than 450 meters long and serving less than 75 R -1 dwelling units (with triple valve at intersection and 75 meter maximum fire hydrant spacing). 2. Location: Water mains shall be located per E_ ngineering Standards #6010 and #6110 through 6140'., Minimum clearance between mains and street surface shall be 1 meter. 3. Materials: All water main pipe shall conform to AWWA standards, and all waterline construction shall meet State Health Department standards. Only ductile iron and PVC water main pipe will be acceptable. Unless there are special design considerations, PVC mains shall be Class 150 DR 1.8, and ductile iron mains shall be pressure Class 150. 4. Fittings: Where water mains have adjacent fittings, the fittings shall tie locked together with flanges. REVISIONS Revise notes: A2, 4,5 and 8.4.a, b JDL I WAPI 299 Add notes: 8.4.g and h JDL I WAP 2 -99 Metric conversion, pages 3 and 5 JDL I WAP 1 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edition City O.f tlIIIIII�C'II���pIIICll�llli San LUIS UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA PageB 101 5. Services: All new services shall be 25, 50 or 100 mm or larger. Size of water services shall be based on UPC, and adequate for maximum density allowable on each specific lot. Meters shall not be larger than service line. 6. Fire Protection: Fire hydrant location and service sizing shall meet the requirements of the Fire Department Developers Guide. On mains of 300 mm and larger, fire hydrant location and spacing shall allow, whenever possible, for the placement of a fire hydrant instead of a blowoff assembly at a low point in the waterline. Hydrant reflectors shall be installed for each hydrant in accordance with Engineering Standard #7920. D. SEWER 1. Design: Sewer main size shall be determined by designing for flowing half -full, considering the flow generated by the development, the ultimate upstream development, and infiltration. Minimum sewer main size shall be 200 mm; except a 150 mm minimum size main may be allowed for the last run which ends in a manhole and cannot be later extended to serve other properties. Laterals shall be sized to be adequate (100 mm minimum) for maximum allowable density on each specific lot Sewer main slope shall be .sufficient to provide 1 mps minimum velocity flowing half - full. Grades shall be designed from manhole outlets to inlets. Sewer main depth shall accommodate all lateral connections and allow a 300 mm minimum vertical clearance between laterals and other utility conduits. Design flow criteria are summarized as follows (for newly constructed mains only — City Engineer will provide data for older mains): Domestic Sewage (Liters /Person /Day) Average dry- weather flow (ADWF) 318 Peak dry- weather flow (PDWF) 795 x peak reduction factor REVISIONS I BY APP I DATE CTLY of Revise notes: A.2, 4,5 and B.4.a, b JDL WAP 2 -99 f� SM • UNIFORM DESIGN FAdd notes: B.4.g and h JDL WAP 2 -99 LLAS Metric conversion, pages 3 and 5 JDL WAP 11 -98 CRITERIA STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edition OBISjJ Page Page 9 1010 Storm Water Infiltration Inflow (Liters /Meter2/Day) .Not more than 1 dwellings/1600 m2 well drained area 0.2 (or equivalent) lowland 0.3 More than 1 dwellings/1600 m2 well drained area 0.5 (or equivalent) lowland 0.7 Reductions in peak flows occur because of storage in the system and diversification of development. The estimated factors which should be applied to obtain peak dry- weather flows are summarized as follows: Population Range Peak Reduction Factor 0- 1,800 1.00 1,800 - 2,600 0.96 2,600- 3,500 0.92 3,500- 5,000 0.88 5,000- 7,000 0.84 7,000- 9,800 0.80 9,800 - 15,000 0.76 15,000 - 35,000 0.72 35,000 - 50,000 0.68 Where two or more lines enter a manhole, sufficient elevation difference shall be provided in the trough elevations, whenever possible, to prevent the smaller of the lines from being surcharged by the larger line(s) under normal operating conditions. Top of smaller pipe shall be no lower than top of larger pipe(s). Sewer mains and laterals shall be designed so as to be usable by each lot without the need for an ejector pump. Exceptions may be granted on a case -by -case basis by the City Engineer. Sewer laterals shall have backwater valves installed whenever the flood level rim of the lowest fixture in the building (including .basements) is less than 300 mm above the rim of adjacent upper or lower manhole, whichever controls, as determined by the City Engineer. ' Curves may be permitted provided that pipe deflection is limited to manufacturer's recommendations, with a minimum radius of 30 meters, and the curves are only in one plane (either horizontal or vertical) between adjacent manholes. Sewer mains and laterals shall be located as shown in Engineering Standards #6010, 6110- 6140, and 6810. 2. Manholes: Manholes shall be spaced no further than 120 meters apart. Upstream ends of sewer mains shall terminate at manholes. REVISIONS I BY APP DATE Revise notes: A.2, 4,5 and B.Aa, b JDL WAP 2-89 mm1NJJ� lll!IIIIIIIII�I�91iijp�San� UNIFORM DESIGN Add notes: B.4.g and h JDL WAP 2 -99 CIS Metric conversion, pages 3 and 5 JDL WAP 11 -98 CRITERIA OBISPO STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: 1999_Ed"'on Page io 1010 EO All inlets shall be designed and installed such that the top of pipe elevations match, as much as possible. All manholes shall be constructed with precast .bases as shown in Engineering Standards #6610 and 6620. Minimum manhole width shall be 1.2 meters. Brick or block manholes will not be allowed except under special circumstances where it is not feasible to construct pre -cast manholes._ Manholes shall be 1.2 meters in diameter unless the size and /or number of inlet(s) and outlet(s) warrants the use of a 1.5 meter diameter manhole. Concentric cones shall be used. Eccentric cones may be used only in special cases, and only with approval of the City Utilities Engineer. Steps will not be allowed in manholes. Manholes shall be watertight Manholes shall not be located at the centerline of intersections. Manholes which are expected to experience turbulence or large build up of gases such as experienced at siphons, shall have a protective coating or liner. The Utilities Engineer will make the final determination of which locations will require the coating or lining. The coating or liner proposed by the Engineer, must be approved by the Utilities Engineer. An all- weather access at least 4 meters wide must be provided to all manholes for maintenance with truck - mounted equipment. The access road grade shall not exceed 20 %, and a truck turn- around may be required at convenient points. 3. Materials: Vitrified clay pipe (VCP), asbestos cement pipe and bituminous fiber pipe shall not be permitted for mains or laterals. Concrete pipe will be permitted only for sizes of 450 mm and larger, and then subject to the approval of the City Utilities Engineer. Cast iron (Class 150), and PVC (DR 35) may be used for sewer mains. Laterals shall be cast iron (Class 150), PVC (DR 35), or Schedule 40ABS. Other pipe materials may be allowed with prior approval of the City Utilities Engineer. Lateral connections to main shall be made with a factory- fabricated wye and a 1/8 bend, of the same material as the main. Cement or hot -pour joints will not be allowed. Rubber coupler joints such as "Band Seal" or "Caulder Coupling" may be used. Changes in grade shall be made using appropriate fittings. Abandoned laterals shall be disconnected at the main, and capped at both ends and the main with an approved watertight seal. REVISIONS I BY APP I DATE crty f Revise notes A2, 4,5andB.4.a,b JDL W4P 2-99 1° 9��� S UNIFORM DESIGN Add notes: B.4.g and h JDL WAP 2 -98 _ 111 LUIS Metric conversion, paws 3 and 5 JDL waP 11-96 - - CRITERIA OBIS STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edition - P0 Page 11 1010 E. SURVEY F 1. Street Monuments:. Street monuments shall be set to reference street centerlines at all intersections, angle points, beginning and ending of curves; radius point of cul-de -sacs, and at tract boundary as required by the City Engineer. Monuments shall be set no further apart than 150 meters along centerlines, and shall be shown on the final subdivision map. Monuments shall be constructed per Engineering Standard #9020. 2. Tract Boundary Monuments: Tract boundary monuments shall be set to reference: tract boundary lines at all angle points, beginning and ending of curves, and intersections with street right -of- way lines. Tract boundary monuments shall be set no further apart than 150 meters along boundary lines, and shall be shown on the final subdivision map. Tract, boundary monuments shall be constructed of iron pipe, no smaller than 40 mm in diameter, no shorter than 760 mm in length, capped and stamped with either the land surveyor's or registered engineer's number, and indicated by a marker stake extending above the ground surface. 3. Lot Stakes: Lot stakes shall be set to reference lot lines at all angle points, and beginning and ending of curves, except where said point is to be set with a tract boundary monument. Lot stakes shall be constructed of 19 mm plugged galvanized pipe at least 450 mm in length, or a #10 rebar with plastic cap. If a lot comer falls on concrete or rock, the comer shall be set with a lead plug. All comers shall be tagged or marked with either the land surveyor's or registered engineer's number. All lot stakes shall be set at ground surface, with white marker stakes located' immediately adjacent Offset staking or alternative staking will not be allowed without prior approval of the City Engineer. PROJECT PLANS 1. All improvement plans shall be prepared and signed by a registered Civil Engineer. The public improvement plans shall use the standards set forth in Engineering Standard #9920. Each utility company whose facilities are involved shall sign the REVISIONS BY APP DATE I My of !IIIII!�0U sal S UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA 'evrse/rotesA2.4,_SandB4.a b JDL WAP - 299 -. dd notex B o a and h - JD,- L _- - - WAP 2 -99 11 -98 ?etdc aomerson. Dams 3 and 5 JDL 0 0 original plans indicating they have reviewed and approved the plans. Construction may not begin until the plans are signed by the City Engineer, and 3 copies are provided for the inspectors. At the completion of construction, one set of reproducible mylar as -built plans; 3 sets of microfiche, and an AutoCAD electronic file shall be provided to the City at no charge. REVISIONS BY APP DATE CTLY Revise notes: A.2, 4, 5 and BAa, b JDL WAP 2 -99 Sm UNIFORM DESIGN dd notes: BAg and h JDL WAP 2 -99 i tents Metric conversion, pages 3 and 5 JDL WAP 11 -98 CRITERIA OB'S STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Fetmury 1999 Edition r Page 13 1010 PARKING. AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS A. General Driveways, driveway ramps, parking stalls and aisles, including pavement, drainage, landscaping, screen fencing, and lighting, shall conform to these standards and all requirements of the Municipal Code. All spaces and driveways must be designed to function properly. City ins_ pection is required at appropriate times to insure that all specifications are met. B. Permits If the parking lot is not a part of a larger project, the builder shall obtain a parking lot permit from the Community Development Department prior to constructing a new or modifying an existing parking lot. To obtain a permit, a plan for the project must be submitted to the Community Development Department. Any restriping or improvements, other than for maintenance purposes, to a parking lot also requires approval of a parking lot permit by the Community Development Department. C. Plans Plans for the parking lots shall conform to city standards and shall show design for grading, paving, striping, signing, curbing, lighting, landscaping, and trash enclosures. D Pavement 1. Parking lots and driveways shall be paved with an all- weather surface, such as asphaltic concrete (AC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC). The minimum thickness of pavement shall be as specified in these standards. Base material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent. Compaction test reports shall be submitted to the Community Development Department for verification of proper compaction. All motorcycle spaces within parking lots shall be PCC pads. Porous pavement surface methods approved by the City Arborist shall be provided within the drip line of existing trees in or near parking lots. All spaces shall be marked; with disabled spaces having special pavement marking in each space. Directional entrances and exits and aisles shall be signed and marked on the pavement. 2. Alternative Permanent Paving: The Community Development Director may approve alternatives to AC or PCC paving on private property. Alternative paving materials, when installed according to manufacturer's specifications, shall provide a suitable, all- weather, load- bearing surface to support passenger cars and light -duty trucks. Alternative paving surfaces REVISIONS BY APP DATE City Of ��VI� @n���lj��� 1 OBISPO PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS _. _ Page 1 2010 Vew border JDL WAP. it-98 City Engr. °approval to PW Dir. JDL WAP 2-99 'Handicapped'toMisabled' JDL waP 2 -99 STANDARD CULT AS OF: February 1999 Edition for driveways or parking lots serving large commercial vehicles or fire trucks must be designed to accommodate a maximum vehicle weight of 20,400 kg. Alternative paving materials over City utility easements will not be repaired or maintained. by the City. The Director may approve such alternative paving to achieve aesthetic and environmental objectives, such as improved appearance, increased water percolation, reduced erosion and runoff, increased aeration and water for tree roots, reduced glare, and increased area available for landscaping upon finding that the alternative paving will provide public aesthetic or environmental benefits, and is equal to or better than AC or PCC paving in terms of public safety, performance, strength, quality and durability. Examples of permanent alternative paving surfaces include, but are not limited to: interlocking pavers, eco- block, porous AC paving, cobblestone, or other material judged by the Community Development. Director to be of equivalent performance, strength, quality and durability. 3. Temporary parking lots and driveways shall have an all- weather, dust -free surface with sufficient compacted base material or undisturbed grade to safely accommodate the intended use. Examples of temporary paving surfaces include, but are not limited to: compacted "redrock° or decomposed granite; compacted road base over compacted natural grade; or other temporary surface which the Director determines to provide an all - weather load- bearing surface equivalent to the above materials in terms of safety, maintenance, and appearance. Gravel and similar materials shall not be used where average cross - slopes exceeds 5 %. (See Paragraph O.) E. Geometries. Turning Radii: The minimum allowable inside vehicle turning radius in parking and driveway areas shall be 6 meters unless Fire Apparatus access is necessary, in which case the minimum inside radius shall be 9.3 meters and the outside radius shall be 14 meters or as required by the Fire Department. (fuming radii are not necessarily the radii of curbs around islands and other improvements.) Additional details are as shown on the standard drawing. 2. Spaces Which-Back Onto Street: Except as noted in No, 3, parking spaces which back directly onto the public street shall be set back a minimum of 6 meters from the back of the sidewalk, regardless of the zoning of the property. BY I APP I DATE 1 New border I JDL I WAP 1 11 -98 1 "City Engr. "approval to PW Dir." JDL WAP 2 -99 9landicappee to Disable(F JDL WAP 2 -99 U't O1' saga ffil line OBISPO PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS Page 2 2010 Except as noted in No. 3, no portion of any parking space or aisle, except driveways for ingress or egress, shall be permitted in a required street yard setback area. 3. Tandem Parking: Residential uses may have required spaces arranged in tandem subject to the approval of the Community Development Director. Single dwellings where tandem parlting is approved may have one unenclosed parking space within the street yard (refer to Section 17.16.020 - Yards in the city's Zoning Regulations). 4. Walls/Walkways/Entrances: A parking space facing a wall containing entrances and abutting a walkway to those entrances must be at least 1.2 meters clear of such a wall. 5. Wheel Stops: Wheel stops are required if the space is headed into a wall, fence, landscaped area, building, or side of another auto. Additional wheel stops may be required by the Community Development Department. Concrete curbing may be :substituted for wheel stops with the approval of the Community Development Director. 6. Overhangs/Encroachments: Dimensions shown on the standards must be clear of overhangs or other encroachments which might interfere with vehicular access. Circulation areas shall be provided at the ends of aisles. 7. Maneuvering: Parking lots with more than six spaces shall be designed so that automobiles will exit onto a public street in a forward direction and with no more than two maneuvers. A maneuver is defined as each motion in either a forward or backward direction. No space may be allowed that requires a vehicle to be maneuvered on the public sidewalk in order to exit All spaces must be designed to be entered in one maneuver. A turnaround may be required if it's considered unsafe for a vehicle to back into the street by the Community Development Department and/or Public Works Director. 8. Stall Sizes: All parking stalls shall comply with the parking bay dimension standards for average sized cars as provided in the engineering standard details. Upon approval of an exception by the Community Development Director or Architectural Review Commission, a limited number of compact parking spaces may be allowed if justified by unusual circumstances REVISIONS BY APP DATE CLOT eWbo%r JDL WAP » -98 , 1111111u �,Jjjj Sa - PARKING AND DRIVEWAY a City 6rgr.' approval to PW Dir. JDL WAP 2 99 'Handiwped°to -Disabled' JDL WAP 2.99 STANDARDS �+n OB'`�r O STANDARD CURRENT AS OF* February 1999 Edition - - Page 3 2010 such as saving a tree or using otherwise unusable space. Compact stalls, if used, shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the engineering standard details. Accessible spaces shall be designed and constructed in accordance with state and local requirements. 9. Motorcycle Spaces: All motorcycle spaces shall be designed and constructed in compliance With the engineering standards for motorcycle spaces. 10. Bicycle Parking Standards: Bicycle parking shall be provided in accordance with city zoning requirements. Bicycle parking may include racks and/or lockers rs to the approval of the Community Development Department. 11. Truck Access: Commercial and industrial parking lots searing loading zones shall be designed to accommodate access and circulation movement for on -site truck circulation. The Community Development Director or Public Works Director may require wider driveways and aisles as determined warranted. F. Slope Parking spaces shall slop no more than 5 % in any direction and no less than 1/2% in the direction of drainage. A maximum of 10% slope in aisle and tum- around_' areas may be allowed. Swales of less than 1 % slope shall be concrete.. Variations of these standards may be allowed by the Community Development Director for hardship situations providing safety and convenience concerns have been met. G. Loading Zones Off -street loading zones shall be a minimum of 4 meters wide and 8 meters long. Loading zones shall be designed so that-trucks parking in them will not encroach onto the public right - of -way or into required parking spaces or driveways. Loading spaces designed for large trucks shall have appropriately larger access to allow maneuvering without encroaching into landscape areas. Loading zones or areas may not encroach into fire lanes. Loading zones (spaces) shall be provided in accordance with the. city's zoning regulations (refer to sections 17.46.020 and 17.48.010). Additional loading zones may be required by the Community Development Department or Fire Department. REVISIONS New border City Engr. BY I WAP I i STANDARD CURRENT AS OR Febniam 1999 Edition city Of me p1glig LW PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS Page 4 2010 K Screening 1. -in Large Parking Lots: Any parking lot with more than six parking spaces adjoining a street shall have the street frontage screened with a 1 meter (minimum) high wall, fence, hedge consisting of 20 liter or larger plants, or landscaped berm. The area between such screen and the street shall be landscaped. 2. Near Residential Development: A parking lot on a site adjacent to a residential development or next to a residential zone shall be screened by a solid 2 meter high wall, fence, or an existing mature hedge. I. Landscaping 1. Planting Area Placement: In all parking lots planting areas shall generally be provided after each six parking spaces in any row and at the ends of each row of parking spaces in order to encourage the use of trees in parking areas. Landscape areas shall have a minimum dimension of 1.2 meters; except, those areas with trees shall have a minimum dimension of 2.4 meters. Landscape areas shall be defined by concrete curbing designed to minimize damage to pavement caused by irrigation of landscaping. Landscape areas defining ends of rows shall extend to the minimum inside turn radius, shall not conflict with an aisle or back -up area, nor be less than 1.2 meters in width. (Exceptions to this provision may be granted by the Community Development Department or the Architectural Review Commission.) 2. Planting Arrangement: In order to prevent large expanses of pavement, parking lots shall have at least 5 percent of their surface devoted to landscaping (exclusive of setbacks) arranges in an appropriate and effective manner. Additional landscape area may be required by the Community Development Department or the Architectural Review Commission. 3. Maintenance: In all zones, required street yard areas shall be landscaped and perpetually maintained. All landscape planting shall be maintained and dead plants shall be replaced as necessary. Drought tolerant planting must be used in accordance with the city's landscape standards for water conservation. REVISIONS irovw to "PW to "Disabled" RRENT M OF. JDL I WAP 1 11 -98 JDL WAP 1 2 -99 JDL I WAP 1 2 -99 xuary 1999 Eckdon Cll y Of US PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS Page 5 2010 4. Irrigation: Drought tolerant planting must be used in accordance with the city's landscape standards for water conservation. Landscape areas shall have a permanent underground irrigation system. Irrigation shall provide uniform precipitation for overhead areas and adequate water to maintain healthy plants. Check valves are required at the toe of all slopes to prevent low head drainage. 5. Landscape Preservation: Planting areas which may be hit by automobiles or where drainage control is necessary shall be defined by a 150 millimeter curb or berm of reinforced concrete, brick, or block. A header -board protected by parking bumpers or other suitable permanent material may be approved by the Community Development Department. Header boards, walls or berms must also be provided between the back of a City sidewalk and a planting area to prevent soil from washing onto the sidewalk. Porous pavement surface methods approved by the City Arborist shall be provided within the drip line of existing trees in or near parking lots. J. Accessible Parking All accessible parking spaces shall be constructed and signed in accordance with state and local laws, and shall be located conveniently for use by disabled persons, as approved by the Community Development Department. K. Driveways and Driveway Ramps 1. Driveway_Widths: Driveways shall be the same width as the curb opening (not including the transitions). They must be within the width limitations noted on Engineering Standard #2120. Exceptions may be granted in special circumstances by the Public Works Director or Community Development Director. Unless authorized by the Public Works Director, property owner, adjacent property owner and the Community Development Director, the driveway ramp and transition must lie entirely in front of the property served. The Fire Department may require greater driveway widths to allow for proper emergency vehicle access. 2. Number of Driveways Permitted: Only one driveway is allowed per street frontage for residential property unless the frontage exceeds 21 meters; then a maximum of 30 percent of the frontage may be in REVISIONS Blf I APP DATE crty Of New border JDL WAP 11-98 Mu1�c1l SM PARKING AND DRIVEWAY CiryEngr. -approval ro -P Mr." JDL WAP 2-99 �'�WI • �S STANDARDS wanw=oed" to �isab/ed" JDL WAP 2-99 6 2010 driveways. The total width of all driveways to commercial or industrial property shall not exceed 50 percent of the frontage of the property. Additional restrictions may be placed on driveways entering arterial streets in order to. minimize the disruption to traffic. 3. Abandoned_ Driveways: As a condition of issuance of any driveway permit, all abandoned driveways and driveway ramps on the same property shall be removed, landscaped and the curb, gutter, and sidewalk properly restored. L. Turnarounds 1. Deep Driveways: Driveways which are over 30 meters long shall have a turnaround at the end allowing cars to safely exit in a forward direction. In some instances the Community Development Director may require turnarounds for shorter driveways. 2. Single- Family House Driveways: Single family -residential developments generally do not need to conform with this requirement unless there are extreme grade, fire hazard and/or alignment problems determined by the Community Development Director or Fire Marshall. M. Signing Except for R -1 zoned and R -2 zoned property, entrances and exits that are one -way shall be marked with an approved sign and pavement marking. Accessible, compact car, and loading spaces shall be signed with pavement marking or markings on wheel stops in accordance with state code and local laws. All pavement markings, striping, and signs shall be approved by the Community Development Department. Refer to Section J of this document. N. Parking. Lot Maintenance It shall be the duty of the property owner to maintain and repair the parking lot and related improvements in accordance with the above standards and any other conditions imposed at the time of approval. If the Community Development Department finds that the lot is in need of maintenance or repair, to ensure public safety and welfare, the City may have the work done 30 days after a written notice to the property owner by the Director. Maintenance costs shall be applied as a lien against the property. O. Temporary Parking Lots rccvtatvrva CT AYY UAI t � I Of ewborder JDL WAP tt -98 ;; ,411 sm PARKING AND DRIVEWAY °approval IPW ° City Engr. to Dir. JDL WAP 2 -99 S STANDARDS %landicapped°toCisaWee JDL WAP 2 -99 __ _ OBISjJO STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edition Page 7 2010 Parking lots and driveways which will be used for one year or less may be developed with Community Development Director approval. The Director may require a recorded agreement and/or cash surety to guarantee removal of the temporary parking, site restoration, and clean- up and/or repair of City streets. Such temporary facilities need not provide landscaping, striping and wheel stops as would otherwise be required for permanent facilities, but they shall meet all other parking and driveway design standards (parking space and driveway dimensions, aisle widths, and so on). P. Common - Access Driveways 1. Where permitted: Common access driveways may be permitted in either of the following cases: a. On lots of record (e)isting before the effective date of this section) if the Community Development Director approves an administrative use permit; or b. In new subdivisions where a common driveway is proposed as part of subdivision approval. 2. Basic criteria: A common- access driveway must meet all of the following criteria: a. The driveway must not be inappropriately located (for example, too close to a dwelling, play area or sloped bank). b. It must be determined that there is no significant potential for conflict between the parties sharing the driveway because of its location, length, grade, usage, or other characteristics. 3. For residential uses: The following provisions apply to common - access driveways to serve premises zoned or used for residential purposes: a. Before granting any permit authorizing construction of a common- access driveway or structures to be served by said driveway, the City shall require an easement and covenant to be filed with the County Recorder setting forth driveway usage rights and responsibilities for each parcel served. At minimum, the required easement or covenant shall include the following statements: 1) 2) REVISIONS New border 'City Engr. °approval to PW Di - Handicappear to Disabled' STANDARD CURRENT As OF: All affected property owners will be jointly responsible for the improvement and maintenance of all parts of the common - access driveway. All parking on the commonly used portions of the driveway is prohibited. BY I APP I DATE. JDL I WAP 1 11 -98 JDL WAP 2 -99 JDL WAP 2 -99 1999 Edition city 0f 1 San - a has OBISPO PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS a 2010 3) Any affected property owner may avail himself of the vehicle- removing authority granted private property owners in Section 22658 of the Califomia Vehicle Code when any vehicle is parked in the common - access driveway so as to interfere with entry or access to a parcel it serves. 4) Property owners agree to hold the City harmless from all claims of damages or liability arising from any action to tow away vehicles pursuant to subsection (3) immediately above. 5) If the easement or covenant is abandoned or dissolved, each lot previously served by the common - access driveway shall be provided with standard access as required by these regulations. b. The driveway shall serve no more than four residential units unless special circumstances warrant the grant of an exception by the Community Development Director. C. The Director or Planning. Commission may add other requirements or conditions deemed necessary or appropriate. d. The Community Development Department shall supply the Police Department with copies of all easements or covenants. 4. For .commercial and industrial uses: Before granting any permit authorizing the construction of any common- access driveway to serve premises zoned or used for commercial or industrial purposes, the City may impose the requirements listed above for residential uses as well as any additional requirements or conditions it deems necessary or appropriate. BY I APP I DATE �ew border I JDL I WAP 111 -98 1 STANDARD moval to TW Dir. ° I JDL I WAP 2 -99 to °Disabled• I JDL I WAP 1 2 -99 a:i . My Of SM Lids OBISPO PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS Page 9 201 z 2 � y W E o n z I 51UFWALK EXTENSION 9. MAX— 250 mm •� T II 300 mm CLASS 3 AGGREGATE BASE, 150 mm MIN. DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. R MIN. =55, SE MIN. =25 REBAR REINF. 1 (SEE NOTE E) R/W 75 mm I (TYP.) COLD JOINT OR EXPANSION JOINT GUTTER TILE FOR MISSION AREA (SEE NOTES 1 -3) CURB FACE 150 mm �— REBAR (SEE NOTE E) SECTION LIMIT OF REINFORCEMENT 25 mm HIGH LIP CROSS SLOPE 2% MAX. > 6 m BACK OF RAMP CROSS SLOPE 47 MAX. < 6 m • I DATE Cm, of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 R/W — DRIVEWAY RAMP z Revise re —bar specs Q VO- N W STANDARD y W z 00 Exp. joints, approach JDL COLD JOINT OR N W cJ y Februcry 1999 EXPANSION JOINT 2110 ELEVATION DOWELS (SEE NOTE D) 150 mm SIDEWALK GRADE E - z ao � GENERAL NOTES: A. A DEPRESSION IN A NEW CURB AND GUTTER FOR A DRIVEWAY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNLESS THE RAMP AND SIDEWALK EXTENSION ARE CONSTRUCTED ALSO. B. SLOPE OF RAMP IS A STRAIGHT GRADE FROM THE TOP OF THE BACK OF RAMP TO THE TOP OF THE UP AT THE GUTTER. C. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 3. SLUMP: 50 mm MIN., 100 mm MAX. D. DOWELS AT EXPANSION, OR COLD JOINT, WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 12.5 mm SMOOTH BARS, 375 mm LONG AT 600 mm O.C.. ONE END SHALL BE SLEEVED OR GREASED. E. ALL RAMPS AND SIDEWALK SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH REPAR, #13 0 600 mm O.C.. CONTINUOUS BOTH WAYS, ( REPAR SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS THROUGH COLD OR EXPANSION JOINTS). F. COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL DRIVEWAY RAMPS SERVING MORE THAN SIX (6) PARKING SPACES SHALL BE 3 m DEEP (LONG) UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. G. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #4110 FOR NOTES REGARDING REQUIRED PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR. H. IF DESIGN WILL NOT FIT WITHIN RIGHT —OF —WAY, USE ENGINEERING STANDARD #2111 IF APPLICABLE. WITH APPROVAL OF CITY ENGINEER. 1. IF RIGHT —OF —WAY IS MORE THAN 3 m FROM CURB FACE, BACK OF SIDEWALK EXTENSION SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND 3 m FROM CURB FACE. ADD•L NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA • 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE COLORED (DAVIS - ADOBE -. B 5964) AND SHALL HAVE A SALT FINISH. 2. TILE SHALL BE SET IN A MORTAR BED, WHICH IS COLORED TO MATCH CONCRETE, AND SHALL BE FLUSH WITH COVER FRAME AND SIDEWALK. 3. NO TILE SHALL BE SET IN MORTAR PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF COLOR BY CITY ENGINEER. • ADD?IOAWL NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA SHALL APPLY IN THOSE AREAS DESIGM4TED AS MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK AREA PER CITY COUNCIL RESOLU770M 4183. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE Cm, of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 �a San DRIVEWAY RAMP Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP "_ 98 j Luis STANDARD Exp. joints, approach JDL WAP 3 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februcry 1999 0BISp0 2110 • 0 1.2 m MIN. SIDEWALK MAX- -- 250} mm i;4 V I mm —u– mm CLASS 3 AGGREGATE BASE 150 mm MIN. DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. R MIN. =55, SE MIN. =25 RAMP – VARIES mm SECTION LREBAR (SEE NOTE E) 25 mm HIGH UP ELEVATION GRADE GENERAL NOTES: A A DEPRESSION IN A NEW CURB AND GUTTER FOR A DRIVEWAY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNLESS THE RAMP AND SIDEWALK EXTENSION ARE CONSTRUCTED ALSO. B. SLOPE OF RAMP IS A STRAIGHT GRADE FROM THE TOP OF THE BACK OF RAMP TO THE TOP OF THE UP AT THE CUTTER. C. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 3, SLUMP: 50 mm MIN., 100 mm MAX. D. DOWELS AT EXPANSION. OR COLD JOINT. WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 12.5 mm SMOOTH BARS, 375 mm LONG AT 600 mm O.C., ONE END SHALL BE SLEEVED OR GREASED. E. ALL RAMPS AND SIDEWALK SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH REBAR, #13 0 60D mm O.C., CONTINUOUS BOTH WAYS, ( REBAR SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS THROUGH COLD OR EXPANSION JOINTS). F. COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL DRIVEWAY RAMPS SERVING MORE THAN SIX (6) PARKING SPACES SHALL BE 3 m DEEP (LONG) UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. G. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #4110 FOR NOTES REGARDING REQUIRED PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR. H. THIS DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED FOR USE BY ENGINEER. ADDI NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA: • I. CONCRETE SHALL BE COLORED (DAVIS - ADOBE', # 5964) AND SHALL HAVE A SALT FINISH. 2. TILE SHALL BE SET IN A MORTAR BED, WHICH 5 COLORED TO MATCH CONCRETE, AND SHALL BE FLUSH WITH COVER FRAME AND SIDEWALK. 3. NO TILE SHALL BE SET IN MORTAR PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF COLOR BY CITY ENGINEER ' A00MON4 NOW FOR MISSION SITZE AREA SHALL APPLY IN THOSE AREAS DESIGNATED AS AIWON STYLE SIDEWALK AREA PER CITY COUNCIL RESOLU77ON 4183 REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I (' New border JDL WAP 9 -97 OSd1r DRIVEWAY RAMP Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 l ?A111l Sm RIGHT -OF -WAYS Esp. ,joints, approach JDL WAP 1 3 -98 US LESS THAN 3 METERS STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 21 1 1 �- REMODEL PRIVATE DRIVE LIMIT OF REINFORCEMENT TO MATCH DEPRESSED SIDEWALK (SEE NOTE E) CROSS SLOPE 2% MAX. > 6 m / BACK OF RAMP � REPAR REINF. (SEE NOTE E) CROSS SLOPE 47. MAX. < 6 m 75 mm MID.) R/W COLD JOINT OR z COLD JOINT OR EXPANSION JOINT 8:33 B N 8.331: EXPANSION JOIN' MAX. W r+ 0 O WEAKENED• 0 V) PLANE n JOINT DOWELS 4a a 3 x (SEE NOTE D) COLA JOINT'..'..'.. w W I N x GUTTER PLAN 150 mm —TILE FOR MISSION AREA 1 m 1 m (SEE NOTES 1 -3) (50 mm CUR) DRIVEWAY ( 50 mm CUR) CURB FAC SIDEWALK 1.2 m WIDTH 1.2 m (00 mm CUR ) � (00 mm CUR ) + _- DEPRESSED SIDEWALK ELEVATION GRADE GENERAL NOTES: A A DEPRESSION IN A NEW CURB AND GUTTER FOR A DRIVEWAY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNLESS THE RAMP AND SIDEWALK EXTENSION ARE CONSTRUCTED ALSO. B. SLOPE OF RAMP IS A STRAIGHT GRADE FROM THE TOP OF THE BACK OF RAMP TO THE TOP OF THE UP AT THE CUTTER. C. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 3, SLUMP: 50 mm MIN., 100 mm MAX. D. DOWELS AT EXPANSION. OR COLD JOINT. WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 12.5 mm SMOOTH BARS, 375 mm LONG AT 600 mm O.C., ONE END SHALL BE SLEEVED OR GREASED. E. ALL RAMPS AND SIDEWALK SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH REBAR, #13 0 60D mm O.C., CONTINUOUS BOTH WAYS, ( REBAR SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS THROUGH COLD OR EXPANSION JOINTS). F. COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL DRIVEWAY RAMPS SERVING MORE THAN SIX (6) PARKING SPACES SHALL BE 3 m DEEP (LONG) UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. G. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #4110 FOR NOTES REGARDING REQUIRED PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR. H. THIS DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED FOR USE BY ENGINEER. ADDI NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA: • I. CONCRETE SHALL BE COLORED (DAVIS - ADOBE', # 5964) AND SHALL HAVE A SALT FINISH. 2. TILE SHALL BE SET IN A MORTAR BED, WHICH 5 COLORED TO MATCH CONCRETE, AND SHALL BE FLUSH WITH COVER FRAME AND SIDEWALK. 3. NO TILE SHALL BE SET IN MORTAR PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF COLOR BY CITY ENGINEER ' A00MON4 NOW FOR MISSION SITZE AREA SHALL APPLY IN THOSE AREAS DESIGNATED AS AIWON STYLE SIDEWALK AREA PER CITY COUNCIL RESOLU77ON 4183 REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I (' New border JDL WAP 9 -97 OSd1r DRIVEWAY RAMP Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 l ?A111l Sm RIGHT -OF -WAYS Esp. ,joints, approach JDL WAP 1 3 -98 US LESS THAN 3 METERS STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 21 1 1 Fire hydrant or utility pole APPLICATION MIN. Traffic signal or " w`dkn WIDTH WIDTH U- w New border light standard EXISTING STRUCTURES CONVERTED TO OFFICE USE, AND NEWLY CON— 3 m 5 m STRUCTED OFFICES. t IIIIpl�Gclpp"„7S�DRIVEWAY V'I RAMP LOTS WITH SIX (6) OR FEWER SPACES SERVING COMMERCIAL AND ~i1 4 m R/W .. R/W SR WAP LOTS WITH MORE THAN SIX (6) SPACES BUT FEWER THAN 20 SPACES IwS SIZE & LOCATION AND WITH SEPARATE ENTRANCES AND EXITS (ONE —WAY DRIVEWAYS). 4 m 9 m LOTS WITH MORE THAN SIX (6) SPACES BUT FEWER THAN 20 SPACES 1 -95 Drivewa AND WITH ONLY ONE POINT OF ENTRANCE AND EXIT (TWO —WAY DRIVE— STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: J WAYS) AND LOTS WITH 20 OR MORE SPACES SERVING OFFICE AND 5 m dtyh'. '.'. '. '. RESIDENTIAL USES. LOTS WITH 20 OR MORE SPACES SERVING COMMERCIAL AND INDUS— 6 m 9 m TRIAL USES. LOTS WHERE ANY TYPE OF USE REQUIRES FIRE TRUCK ACCESS BY I 1 m min., full 9 DRIVEWAY. m height curb 1, 7 m min., 50% max. of 1 m min., full height lot frontage full hgt. 11 mO curb between in any one curb driveways serving driveway or m min NOTES: some parcel of land combination full hgt. Q1 Setback from corner may be shortened with approval of driveways, 9 max. curb of the City Engineer. Minimum distance is: Curb (30� x. max. residential) return radius + 1.5 m Q2 Driveway ram s serving more than six (6) parking spaces, and commercial industrial driveways shall be 3 m deep unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Q3 Driveway ramps serving six (6) or fewer parking spaces to end at back of sidewalk. APPLICATION MIN. MAX. APP WIDTH WIDTH LOTS WITH SIX (6) OR FEWER SPACES SERVING RESIDENTIAL USES, New border EXISTING STRUCTURES CONVERTED TO OFFICE USE, AND NEWLY CON— 3 m 5 m STRUCTED OFFICES. t IIIIpl�Gclpp"„7S�DRIVEWAY V'I RAMP LOTS WITH SIX (6) OR FEWER SPACES SERVING COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL USES AND WHERE ANY BUILDING TO BE SERVED IS MORE 4 m 5 m THAN 45 m FROM THE STREET RIGHT —OF —WAY. SR WAP LOTS WITH MORE THAN SIX (6) SPACES BUT FEWER THAN 20 SPACES IwS SIZE & LOCATION AND WITH SEPARATE ENTRANCES AND EXITS (ONE —WAY DRIVEWAYS). 4 m 9 m LOTS WITH MORE THAN SIX (6) SPACES BUT FEWER THAN 20 SPACES 1 -95 AND WITH ONLY ONE POINT OF ENTRANCE AND EXIT (TWO —WAY DRIVE— STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 WAYS) AND LOTS WITH 20 OR MORE SPACES SERVING OFFICE AND 5 m 9 m RESIDENTIAL USES. LOTS WITH 20 OR MORE SPACES SERVING COMMERCIAL AND INDUS— 6 m 9 m TRIAL USES. LOTS WHERE ANY TYPE OF USE REQUIRES FIRE TRUCK ACCESS BY 6 m 9 DRIVEWAY. m REVISIONS BY APP DATE My of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 u 71 ;pp[p w��ll''uGuIVIA t IIIIpl�Gclpp"„7S�DRIVEWAY V'I RAMP Metric conversion SR WAP 10 -96 IwS SIZE & LOCATION Change Note 2 RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 2120 2m Face of integral curb driveway Back of driveway Cl 128mm B \ 27 max.. 24mm A - - -- `\ 209, — — `Back of T'ox. sidewalk Straight grade A to C 1.2m 244mm T_ Slope 2% B to C sidewalk extension 2.4m vertical curve DOWNWARD DRIVEWAY Face of integral curb driveway Back of driveway B C� 2% Max. Back of sidewalk 1,2m Straight grade A to C sidewalk Slope 2% B to C extension UPWARD DRIVEWAY GENERAL NOTES_ Floor of garage or 61 mm carport 1:2m 50x50mm drainage slot (slope to droin) 3.0m vertical curve 171 mm Floor of 76mm garage or 18mm carport 0.8m 1.5m 2.3m 3.0m A. Twenty percent (20 %) maximum slope for residential uses. Ten percent (10 %) maximum slope for commercial and industrial uses. Five percent (5 %) deviation allowed with special construction techniques if approved by the City Engineer. B. Maximum rise & descent, and the run, shall be measured for the worst- condition between the bock of the sidewalk extension and the finished floor, at the garage or carport entrance. C. Sidewalk extension cross —slope may not exceed 2% and must slope towards street. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE cmy of U�V'I San i a US OBDS„O STANDARD DRIVEWAY UPWARD & DOWNWARD 2130 New border Metric con _.version Sidew_ alk Extension JDL WAP 9 -97 JDL RMH WAP WAP 7 -97 7 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1 ggg 1 0 MAXIMUM RISE & DESCENT PERMITTED ON STANDARD DRIVEWAYS UPWARD DRIVEWAY DOWNWARD DRIVEWAY MAXIMUM RISE MAXIMUM DESCENT Maximum Maximum aximum maximum Run Rise Run Rise Run Descent Run Descent 3.5 0.40 15 2.70 2.5 0.20 14.5 2.39 4 0.50 15.5 2.80 3 0.27 15 2.49 4.5 0.60 16 2.90 3.5 0.32 15.5 2.59 5 0.70 16.5 3.00 4 0.36 16 2.69 5.5 0.80 17 3.10 4.5 0.39 16.5 2.79 6 0.90 17.5 3.20 5 0.49 17 2.89 6.5 1.00 18 3.30 5.5 0.59 17.5 2.99 7 1.10 18.5 3.40 6 0.69 18 3.09 7.5 1.20 19 3.50 6.5 0.79 18.5 3.1.9 8 1.30 19.5 3.60 7 0.89 19 3.29 8.5 1.40 20 3.70 7.5 0.99 19.5 3.39 9 1.50 20.5 3.80 8 1.09 20 3.49 9.5 1.60 21 3.90 8.5 1.19 20.5 3.59 10 1.70 21.5 4.00 9 1.29 21 3.69 10.5 1.80 22 4.10 9.5 1.39 21.5 3.79 11 1.90 22.5 4.20 10 1.49 22 3.89 11.5 2.00 23 4.30 10.5 1.59 22.5 3.99 12 2.10 23.5 4.40 11 1.69 23 4.09 12.5 2.20 24 4.50 11.5 1.79 23.5 4.19 13 2.30 24.5 4.60 12 1.89 24 4.29 13.5 2.40 25 4.70 12.5 1.99 24.5 4.39 14 2.50 13 2.09 25 4.49 13.5 2.19 GENERAL NOTES: A. All values shown in meters unless otherwise noted. B. Maximum rise and descent and run shall be measured for the WORST condition between the back of the sidewalk extension and the finished floor grade at the garage entrance. REVISIONS BY APP DATE CIFLYOf UPWARD & DOWNWARD General Notes to indicate Metric JOL WAP 2-99 yr�ll9�ll +�'1 DRIVEWAYS Metric conversion BL w_ . 3"97 US OBISPO MAXIMUM RISE & DESCENT (RESIDENTIAL) 2140 New border JDL WAP 11-98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edtion 0 PAVEMENT THICKNESS (mm) BY (Asphalt concrete with no base) SUBGRADE QUALITY My or �,,,,,,o�o�gp�l�i�SM LWS OBISPO PAVEMENT DESIGN 2210 New border ✓DL GOOD TO EXCELLENT 1 -98 Metric conversion. "Note" SR JDL WAP WAP Unaffected by moisture or retains a sub- STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 stontiol amount of support capacity when wet. 150 130 100 100 Included are well or poorly— graded gravels or sand gravels, silty grovels, and well — graded sands. Sand equivalent = 30 min. FAIR TO GOOD Retains a moderate degree of firmness under 180 140 115 100 adverse moisture conditions. Included are poorly — graded sands or gravelly sands with little or no fines, and silty sands. Sand equivalent = 25 min. POOR TO FAIR Some softness and plasticity appears when 200 150 130 100 wet. Included are clayey sands, inorganic silts, very fine sands, inorganic clays of low, medium or high plasticity, and gravelly to silty clays. POOR Becomes extremely soft and plastic when wet. 230 200 150 115 Included are organic silts or silt —clays of low plasticity, inorganic silts, and organic clays of medium to high plasticity. L TRAFFIC TYPE LIGHT PARKING General parking areas for autos and light trucks. MEDIUM PARKING Access roads and drives, store frontage traffic and service stations. Shopping center roads serving only autos and light trucks. HEAVY PARKING Warehouse approaches, warehouse parking areas, ramps, all heavy —duty truck loadings, or parking areas. Up to 20 heavy truck and trailer units per day. (To be used in areas where garbage trucks will park to load dump - sters.) Shopping center roads serving truck access to loading areas. 4 HEAVY PARKING Heavy industrial types of pavement loadings. Areas for use by 20 -400 heavy truck and trailer units per day. NOTE: Each 25 mm of asphalt may be substituted with 50 mm of Class III base. 50 mm minimum AC. REF.: Pamphlet No. PCD -3, distributed by THE ASPHALT INSTITUTE REVISIONS BY APP DATE My or �,,,,,,o�o�gp�l�i�SM LWS OBISPO PAVEMENT DESIGN 2210 New border ✓DL WAP 1 -98 Metric conversion. "Note" SR JDL WAP WAP i0 -96 1 -91 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 DRIVEWAY RAMP `> `'•- `'LANDSCAPING' : SETBACK LINE'r�i� 03 FENCE OR WALL 760mm ; u BAY WIDTH 3 i n 3 C5 3 POST OR n E COLUMN o N + 3 760mm M WALL 3 � SEE ENG. STD. #2250 1m MIN. FOR VALUE OF W" +{ 1.2m MIN. ENTRY TO — R =600mm - BUILDING MIN. SPACE t WIDTH SINGLE LOADED BAY _I 'DOUBLED LOADED BAYWI SEE ENGRG. STD. SEE ENGRG. STD. NO.'S 2230 & 2240 I NO.'S 2230 & 2240 SINGLE STALL 1 3.3m .Om 5.5m LOCATION OF OBSTRUCTION TANDEM STALLS WITH APPROVAL OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOR AND AS ALLOWED IN E -4 OF ENGRG. STANDARD #2020. INCREASE STALL WIDTH BY: 300mm IF ON ONE SIDE 600mm IF ON BOTH SIDES OBSTRUCTIONS 1.2m MIN. WHEELSTOPS SHALL BE LOCATED ON SIDE OF STALL CLOSEST TO BAY WIDTH LIMIT LINE, AS SHOWN. MOTORCYCLE SPACES DOUBLED LOADED BAYWIDTH +� BAYS MAY OVERLAP v WITH ANGLED PARKING N NOTES: 1. CURBING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED WHEEL STOPS. FOR 1.22m 2. HANDICAP SPACES SHALL MEET STATE ' SET 90mm P.C.C. CL AND CLASS 3 BASE TYP OF CALIFORNIA REOUIREMENTS. REVISIONS BY APP DATE m O#' Mew border JDL WAP 1 -98 m�m SdY1 JI �V 0 F F— STREET Metric conversion JDL WAP 10 -96 • t ws PARKING STANDARDS Sp. width designations RMH WAP 4 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 01BISPO 2220 01 COMPACT CARS Use of Compact Spaces requires approval of an exception by the Community Development Director or the Architectural Review Commission. Compact spaces are allowed only if justified by unusual circumstances such as saving a tree or using otherwise unusable space. Bay widths are based on 4.88m stall lengths and 2.44m stall widths. A max- imum of 40% of the stalls in a parking lot may be compact. (In residential apartment projects involving ten or more units, 50% of spaces may be compact.) Compact parking spaces shall be clustered. * See ENG. STANDARD #2220 for clorificotion of "BAY WIDTH" REVISIONS SINGLE LOADED DOUBLE LOADED DATE WIDTH AISLES AISLES PARKING AT 1-98 Metric conversion ONE -WAY TWO -WAY ONE -WAY TWO -WAY ANGLE CURB 1 -95 . STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: TRAFFIC TRAFFIC TRAFFIC TRAFFIC L� T E111 E a ElT BAY WIDTH *(meters) 30" 4.88 7.92 10.36 12.19 14.68 32.5' 4.54 8.08. 10.49 12.47 14.96 35° 4.25 8.18 10.59 12.75 15.19 37.5' 4.01 8.31 10.72 12.98 15.39 40' 3.80 8.41 10.82 13.16 15.52 42.5' 3.61 8.48 10.92 13.28 15.70 45° 3.45 8.59 11.05 13.51 15:87 47.5' 3.31 8.84 11.13 13.84 16.03 50' 3.18 9.09 11.23 14.15 16.13 515' IN 9.30 11.33 14.40 16.25 55' 2.98 9.53 11.38 14.63 16.33 57.5' 2.89 9.73 11.48 14.81 16.4.1 600 2.82 9.96 11.56 15.04 16.48 62.5' 2.75 10.16 11.63 15.24 16.54 65' 2.69 10.34 11.71 15.47 16.61 67.5' 2.64 10.54 11.81 15.62 16.66 70' 2.60 10.74 11.86 15.80 16.69 72.5' 2.56 10.92 11.94 15.95 16.71 750 2.52 11.13 11.99 16.10 16.74• 77.5' 2.50 11.35 12.56 16.25 16.79 80' 2.48 11.53 12.14 16.43 16.82 11.68 12.17 16.56 16.84 11.89 12.22 16.66 16.84 L25 L244 12.09 12.24 16.76 16.84 12.29 12.29 16.86 16.86 Use of Compact Spaces requires approval of an exception by the Community Development Director or the Architectural Review Commission. Compact spaces are allowed only if justified by unusual circumstances such as saving a tree or using otherwise unusable space. Bay widths are based on 4.88m stall lengths and 2.44m stall widths. A max- imum of 40% of the stalls in a parking lot may be compact. (In residential apartment projects involving ten or more units, 50% of spaces may be compact.) Compact parking spaces shall be clustered. * See ENG. STANDARD #2220 for clorificotion of "BAY WIDTH" REVISIONS BY APP DATE :1 San `N1� LwS �B�c�O. PARKING BAY DIMENSIONS COMPACT CARS 2230 New border JDL WAP 1-98 Metric conversion ✓DL WAP f0 -96 Rearrange RMH WAP 1 -95 . STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februory 1999 0 AVERAGE CARS E n In N E N N Bay widths are based on 5.61m stall lengths and stall width as noted. Alternate stall widths may only be used for 82.5' -90' parking angles and H C J J a F- V) must have special SINGLE LOADED DOUBLE LOADED 2.74m width - WIDTH AISLES AISLES PARKING Subtract 1.22m from bay width *See ENG. STANDARD #2220 for ANGLE CURB ONE -WAY TWO -WAY ONE -WAY TWO -WAY BY TRAFFIC TRAFFIC TRAFFIC TRAFFIC PARKING BAY L Ell E TI Ela Ef BAY WIDTH 'meters) 300 5.06 8.20 10.64 12.77 15.23 32.5' 4.71 8.37 10.78 13.07 15.55 35' 4.41 8.50 10.91 13.38 15.81 37.5' 4.16 8.64 11.05 13.65 16.06 40' 3.94 8.76 11.19 13.86 16.24 42.5' 3.75 8.97 11.32 14.15 16.44 450 3.58 9.20 11.46 .14.52 16.65 47.5' 143 9.48 11.57 14.88 16.83 50' 3.30 9.75 11.68 15.22 17.00 52.5' 3.19 9.98 11.80 15.50 17.15 55' 3.09 10.23 11.88 15.76 17.28 57.5' 3.00 10.46 12.00 15.98 17.41. 60' 2.92 10.70 12.11 16.24 17.52 62.5' 2.85 10.92 12.21 16.49 17.62 65' 2.79 11.12 12.30 16.73 17.74 67.5' 2.74 11.33 12.42 16.90 17.84 70' 2.69 11.55 12.52 17.11 17.91 72.5' 2.65 11.74 12.61 17.29 17.99 750 2.62 11.96 12.70 17.47 18.05 77.5' 2.59 12.19 12.80 17.66 18.13 80' 2.57 12.38 12.90 17.84 18.19 82:5' 2.64 12.58 12.97 17.96 18.24 85' 2.63 12.79 13.06 18.10 18.27 87.5' 2.62 12.99 13.13 18.21 18.30 90° 2.62 13.21 13.21 18.33 18.33 E n In N E N N Bay widths are based on 5.61m stall lengths and stall width as noted. Alternate stall widths may only be used for 82.5' -90' parking angles and H C J J a F- V) must have special approval of the Community Development Director. 2.74m width - Subtract 0.61m from bay width 2.93m width - Subtract 1.22m from bay width *See ENG. STANDARD #2220 for clarification of "BAY WIDTH" REVISIONS BY APP DATE � PARKING BAY New border JDL WAP 1 -98 Metric co�nv_ers_ion, ✓DL WAP 10 -9s � LUIS DIMENSIONS Rearrange RMH WAP 1-95 Og) O AVERAGE CARS 2240 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 300mm I 300mm 30 ° -80° n LT_ STRIPING FOR AVERAGE PARKING STALLS r. J 7 s E 04 "" —:7v E 0 m rl vv vv STRIPING FOR COMPACT PARKING STALLS E oc.a —ate E 0 GENERAL NOTES: A. EACH COMPACT SPACE MUST BE LABELED AS SUCH ON THE PAVEMENT OR WHEELSTOP. B. FOR RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS SINGLE -LINE MARKING IS APPROVED ALTERNATE. C. WHEELSTOP SHALL BE LOCATED AS SHOWN, IF REQUIRED. * THESE DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE USED ONL Y FOR STRIPING AND NOT FOR PARKING LOT LAYOUT. REVISIONS BY APP LO LO V V v v 'SD IIII San PARKING LOT STRIPING conversion. 00 _Z _Z Redrawn to CAD RMH OEi cE STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: PARKING a OBISPO 2250 ANGLE n LT_ STRIPING FOR AVERAGE PARKING STALLS r. J 7 s E 04 "" —:7v E 0 m rl vv vv STRIPING FOR COMPACT PARKING STALLS E oc.a —ate E 0 GENERAL NOTES: A. EACH COMPACT SPACE MUST BE LABELED AS SUCH ON THE PAVEMENT OR WHEELSTOP. B. FOR RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS SINGLE -LINE MARKING IS APPROVED ALTERNATE. C. WHEELSTOP SHALL BE LOCATED AS SHOWN, IF REQUIRED. * THESE DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE USED ONL Y FOR STRIPING AND NOT FOR PARKING LOT LAYOUT. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE cmy of New border Metric JDL JDL WAP WAP 9- 97p���ry^up IIII San PARKING LOT STRIPING conversion. f0 -9B `90�U� tins Redrawn to CAD RMH WA_ P 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 a OBISPO 2250 • n U Pl 0 760 960 PLAN 1.4 m 100 200 2 m L© 7E LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL EXTEND FULL LENGTH OF CUTTER f-3TI ,,-TOP OF CURB 11111 WE mm 150 660 115- 1 0 2 m TRANSITION L- ----------------- GENERAL NOTES: 960 A. REFER TO ENGINEERING STANDARD #4030 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CURB AND GUTTER SECTION 13-13 B. THIS CATCH BASIN SHALL NOT BE USED 240 570 150 WITHOUT PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER. 25 5 o F21 rl 1 12.5 DIA. ANCHORS 0 500 D.C. 2-#13 BARS ISO 130 660 ISO 173 100 x 100 x 6 L GALVANIZED I - �- �L r4l #13 BARS 0300 D.C.. BOTH WAYS P'rTl 11 . � r1r) • O 2 GRATE SLOPE BASE 450 Dv. NOTES: 8.-3.3_% MIN. MIN. #13 BAR. WELDED ALL AROUND (2) 50 x 6 STRAP 50 , 65 , 6 5 (2) 40 x 6 STRAP 960 I Q 22-50 x 10 x 728 BARS 0 28 D.C. FACE PLATE SECTION A-A ALL DIMENSIONS IN mm UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE REVISIONS BY APP DATE city or New border JDL WAP 9-97 CATCH BASIN Revise re-bar specs JDL WAP 11-98 c- LLUS SINGLE GRATE General Notes JDL WAP 3-98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 3320 1 m FOR 200 CURB 2 m FOR 150 CURB LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL EXTEND FULL LENGTH OF GUTTER 100 I A A 960 200 PLAN NOTE: SLOTS TO RUN ALL THE WAY TO CHANNEL IN CURB FACE. 150 OR 200 100 z 100 s 6 L 2.2 m CURB FACE ° a ' SECTION — AT CURB FACE 100 90 Ioo so 100 TO o R CUB s FROM Ia �a 66 66 1 SECTION - THRU SLOTS °�.. 150 180 300 *X. 250 - 1 680 SECTION A —A GENERAL NOTES: A. SLOTTED GUTTER TO BE USED WHEN PROFILE GRADE IS 5% OR MORE. B. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #3320 FOR ADDITIONAL DATA. C. CONCRETE TO BE CLASS 3. D. THIS CATCH BASIN SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER. E. ALL DIMENSIONS IN mm UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. F. REFER TO ENGINEERING STANDARD #4030 FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CURB AND GUTTER. REVISIONS BY APP DATE Crty Of t" New border JDL WAP 9 -97 i�lq�lll'I�I�I,f'rpi�: CATCH BASIN Metric conversion SR WAP 3- 97•rAl,.J �5 LW� SINGLE GRATE, General Note "F JDL WAP 3 -98 SLOTTED GUTTER STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISp0 3330 PLAN oil 00 �o � N B ITUDINAI. BARS L EXTEND FULL TH OF GUTTER 1.72 m TOP OF CURB 100 0 0 o a. N f ° 1.42 m ° 2 m TRANSITION 150�I� II 11 150 Lop LOPE 4: ` 8.33% 1.72 m SECTION B -B Inn S7n.cn N W GENERAL NOTES: A- SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #3320 FOR INDIVIDUAL GRATE AND GRATE FRAME. B. ALL DIMENSIONS IN mm UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. C. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #4110 FOR NOTES REGARDING REQUIRED PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR. D. THIS CATCH BASIN SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER. E. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD X14030 FOR CURB AND GUTTER CONSTRUCTION. OTHER NOTES: 1 12.5 DIA. ANCHORS ® 500 O.C. O 2 - #13 BARS O3 2 -50 x 65 x 6 L TACK WELDED New border TO O4 150 4O 0 _ OS \U1UU \ \l \U\1 $13 BAR 0 300 O.C., BOTH WAYS Revise re -bar specs "E' 1 \11N111\ WAP " -98 DOUBLE G RAT E General Note JDL WAP 3 -98 OBISPO GENERAL NOTES: A- SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #3320 FOR INDIVIDUAL GRATE AND GRATE FRAME. B. ALL DIMENSIONS IN mm UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. C. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #4110 FOR NOTES REGARDING REQUIRED PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR. D. THIS CATCH BASIN SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER. E. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD X14030 FOR CURB AND GUTTER CONSTRUCTION. Z -� 2 450 DW. SLOPE BASE 0 MIN. {jII- 8.33% MIN. 'a T. YI- 960 vJ OTHER NOTES: 1 12.5 DIA. ANCHORS ® 500 O.C. O 2 - #13 BARS O3 2 -50 x 65 x 6 L TACK WELDED New border TO O4 150 4O 100 x 915 EXTENDING 100 INTO WALL _ OS 100 x 100 x 6 L , GALVANIZED © $13 BAR 0 300 O.C., BOTH WAYS Z -� 2 450 DW. SLOPE BASE 0 MIN. {jII- 8.33% MIN. 'a T. YI- 960 vJ SECTION A -A FACE PLATE REVISIONS BY APP DATE CMY Of __ -„ CATCH BASIN New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Revise re -bar specs "E' JDL WAP " -98 DOUBLE G RAT E General Note JDL WAP 3 -98 OBISPO 3340 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 #13 ® 300 mm O.C. O EMBED 300 mm MIN. l�T 200 2 m mm I .ra ^• T%;.;. o "", 510 mm 1 510 rr #13 ® 1bd mm O.C. N + I 4:4 100 mm 200 mm #13 ®200 mm LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL EXTEND THE FULL LENGTH OF GUTTER. ,r—EMBED 300 mm MIN. 2 m PLAN NOTES: -it ems 1 through 3 shall be Alhambra. galvanized or equal. 1.8 m 600 mm OI Formed steel face plate. A -3911, w/ factory installed 1.3 m anchors 100 1 2 3 O p mm 5 130 MM 2 rtection bar, A -1565, bar and anchors. A -1577 O3 PProatAretion bar support bolt(s), A -1574, spaced 530mm —' `9 P �� _�� �� ��. �. ��. �•— E 12 " +" �1TI of a NE , ® Steps are required when depth exceeds 1.2m and shall 1. N E 2 O E - be steel reinforced Polypropylene. M —A Industries C . E PS2 -PFS or equal. •• �r 0 0. .•. 00 5O Manhole frame and cover, Phoenix P -1067, Alhombro -equal. r7 E 100 mm x O 100 A -1530 or approved (Alhambra A -1137 in Mission mm Style Sidewalk). placed adjacent to the back wall in the CHAMFER CLASS CLA SS 3 center of the basin - "0•.. __ • ' BASE © Reinforcing steel shall be covered by no less than f-100 40mm of concrete in the top and no less than 50mm . mm in the rest of the structure. •. C. #13 ®300 mm O7 Floor of the basin (including extended opening for Eng. X 0 Q Std. #3360) shall be smooth and shall slope 8.3% ' 0 2 0 E O7 toward the outlet. a o E N E ® Top of catch basin shall slope 2% toward curb. J ... Q9 Concrete shell be Class 3. •T • —tea •*.t .. - ° 10 See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding c -, required pavement removal and repair. 11 I1 Inlet and outlet pipe(s) may be placed in any wall. 900 mm 200 ©Height equals 100mm for a 150mm curb and 150mm for a 200mm curb. mm rn A —A mm .SECTION A REVISIONS BY APP DATE Cm' of 150 mm New border JDL WAP 9 -97 San CATCH BASIN Revise re-bar specs JDL WAP 71 -98 Revise notes BL WAP 5-97 CIS SIDE OPENING STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 191 OBISPO 3350 THIS PORTION TO BE BUILT AS ENG. STD #3350 $13 ®300 mm 200mm 0M. - w r_i PLAN X13 ® 400mm O.C. #13 ® 300mm C 3 - #13 ® 400mm c WIDTH WIDTH 2.2m 3.3m 4.4m C 1.2m 2.3m 3.4m D 2.6m 3.7m 4.8m ,2 - #13 ® 100mm LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL EXTEND FULL LENGTH OF GUTTER 2m 130 mm 100mm x 7. _ HEIGHT "HT" EQUALS 450mm FOR A 150mm CURB 100mm & 500mm FOR A 200mm CURB CHAMFER OUTLET aa.: 200mm PIPE #13 ® 30 mm SECTION B -B SECTION C -C GENERAL NOTE: A. SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #3350 FOR. NOTES AND SECTION A -A. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE Cy or New border JDL WAM5-97 II ®� � I San 1I'L11 p CATCH BASIN Revise re -bar specs JDL WA EXTENDED SIDE OPENING Reference Std. x{3350 BL WALU1S STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February OBISPO 3360 #13 ® 300 O.C. 3-#13 0 200 D.C.- A 2 m PLAN #13 ® 300 O.C. 200 O B #13 0 400 O.C. —� 7� 7�t- -i— jf 0 No. GRATES 1 2 3 WIDTH W W 2.1 m 2.8 m 3.6 m 0 CURB HT.- 65 mm © CURB HT. +300 mm © 0.7 m 1.4 m 12.2 m ❑0 2.5 m 3.3 m 1 4.0 m LONGITUDINAL BARS SHALL EXTEND FULL LENGTH OF GUTTER. - -- — - THIS CATCH BASIN SHALL NOT BE USED 5 WITHOUT PERMISSION . �I OF THE CITY ENGINEER I L. E3 L.0 W 2 m © 1 1.4 m 130 7 Q �. a1 x 1 CHANIFE J. OUTLET 200 • PIPE 13 ®300 D.C. •.L SECTION A —A 2 m 913 ® 300 O.C. 0 0 N 200 SECTION B —E New border SECTION C —C DIMENSIONS IN mm UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN NOTES: APP _DATE . ITEMS O THRU G) SHALL BE ALHAMBRA. GALVANIZED. OR EQUAL OFORMED STEEL FACE PLATE. A -3911. W/ FACTORY- INSTALLED ANCHORS. 760 O PROTECTION BAR, A -1565. BAR END ANCHORS. A- 1577.. 680 150 O PROTECTION BAR SUPPORT BOLTS, . A -1574, SPACED 530 mm APART. n A O4 STEPS ARE REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH EXCEEDS 1.2 m, AND SHALL N 11 WAP W A n BE STEEL REINFORCED POLYPROPYLENE. M -A INDUSTRIES •- PS2 -PFS. OR EQUAL " 5 ! O5 FOR. GRATE, FRAME, AND MULTIPLE -GRATE SUPPORT DETAILS, SEE C ENGINEER STANDARD #3340. 0 4 N. #13 300 O.C. �. 6O REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE COVERED BY NO I ESS THAN 40 mm OF ib 0_ .,I• CONCRETE IN TOP AND NO LESS THAN 50 mm IN REST OF STRUCTURE !' co O FLOOR OF BASIN AND EXTENED BE SMOOTH, AND TOWARD SHALL . SLOPES 8% PER FOOT OUTLET. 7 10 OUTLET O TOP OF CATCH BASIN SHALL SLOPE 2% TOWARD OUTLET. PIPE s Og CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 3. 10 INLET AND OUTLET PIPE(S) MAY BE PLACED IN ANY WALL. 1.04 m 1200 (D SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD #4110 FOR NOTES REGARDING REQUIRED I PAVEMENT REMOVAL k REPAIR. DIMENSIONS IN mm UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN BY APP _DATE . Cmy Of --- WAP - 9� 98 IIIIdINFINI� �u Wwl san -__ JDL )nl WAP W A n 11-98- 1 _ ne �n 0 CATCH BASIN EXTENDED SIDE OPENING WITH GRATE(S) 3370 Sidewalk Gutter Normal curb height 150 mm or 200 mm TC sidewalk 1.2 m transition 50 mm curb only Parallel to street grade. 9 1�) odck to sidewalk 1.2 m transition 150 mm curb on a T 45' min., \\ \60' max. 75 rim � c o o, o �. FACE PLATE DETAIL 0 2 90' — Gutter on Normal gutter flowline 1 ©(See IF PLATE" detod above) Sidewalk width varies 1 4 5 90 mm •7 FLOw —j• HILL 150 mm 150 mm o SECTION A —A 150 mm - u.o m rviin I mm min. 1.2 m Max. min. �a o 00 PLAN VIEW Varies 0:6- m Min., 1.2 m Max. Normal Curb height 150 or 200 mm Top of curb SECTION B —B repair. g equire povemen removal & BY APP DATE C6"' O JDL WAP s =s7 �pllll�i1°°�9'm Jet' S in E WAL K U N D C D D R A I N conversion `D I 12 -96 `— No local depression ELEVATION re –bar specs NOTES: I O1 Inlet shall be paved swale, rectangular �yU�lS conduit, or pipes. Inlet diom. /height 15 mm lip larger than 100 mm must be reduced �B�C „� with a manifold or junction box. A junction �– box shall hove access /cleanout. Inlet type shall have approval of City Engineer. O2 15 mm radius at end of channel, each Class 3 Agg. side of inlet. base, Typ. 3O Underdrain shall not be closer than 1.5 m from driveway or curb return. #13 rebar ® 230 mm o.c., both ways. All other rebar #13 @ 450 mm o.c., both ways. 50 `Concrete shall be Class 3. © Face Plate: 75 x 75 x 6 .mm L , galvanized with welded –on hook anchors 300 mm o.c. O7 Channel slope shall be no less than 2% and shall be parallel with sidewalk "surface. ® See Engineering Standard #4110 for no_ tes re ardin r . d t SECTION B —B repair. g equire povemen removal & BY APP DATE C6"' O JDL WAP s =s7 �pllll�i1°°�9'm Jet' S in E WAL K U N D C D D R A I N conversion SR WAP 12 -96 • re –bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 �yU�lS CONCRETE 0 CURRENT AS OF: February 1.999 �B�C „� 3410 � n 300 mm 50 mm Min, Min.- ALL AROUND w 90' MAX. MIN. ' 5 C y SECTION C -C U / O T 450 mm 2 Min. 50 mm 3 B I Min. A AT L 10 O mm 5 - - - - -- SECTION B -B LB VARIES 15 mm LIP— I n _(5) 1 mm 1p0 mm — 71-50 mm� O v T 6 CLASS `3 AGG. SECTION A -A BASE NOTES: Inlet shall be paved swale, rectangular conduit or pipe(s). (Max. inlet dia. /height shall be curb height minus 50 mm). Inlet conduits larger than 100 mm dia. /height must be reduced with a manifold or junction box. A junction box shall have access /cleanout. Inlet shall be approved by the City Engineer. O Underdrain shall not be closer than 1.5 m to a driveway or curb return. O Rectangular cast iron pipe - ALHAMBRA A -470, or approved equal. ® Cast iron pipe 80 mm max. diam.(1.50 mm curb) - 100 mm max. diam.(200 mm curb). O #13 Rebor @ 300 mm O.C. © Concrete shall be Class 3. O7 Channel slope shall be no less than 2 %, and shall be parallel with sidewalk surface. ® Multiple drains shall have 75 mm min. 150 mm max.. clearance, with max. of 3 drains per 3 m of .sidewalk. Drains shall not extend beyond curb face into gutter. 90 See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. REVISIONS BY APP DATE city Or New border - JDL WAP 9 -97 '1101fflpi SM SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -96 Ak�" __ _ __ 11,p5 WITH PIPES Revise re —bar specs JDL ,WAP 11 -98 -- STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 3415 Curb �m Face — �I III`o III II o L m PLAN 0-6 0 Y 3 U N To match ° a curb height Sidewalk width varies m X300 mm 15 mm lip �I 0 lass 3 SECTION A —A SECTION B —B mm Flow j o E �t U oseo o o'o 0 0 0 0 o DE E ALTERNATE METHOD NOTES: (� Inlet shall be paved swole, rectangular conduit, or pipe(s). Max. inlet diameter /height shall be curb height minus 50 mm. A junction box shall have access /cleanout. Inlet type shall hove approval of City Engineer. 2O Frame and covers: NEENAH R -4990, type D, soild top with PERMA —GRIP surface, or approved equal. When underdrain is located in Mission the sidewalk, covers shall be coated with epoxy paint colored to match sidewalk color. 03 Cover length shall maintain a cover weight of at least 45 kg each. ® Underdrain shall not be closer than 1.5 m from driveway or curb return.. O15 mm radius at end of channel, each side of outlet. © Frame end piece, required for alternate method. O7 Channel slope shall be no less than 2% and shall be parallel with sidewalk surface. ® #13 rebor @ 300 mm o.c., both ways. Q9 Concrete shall be Class 3. 10 Channel width varies, 450 mm min. and 1 m max. 11 See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. M REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I C or ,�14 gip San SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN New border JDL. WAP 5 -98- Metric conversion SR WAP �z -ss US WITH COVER PLATES Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 OBISPO 3420 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 a L 7 rn I E o o W Li > E E 0 0 n mm AS RINGS 1.2 m kFOR PROVIDE KEYED BASE PRECAST RISER 150 mm SECTION MIN. E 4 FLOW SECTION A - A 250 MANHOLE FRAME & COVER mm USE SBF -1900 01 LO cN E IF 1.2 m �IE m L---- - - - - -J SECTION B - B DIMENSIONS mm PIPE DIAM. 9001050 1200 1350 AND GREATER B 510 355 205 EQUALS PIPE WALL THICKNESS E 118151 E 965 1120 1220 NOTES: 0 PRECAST PIPE, ADJUSTING RINGS, AND TAPERED SECTIONS SHALL �\ BE CONSTRUCTED AS PER A.S.T.M. C -478, USING TYPE II CEMENT. E A I I I I� 1 A O2 ALL JOINTS BETWEEN PRECAST SECTIONS SHALL BE MORTARED. O3 MANHOLE INTERIORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH TROWELLED SURFACE. ^ I O4 FOR R.C.P. CUT AND BEND REBAR INTO CAST —IN —PLACE CONCRETE. - m STEPS SHALL BE 5 EEL REINFORCED POLDYPROPYLENE. M -A2 INDUSTRIES PS2 —PFS, OR EQUAL. IN MANHOLES WITH LATERAL CONNECTIONS THE STEPS SHALL BE PLACED IN THE WALL WITH NO LATERALS, OR THE WALL WITH THE LEAST DIAMETER LATERAL, SUCH THAT A CONTINUOUS VERTICAL ALIGNMENT OF STEPS MAY BE ACHIEVED. I 8 O7 COLLAR SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER CITY ENGINEERING STANDARD #6040. B © PROVIDE P.C.C. FILLETS AS NEEDED TO SUPPORT MANHOLE SHAFT, 4 EACH. PLAN 9O #13 BAR ® 300 mm D.C. EA. WAY, 75 mm CLR. TYP. REVISIONS BY APP DATE aw o New border JDL WAP WA 9 97 �I�Q�p�Ipppml�Iryl Sdn III' III ul STORM DRAIN MANHOLE' Metric conversion S`R 12 96 900 mm PIPE & LARGER Revise re —bar specs_ W. ,# n_ -.9e STANDARD STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: _✓D_t Februory 1999 0B,°pQ 3510 0 E E H 250mm o I I o n L 1 00m - N E w E X Cr n to E E O 0 Lu w Lu 11 8 9 a a 0 7 -I I =1 I Im I I =1 11= E E SECTION A —A o N n PLAN E .4 X TYP. m� 9 SECTION B —B �_75mm TYP. NOTES: Q1 MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME SHALL BE PHOENIX P -1090, S.B. FOUNDRIES 1900, OR EQUAL. LETTERED 'STORM SEWER'. Q COLLAR SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER ENGINEERING STANDARD #6040. 03 ADJUSTING RINGS AS NEEDED,. GROUTED ON THE INSIDE. ® STEPS, REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH EXCEEDS 1.2m, SHALL BE STEEL- REINFORCED POLYPROPYLENE STEP PER ASTM C -478, MA INDUSTRIES PS- 2 -PFS, OR EQUAL. Q5 PRECAST SHAFT(S) AND ECCENTRIC CONE PER ASTM C -478. STRAIGHT SIDE OF CONE SHALL BE POSITIONED OVER SHELF. CONCENTRIC CONE MAY BE USED ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF CITY ENGINEER. © JOINTS SHALL BE SET WITH BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT - (RUB'R -NEK). Q7 MANHOLE BASE SHALL BE CLASS A P.C.C., AND REST ON UNDISTURBED MATERIAL. BOTTOM SHAFT SHALL_ BE WET -SET OR SET IN FORMED GROOVE. ® PIPE SHALL BE LAID THROUGH MANHOLE, AND TOP PORTION REMOVED AFTER BASE IS POURED. TROUGH SHALL HAVE STEEL - TROWEL FINISH, VERTICAL SIDES, ROUNDED CORNERS. TOP SURFACE SHALL HAVE 8.33% SLOPE TOWARD TROUGH. Q #13 ® 450mm O.C. 1 D #13 X 1.2m (2 TOTAL) Q #13 X 1.5m (8 TOTAL) REVISIONS BY I APP DATE I aw O(' New border JDL WAP 9 -97 11114111111fli San STORM DRAIN MANHOLE Revise re -bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 lw s 450mm t0 900mm PIPE 1�y� Eccentricity change JDL WAP 7 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 8520 / / / \d 1+(d2• Cos B) D1 Sin 9 � o D4— d2 —(d1 . Cos 9) Sin 9 d1 —(d2 . Cos 9) D3= Sire 0 I� D3 D+ I � -61 \` I \ I 1 i / I / / EXAMPLE: 9 = 60' d1= 10 m 10 . Cos 9 = 5.000 m d2= 14 m 14 . Cos 9 = 7.000 m O / N A, d1 +(d2 +Cos 9) 10+(14.Cos 6) 10 +7.000 17.000 Dt = _ = = 19.630 m Sin 9 Sin B Sin 9 Sin 9 d2 +(d1.Cos 9) 14 +(10.Cos 9) 14 +5.000 19.000 D2 = _ = _ = 21.940 m Sin 9 Sin 9 Sin 9 Sin 9 d1 —(d2 +Cos 9) 10— (14.Cos 9) 10 -7.000 3.000 D3= _ _ _ = 3.465 m Sin 9 Sin 9 Sin 9 Sin B D — — — d2— (d2.Cos 9) 14— (10.Cos B) 14 -5.000 9.000 — 10.390 m 4 Sin 9 Sin 9 Sin 9 Sin 9 v" I I / J — d2 +(d1 • Cos 9) D2 Sin 9 NOTE: Always use ( +) sign when calculation is in the acute angle (as O} of intersection and ( —) sign when in obtuse angle REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I aw of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 lliggq Imljjl San Illu I9S CURB RETURN Metric conversion SR WAP 3 -97 FORMULA Redrawn, to CAD RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februcry 1999 OBISPO 4010 R= 6mm Class 3 PCC, 1 00m max. slump — — I (2)— 450mm long #13 bars at expansion joints GENERAL NOTES: A. This section is to be used only for parking lots or as approved by the City Engineer. B. When curb is placed adjacent to existing or future irrigated landscape area, PCC shall extend down as shown for moisture barrier. Any alternate moisture barrier shall be approved by the City. C. When curb is not located as in Note. B, depth may be reduced. D. Expansion joints shall be placed at corners, BC's & EC's, and at 10m max. spacing. E. See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. 150mm d d O ° ° d G °a d .04 40mm R= 19mm 150 or 200mm Pavement o. 200M min. See Note C d d 45C n min. O� d as . APP I DATE I my of G New border d WAP 9 -97 C. d d Revise re —bar specs ° WAP 11 -98 A lu,S Extend curb slope ° WAP 5 -98 Class 3 aggregate base 150mm min. depth unless otherwise noted. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I my of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 'I1II1�1�11 11111p flli San CURB Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 A lu,S Extend curb slope JDL WAP 5 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBIS"O 4020 800mm 40mm 40mm 150mm r 600mm 2� SLOPE -o R =20mm NOTE: R =6mm SEE ENG. STD. #4110 FOR NOTES. HEIGHT PER c PLAN OR PERMIT p p R =6mm R =20mm A> 45mm NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS q D ARE FULL. SEE mm 100mm SLICK LINE WHERE ENG. STD. #4110. p p GRADE IS LESS THAN 1 p o�oOoO 70mm Q o� 0o v O U -T 0 p CLASS 3 AGGREGATE BASE. 150mm MIN. 0.I —III - o DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 4Q 0 00 0 �- �u _ > ° 1 0 �IIIII —II I�II�I��ll�lllllilll -li 600mm GUTTER 650mm 40mm 40mm 150mm —1 /1" 450mm 2% SLOPE —fl R =20mm NOTE: 71 p SEE ENG. STD. #4110 FOR NOTES. HEIGHT PER R =6mm p PLAN OR PERMIT � R =6mm R =20mm 40mm NOTE: D' D n . ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FULL. SEE D 100mm SLICK LINE WHERE D ENG. STD. #4110. p .' 150mm �, GRADE IS LESS THAN 1% 0 � O L _ n (� O� ��� �O�O 50mm REVISIONS New border Batter gutter edge Combine with #4040 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: v _ V O —I O p CLASS 3 AGGREGATE BASE. 150mm MIN. 0 i 1 1 =0o DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. O 0 I I_ II O o 1 - 111,;,111- =1 I = II1 =ITi= 450mm GUTTER BY I APP DATE �+�t O� JDL WAP 9 -97 ���� �J ":"''''`' i San CURB & GUTTER JDL WAP 3 -98 If,L" tw$ JDL WAP 7 -96 �y� February 1999 OBISPO 4030 1.5m min. Variable /�-- I \ 2% SLOPE 100mm I °po O O O ° ° O \ a a CLASS "3" AGGREGATE BASE 100mm MIN. DEPTH. ° o° DETACHED SIDEWALK R 2m min. Variable 2% SLOPE a 100mm O�� CLASS "3" AGGREGATE BASE 100mm MIN. DEPTH. op C °pa O° INTEGRAL SIDEWALK — SEE ENG. STD. #4030 8 9 O SEE ENG. STD. #4030 INTEGRAL SIDEWALK IS THE CITY NOTES: STANDARD, DETACHED SIDEWALK O1 CONCRETE: Class 3 P.C. Concrete, 50mm min. 100mm max. slump. SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF CITY ENGINEER. 20 FINISH: P.C.C. sidewalk shall be given c broom finish. O3 SEALING & CURING: A pigmented sealing and curing compound shall be used in accordance with the provisions of the Department of Transportation Standards Specifications. O4 DOWELS 12.5mm smooth bar dowels, 450mm long at 600mm O.C. at expansion joints and cold joints, to be greased or sleeved on one end. OS EXPANSION JOINTS: 6mm expansion material shall be placed at driveways. B.C.Rs. and at 30m intervals. © WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS: Plastic pulltop quickjoint strips or approved equal shall be at 6m O.C. and 40mm deep. O7 AT COLDJOINTS BETWEEN SIDEWALK AND CURB: #1Ox15Omm dowels shall be drilled in bock of curb at 600mm O.C. ® PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR: Sowcut, remove & replace A.C. paving, 450mm min. from gutter, 50mm thicker than existing (130mm min.). If pavement is P.C.C., sawcut exist. P.C.C. paving at gutter lip. If existing P.C.C. pavement has an A.C. cop, sawcut and remove A.C. cap 450mm min. (except as required in note 9) from gutter lip and 1m up & downstream and replace A.C. to provide a smooth uniform surface to match existing surfaces. OBIKE LANES: No longitudinal joints or seams are allowed in bike lanes. If a longitudinal joint may result due to the contractors work, or the above reqiurments, the contractor shall remove a minimum of 50mm of asphalt from the pavement across the entire bike lone using a method approved by the City and resurface the bike lone to the satisfaction of the City. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE Gy Of ^- ^17 > JJ �' 7I Shc1 SIDEWALK INTEGRAL & DETACHED New border JDL NAP 9 -97 Metric conversion JDL NAP 7 -96 Change Note 8 RMH NAP 9 -96 081spo 4110 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 •I 0 BACK OF WALK 0 CURB FACE M n rev nr ulna v R 3 m MIN. R 1.5 m R {. R "R" VARIES WITH SIDEWALK WIDTH AND PARKWAY WIDTH. RADIUS POINT IS THE INTERSECTION OF 1 PROLONGATION OF THE PROPERTY LINE V THE BACK OF CURB. R 3 m MIN. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I Cy or New border Metric JDL WAP 1 -98 ,ZT7l -rI San SIDEWALK TRANSITION conversion SR WAP 12 -96 LiUS INTEGRAL TO DETACHED STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 4120 1.5 m DETACHED TO 2 m INTEGRAL 1.5 I I , 1.5 m INTEGRAL TO 2 m INTEGRAL re —bor nin. length FOR COMMERCIAL DISTRICT 1.s "'I 1.5 m 1.5 m DETACHED TO 1.5 m INTEGRAL 1.5 m 1.5 m DETACHED TO 1.5 m DETACHED GENERAL NOTES: A. Expansion joints shall be at BCR's. B. "R" varies with sidewalk width and parkway width. C. See Engineering Standards # 4440 and 4441 for required curb ramp. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE Limy of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 '"7 SIDEWALK RETURN Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -916 `'�'L LLus TRANSITIONS Redrawn to CAD RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 4130 SECTION 100mm 6mm MAX. GAPO4 R =6mm � 12mm GAP O o �.. 0000 o 0 SECTION B —B (OPPOSITE CURB) NOTES: 7m AAIN ow SEE ENG. STD. #4030 I I. ODRAINAGE: There shall be a troweled 20mm x 25mm deep weep slot at 3m O.C. A PVC drain 40mm in diameter through curb face shall be aligned with troweled weep slots at curb. Pipe shall be cut flush with concrete. O2 LUMBER: All lumber shall be pressure treated Douglas Fir (PTDF), grade one or better. t�3 STRINGERS: 50mm X 100mm (2 "x4") PTDF stringers at 250mm O.C., rom set to concrete. Edges and ends of stringers shall be 12mm from concrete. Stringer ends to have a butt gap (space) of 12mm to 18mm. O4 DECKING : 50mm X 150mm (2 "x6 ") PTDF. Fasten to stringers with (2) -67mm galvanized drywall screws or equal at ends and at every third stringer per plan detail above. Decking shall be spaced at 3mm apart and shall have a gap no greater than 6mm from concrete. Surface of deck shall be set flush with concrete. OS PAVEMENT REMOVAL & REPAIR: See Engineering Standard #4110 for pavement removal and repair. O6 FOR USE IN RAILROAD HISTORIC DISTRICT ONLY. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I CCCy Of New Standard JDL WAP 8 -98 IQ7 177'��1 SM O I��.lws BOARDWALK 6 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 4140 11111111 Mqq I EMIRLOU M_. IIIIIIIOIIIIIIIWOII.M PLAN il 4 Varies o E E A base, g Class 3 SECTION A -A EI E O w 325 mm n n 10 .. 7 o E OS of _ e. 150 _. mM SECTION C -C SECTION B -B NOTES: tOThrough t4 see Engineering Standard #4220. 15 Expansion joints to be placed at each row of transverse tile and to extend through curb and gutter. 16 Spacing of rows of transverse tile to be determined by City. 1© Row of tile at back of sidewalk shall be positioned to allow for variable sidewalk width and to maintain a straight line; within any block. 18 Center transverse tile to be trimmed to adjust for width. • This detail to be used only in blocks where 50% or more of the sidewalk is existing type 1 mission .style. REVISIONS BY APP DATE City of MISSION STYLE New border JDL WAP 9- 971 Metric conversion SR WAP 11-961 A LUIS SIDEWALK Add Note 17 RMH WAP 9 -96 TYPE 1 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBIC „O 42 aMW 1-F-011M PLAN 3 T ` Agg• base,. SECTION A —A Class 3 E E t0 E E 2 3 EE O M 5 m $ 1° SECTION B —B SECTION D —D (9 ) For curb and gutter, see Engineering Standard #4030. REVISIONS NOTES: APP O1 Concrete shall have a salt— finish and shall be colored 10 No tile shall be set in mortar prior to approval of tile ew border (DAVIS Adobe #5964). P.C.C. shall be Class 3. color by City Engineer. Q2 Tile to be KRAFTILE. Old Mission hard —fired, 11 Tiles shall be trimmed or arranged to allow mortar WAP Niles Red, 14mm z 295mm square or approved equal. points to coincide with expansion joints, tree wells, etc. O3 Tile shall be set in colored mortar bed, to match 12 See Engineering Standard #1030 for further require — STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: concrete. ments. O4 Surface of sidewalk to slope 2% toward curb. 13 See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding OS For driveways increase thicknesses to: Aggregate required pavement removal & repair. base- 150mm; Concrete -150mm min. thickness. 14 All utility vaults and boxes shall be located behind © Wire mesh, 150 x 150mm, 10/10 ga. the the row. All vaults and boxes shall be integrally ". colored "DAVIS Adobe #5964 All lids shall be cast ORebor, #10 ® 600mm o.c., 300mm long, curb end iron, iron, diamond plate or integrally colored DAVIS bent 1 00m x 90'. Adobe #5964 in accordance with Engineering Standards. ® Smooth steel dowels, 12.5mm ® 600 o.c., 450mm long, 15 Expansion joints shall be placed at approximately 6m to be sleeved or greased. intervals and extend through the curb and gutter. (9 ) For curb and gutter, see Engineering Standard #4030. REVISIONS BY APP DATE moo j ILUS OBISPO MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK TYPE 2 4220 ew border JDL JYAP 9 -97 Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP » -98 Revise Note 5 JDL WAP 5 -se STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 I'-- Q) PLAN SECTION A —A 12 mm 12 mrn MIN. 25 mm NOTES: 1Q Length (L) and width (W) to be determined by existing vault or application. If necessary, multiple covers (per vault) may be used. Cover size will determine cover thickness, angle iron size, rebor type, and number of lift holes. COVER SIZE — 0 to 0.19 m2 (L x W) Thickness — 40 mm Angle iron -40 x 40 x 12 mm & 50 x 50 x 6 mm Reber #10 Bar at 150 to 200 mm o.c. or 150 x 150 mm 3/3 go. wire mesh Lifthole(s)— 2 per cover COVER SIZE — 0.19 to 0.32 m' (L x W) Thickness — 50 mm Angle iron— 50 x 50 x 6 mm & 65 x 65 x 6 mm Reber #10 Bar at 150 to 200 mm o.c. Lifthole(s)— 2 per cover Length (L) of multiple covers shall not exceed 750 mm and individual cover weight shall not exceed 45 kg. Long bars shall be placed under short bars in multiple covers. Cover shall contain no less than 2 short bars. Reber, or wire mesh, shall be welded to frame and to each other. 2O Covers shall have lifthole(s). Lifthole(s) shall be located at center of cover short dimension (W) and at 100 mm from end of cover long dimension (L). Lifthole shall be offset to avoid conflict with long bar (as shown) if necessary. 30 Frames shall be welded at each corner and adjusted, if necessary, to provide a flush, firm fit against each other prior to installation. Spacers (25 x 25 x 6 mm) shall be welded to outer frame at 250 mm o.c. max. Multiple covers need only one outer frame. ® #10 rebor, 75 mm long, shall be welded to outer frame at each comer and along each side at 300 to 375 mm O.C. SECTION B—B SO Cover shall be filled with P.C.C., Class 3, and colored with DAVIS Adobe #5964 and given a salt finish to match sidewalk. If cover encroaches on tile row, tile shall be inlaid to match tile row. o ° © Existing vault shall be lowered or trimmed to fit flush with frame. 3 70 Cover shall be imprinted as to utility type as follows: "GAS ", "PGE ", "TEL" etc. Imprint shall be no less than 5 mm deep, shall be clear end distinct, and shall be located near center of cover, parallel to short dimension. SPACERS Imprinting stamps may be obtained for this purpose from City Engineer. 25 mm 12 mm ® Length (L) and width (W) of cover shall be such that vault opening is not decreased and original vault cover E may be retained. 90 This cover shall not be used in driveways, for water meters, or sewer cleanouts. It shall only be used when a colored concrete box, cast iron or iron diamond plate COVER IMPRINT cover of the correct size cannot be located, used only with approval of the City Engineer. REVISIONS BY APP DATE CFLY of p) New border JDL WAP 9 -97 IP11p1P.1l Sant" UTILITY COVER Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -95 Edit mote 9 SR WAP 12 -9s Ll�1S MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 4230 ELEVATION 0 -75% SLOPE NOTE: PICKETS, RAILS, AND BRACKETS SHALL BE 0 -36 STEEL E t7yDADO 13mm CHAMFER ON ALL �100mm, TYP. EDGES & TOP END. HANDRAILING - 50xlOOmm REDWOOD, CLEAR HEART. OUT FOR TOP RAIL. z z z a x 0 o - _J O �d E 0 v vJ E E �.I I• 141-1# 1 E t00mm E SECTION A —A RAIL - 13x50mm STEEL KET - SEE t�E PICKET - 16x16mm STEEL BAR STOCK POST - 150xl5Omm RED -, WOOD CLEAR HEART S4S, KILN- DRIED. DRILL FOR PIPE. BOTTOM RAIL - 13x5Omm BRACKET - SEE GALV. STEEL PIPE, 40mm DIA CUT TO N #10 REBAR, WELDED CONNECTION DETAILS TO PIPE 50x100 HANDRAILING HARDWARE WLAE] UPPER EDGES SHALL BE ROUNDED a LAG SCREW - 6x30mm, HEX TOP RAIL ❑2 BOLT - 12x3Omm G SCREWS, 1 EA. AT ❑3 BOLT - 12x180mm 0mm O.0 ., STAGGERED ® LAG SCREW - 10xBOmm (PRE DRILL) NOTES: HANDRAILING - (2 REDWOOD POSTS AND HANDRAILING SHALL BE FREE OF SPLITS AND SPLINTERS, SANDED SMOOTH, AND STAINED WITH 2 COATS OF OLYMPIC SEMI - TRANSPARENT STAIN J708. OB RAILING MAY BE STEPPED ON SLOPES OF 10% OR LESS BUT MUST BE PARALLEL TO STEEPER SLOPES. © ALL WELDS SHALL BE FREE OF SLAG AND WIRE BRUSHED, ALL EDGES AND CORNERS OF PICKETS, RAILS, AND BRACKETS SHALL BE GROUND SMOOTH, AND ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SAND BLASTED AND PRIMED WITH A SHOP - APPUED PRIMER (SUCH AS RUSTOLEUM DAMP -PROOF PRIMER) AND THEN SHALL BE GIVEN TWO (2) COATS OF SHOP - APPUED SEMI -GLOSS BLACK ENAMEL OD EACH BOLTED CONNECTION SHALL HAVE A BOLT, NUT, AND LOCK WASHER. ALL FASTENERS SHALL HAVE A BLACK FINISH AND MEET ASTM A307 STANDARDS. OE BRACKETS SHALL BE FABRICATED AS SHOWN AND HAVE AN OBLONG HOLE ON ONE ARM (FOR FIELD ADJUSTMENT). BRACKET ARM LENGTH & ANGLES MAY VARY DEPENDING ON SLOPE BRACKETS SHALL BE ARRANGED TO MINIMIZE USE OF LONG BOLTS, AND TOP RAIL BRACKETS SHALL ONLY POINT DOWN. LAG SCREWS SHALL BE USED IF BRACKET ARM LENGTH EXCEEDS 130mm. OF AT ENDS AND CORNERS USE LARGE WASHER AND NUT, COUNTERSINK, PLUG, AND FINISH TO MATCH. © HEIGHT AND SPACING SHALL CONFORM TO CURRENT UBC REQUIREMENTS - SECTIONS 1711, 1712 AND 3307. REVISIONS BY APP DATE I cmy Of BRACKET New border JDL WAP 9 -99 San MISSION STYLE RAILING Metric conversion JDL WAP 1 -97 • lU1S (HANDRAIL & GUARDRAIL) Add Note C JDL WAP 12 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 191 9 OBISPO 4240 - -ECR 0.7 Rad. Longitudinal bars, #13 O 560 mm o.c. Spandrel bars, #13 0 560 mm o.c.� each way. Tronverse bars, #13 0 1.2 m o.c., - Lsm..B 75 mm typ. A �l 0.3% minimum grade ® flow line PLAN ECR — — — NOTES: 25 m Oj Standard expansion joint, see note 3O Varies 1 m 450 mm I O If curb return radius is 6 m or larger, Variable 4% spandrels shall have extra expansion joints at locations to be determined by the City _.. .. 100 "•' Engineer. Rebor shall be cut and dowels mm ....: �:: ... .. .... •.... .. .:� .: �... ....r...... jNE inst alled per note 3 . .... ° 150 mm Class 3 Agg. base O3 All expansion joints shall have 12.5 mm x 450 mm smooth dowels ® 550 mm o.c., SECTION A —A wrapped or greased. (UPHILL SIDE) 25 mm 25 mm ® All flowlines shall have on 200 mm wide steel - trowel finish. 450 1 1 m 1 m 450 mm 4 mm O All P.C.C. shall be Class 2, including curb. 47�� ` 4% `,j' OE © See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes ;-l- <; ::'• '.,;;' .. .. ;. N E regarding required pavement removal & op ... ,.. IILI I ,- 150 mm Class 3 Agg. base &111�1 repair. SECTION B -B 40 25 mm 450 Varies 1 m mm 450 mm mm Voria`a :.::. .. ...'. N E 150 mm Class 3 Agg. base •oe, °OI I III 1 I�IIIII ®1111 SECTION C -C (DOWNHILL SIDE) THIS CROSS GUTTER SHALL BE USED WHERE [TRAFFIC WOULD NORMALLY STOP OR YIELD. REVISIONS BY APP DATE city of ir••nI.1�•I •in -1 i San �' CROSS GUTTER New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Metric conversion SR WAP B-96 S Revise re -bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 AIL OBISPO 4310 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Longitudinal bars, #13 0 560 mm o.c. 1 . r� ECR T — — — — — Spandrel bars, #13 ® 560 mm each way I 2 Tronverse bars, #13 ® 1.2 m o.c. \ n T // P II -1— h B \1 PLAN C 0.7 Rod. Finished surface of concrete — - - - -- - ------------ - -rade - - - -- -- Z�FIOW line thru cross gutter, 0.37 minimum grade SLOT PROFILE E E Varies 1 m 450 o mm 0 0 E Variable _ 2° E JDL WAP 9 -97 pI;�lii1�9[Nll J f 1 Q S ,o 150 mm Class 3 Agg. base SECTION A -A Metric conversion (UPHILL SIDE) WAP 25 mm 25 r 450 1 m 1 m 450 2 I 150 mm Class 3 Agg. base SECTION B -B 450 Varies 1 m mm X I Variable Lr 'over 150 mm Class 3 Agg. base I h' SECTION C -C (DOWNHILL SIDE) NOTES: O1 Standard expansion joint, see note O3 Q2 If curb return radius is 6 m or larger, spandrels shall have extra expansion joints at locations to be determined by the City Engineer. Rebor shall be cut and dowels installed per note Q. O3 All expansion joints shall hove 12.5 mm x 450 mm smooth dowels 0 550 mm o.c., wrapped or greased. ® All flowlines shall hove on 200 mm wide steel — trowel finish. O All P.C.C. shall be Class 2, including curb. © See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. 75 5 mm mm 450 OE R =13 mm 50 E mm SLOT DETAIL THIS CROSS GUTTER MAY BE USED ONLY WHERE TRAFFIC TRAVELS THRU WITHOUT STOPPING, AND ONLY WITH SPECIFIC APPROVAL OF CITY ENGINEER. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE aw O(' New border JDL WAP 9 -97 pI;�lii1�9[Nll J f 1 Q S CROSS G U TT E R Metric conversion SR WAP 6 -96 RUS SLOTTED Revise re —bar specs ✓DL WAP 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 4320 1.2m min. — sidewalk Varies Class 3 aggregate base, 100mm min. depth unless otherwise specified. R min. =55, SE min. =25 SECTION Expansion or construction joint Sidewalk sidewalk 1.20n1 min. Gutter grade I ELEVATION 100mm �Flowline 150mm — ALTERNATE: Chord may be used with approval of City Engineer Expansion or construction joint C110 (Not (Not Cut) 2 _6mm +j ;:.�. I+ .... 6mm GROOVING DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: A. Ramp location shall be at the middle of the curb return. Midblock locations shall be as determined by the City Engineer. B. Ramp width shall be a flat plane, o minimum of 1.2m wide at the rear and a minimum of 1.2m wide at the curb edge. Slope of ramp width shall be a straight grade from the top of the lip at the gutter to the rear of the romp. C. Central and side ramps shall hove a medium broom finish. D. Concrete shall be Class 3, slump 50mm min. to 100mm max. E. Dowels at expansion joints shall be 12.5mm smooth bars, 450mm long at 600mm o.c. F. Street surface within 1.2m of ramp bottom may not slope greater than 5% in any direction. G. See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. H. For corner ramps, entire section from BCR to ECR shall be reinforced with rebor, #10 of 450mm o.c. or #13 600mm o.c. both ways. For midblock ramps, entire ramp ramp and gutter shall be reinforced with same. OTHER NOTES: ORomp and /or landing length may be varied with approval of City Engineer, but in no case shall the maximum allowable slope be exceeded. Landing shall not slope more than 2 %. Landing may be deleted if flares are sloped 8.33% or less and adjacent sidewalk is sloped 5% or less for 1.2m. $2 The romp shall hove a 300mm wide grooved border with 6mm grooves at approx. 20mm o.c. (See Grooving Detail.) 3 Flares my be vertical where ramp is in a parkway and flares do not connect to a sidewalk. Where flares connect to a sidewalk, flares shall be between 10.0% and 6.67 %. REVISIONS BY APP DATE O New border JDL WAP 9 -97 I�p���pllmlm 'lI S CURB RAM P Mote H revised, drafting JDL WAP 3 -98 I, ul��l twS CORNERS AND MIDBLOCK Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 TYPE 1 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February OB�C „� 4440 1999 Curb Height Varies, 1.5m min. minus 12mm � � 150mm Flowline 100mm 2% Slooe� �L 150mm °0. °° 150mm 100mm Class 3 Aggregate Bose °o° 00 0 SECTION 72 AT CENTRAL RAMP 2 `n � • � Radial to curb face Central ` Ramp, \as 7 4, 1.2 m �1 Exp. Joint Exp. Joint F G d� 6.69 fox.: :. rn 7 Sld Curb Face VC Varies with Side fz yes vorle ad. & S/W dim. 3.5m max. to a PLAN grooved border. :Retaining Curb GENERAL NOTES: ELEVATION A. This ramp design shall not be used without consideration for street Tooled (Not Cut) grade and drainage. Due to unusual or difficult site conditions, O the above requirements may be difficult or impossible to meet. Exceptions may be granted on an individual basis by the City Engineer. B. Entire ramp shall have retaining curb along rear edge, flush with adjacent sidewalk, and following normal back —of— sidewalk grade. C. Ramp shall be located at center of curb return. Midblock locations shall be as determined by the City Engineer. 6mm 6mm D. Central and side ramps shall have a medium broom finish. GROOVING DETAIL E. Concrete shall be Class 3, slump 50mm minimum to 100mm maximum. F. Ramp shall have expansion joints at locations shown. Dowels at expansion joints shall be be 12.5mm smooth bars, 450mm long at 300mm o.c., to be sleeved or greased. G. See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. H. For corner romps, entire section from BCR to ECR shall be reinforced with rebar, #10 450mm o.c. or #13 ® 600mm o.c. both ways. For midblock romps, entire romp and gutter shall be reinforced with same. I. Street surface within 1.2m of romp bottom may not slope greater than 5% in any direction. OTHER NOTES: OSidewalk at top of each side romp shall have a 300mm wide grooved border with grooves 20mm apart (See Grooving Detail). If distance to top of romp exceeds 3.5m, place an additional grooved border at 3.5m from bottom. Grooves on slopes to be 40mm apart. REVISIONS BY I APP DATE c,- � O New border JDL WAP 9 -97 r �, � San CURB RAMP ,U��� Note H revised, drafting JDL wAP 3 -98 rA L 1 CORNERS AND MIDBLOCK Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 Luis TYPE 2 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 4441 u Area to be removed and replaced U U SIDEWALK SECTION 450 mm 12.5mm smooth bars @ 600 mm o.c. in sidewalk, one each in curb and gutter one end to be sleeved or greased. REVISIONS BY / DATE E CUTTING CONCRETE 4910 New border UO E WAP T sidewalk Areo to be removed WAP WAP 7 -96 11 -98 and replaced/ 1999 Gutter Curb face Street 450 mm 12.5mm smooth bars @ 600 mm o.c. in sidewalk, one each in curb and gutter one end to be sleeved or greased. All cuts to be made with with an abrasive —type cutting wheel. Remaining edge to be smooth and true with no shatter. Depth of cut =T /4, 40 mm min. CUT DETAIL NOTE: Complete section of curb shall be removed. Remove to nearest score line if more than 25% of square is to be re- moved. See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. PLAN OF CURB, GUTTER & SIDEWALK REVISIONS BY 4. DATE City OF �.�;�I;iGiJiufj�� i111il SM Luis OBIC"O CUTTING CONCRETE 4910 New border JDL WAP T Metric converison Revise re —bar specs SR JDL WAP WAP 7 -96 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 a 4 T n .4 a e All cuts to be made with with an abrasive —type cutting wheel. Remaining edge to be smooth and true with no shatter. Depth of cut =T /4, 40 mm min. CUT DETAIL NOTE: Complete section of curb shall be removed. Remove to nearest score line if more than 25% of square is to be re- moved. See Engineering Standard #4110 for notes regarding required pavement removal & repair. PLAN OF CURB, GUTTER & SIDEWALK REVISIONS BY APP DATE City OF �.�;�I;iGiJiufj�� i111il SM Luis OBIC"O CUTTING CONCRETE 4910 New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Metric converison Revise re —bar specs SR JDL WAP WAP 7 -96 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 BUS TURNOUT DIMENSIONS FOR BUSES 2.6 METERS WIDE. AND ELEVEN (1 1) TO TWELVE (12) METERS LONG j_ FEEDER LINE, ONE BUS — 18 11 TRUNK LINE, TWO BUSES — 31 9 roadway 7 sidewalk BUS PAD o "P" SIGN POST & FEEDER LINE, ONE BUS and TRUNK LINE, TWO BUSES BUS STOP SIGN 31 "P" SIGN POST & BUS STOP SIGN TRUNK LINE, TWO BUSES (Intersecting Road or Driveway as Entrance) NOTES: 1. Reinforce 3m wide bus pad within turnout due to bus weight. 200mm concrete with #13 Q 600mm o.c. reinforcing. 150mm A.B. Class 2. 2. Curb height 200mm maximum due to needed clearance for wheelchair lift operation. 3. See Engineering Standards #4030 & #4110 for Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk. 4. See Engineering Standard #4910 for sdwcutting existing PCC. 5. See Engineering Standard #7220 for "P° Sign Post. Z W W U U 6 6 B 0 ��E O R =B O _ B A E L7 � L2 L L L1 I L2 I A I B C I D I E 11 1.2 1.1 2.6 2.5 0.1 2.3 0.3 9 2.0 1.5 2.6 2.3 0.3 1.8 0.8 REVERSE TAPER — GEOMETRICS DIMENSIONS IN METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REVISIONS BY APP DATEJO(' I'I4U1jqjjjj111l9ljj@ SM CONCRETE New border JDL WAP 9 -97 New Standard JDL WAP 6 -97 A LUIS BUS TURNOUT Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 OBISPO 4920 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 C7 • 50 mm min. all around ..O' SECTION A —A WALL DRAINAGE: Place a 300 mm layer of course grovel against the back of the wall and provide a 19 mm weep hole (or omit the mortar from the vertical joint in block wolls) just above the ground level, at 810 mm on center. ^ III No weep holes are to drain across a public sidewalk. OR Place a 80 mm diameter perforated pipe along the bock of the wall with a 300 mm layer of grovel around it, set to drain at intermittent collection points. O gam, When a wall is constructed back of a sidewalk, place 80 mm diameter pipe drains at 3 m centers through the curb face. (100 mm curb drains are allowed only with 200 mm curb height.) sidewalk 50 mm min. cr. 12 mm min. cr. -�_ i A A CURB DRAIN 80 mm dia. cast iron pipe (100 mm with 200 mm curb height.) GENERAL NOTES: A. Multiple drains shall have 50 mm min. clearance with a max. of 3 drains per 3 m of sidewalk B. Drains shall not extend post curb face into gutter and shall be angled between 80' -90' from curb line. C. See Engineering Standard #3415 for further requirements. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE O New border JDL WAP 9 -97 �r RETAINING WALL Metric conversion SR WAP 3 -97 6 ,tuts DRAINAGE Redrawn to CAD RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 5'5020 Steel: Vertical & Transverse No. 10 @ 810 o.c. Longitudinal: No. 10 as shown Minimum Soil Bearing : 13.8 MPa (firm, dry soil of any type). Minimum Concrete Strength : 13.8 MPa. —Gloss 3. Footing should be set in firm, undisturbed soil. Grooved beam blocks 200 x 200 x 400 conc. blocks Sidewalk 'Rnekfiil iJi, 100 1 200 1 150 — — Co 1 — o ° ao 50 dia. galy. iron Drain pipe thru to curb face at 3 m o.c. ip o Concrete Cap 65 76--. 200 600 WALL 400 WALL 200 WALL All dimensions in mm unless noted otherwise. GENERAL NOTES: A. Height of wall is vertical difference between finished grades. B. All cells must be filled with grout, C. First block may be imbedded in footing. D. Place a layer of coarse grovel against the bock of the wall and at least 0.03 m3 of gravel around each drain. E. These walls are designed to be used at the back of sidewalks but may be used elsewhere if the bottom of footing is at least 300 mm below finish grade. F. These walls may be made of Reinforced Concrete with a wall thickness of 150 mm. G. Omit mortar from the vertical joints in first course above the ground at 810 mm on center for weep holes, except walls adjacent to bock of public sidewalk where drain pipes must be installed as shown above. (See Engineering Standard #5020) H. For walls higher than 600 mm, construction shall conform to the Department of Transportation Standard Plans for retaining walls for either concrete or masonry construction. REVISIONS BY App DATE Gttrf t "'J Of SHORT New border JDL WAP 9 -97 �� ppp Metric conversion SR WAP 3 -97 IL 1n RETAINING WALLS Note 6 change RMx WAP 5-95 NO PERMIT REQUIRED STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 5030 C Power pole, SO mm I� T telephone duct street light, min. I - YP• P 9 II (City Engineer may phone pole 4 -1 000 - require more depth) or fire hyd. 450 - 000 min. . 000 450 mm min. OOO 300 3000 I mm mm 2 I I I I 900 mm I I I 1 900 mm min. u u —_— -- min. — I STORM DRAIN + WATER 0 2 m Cable TV Secondary power Telephone Primary power =1 " IF II: 11; 600 mm 900 mm min. 6 m max. � 750 mm min. 6 GAS 000 000 O 000 SEWER 2 m 0; .. 1. m NOTES: I side of street I side of street 8 Minimum vertical separation at all utility crossings shall be 150 mm. All objects placed behind the curbfoce shall maintain a horizontal clearance of 300 mm from the curbfoce for o height of 4.5 m. Q Maintain 1.5 m minimum horizontal separation between utilities. R Tree location 300 mm i No *See Engineering Standards #5110 thru #6140. R _ U I Ln I I 1 a R/W ° °uI pau�� NMI UTILITIES LOCATION "Standards" Note JDL WAP 7 -96 �S Add Note 6 JDL WAP 5 -98 a STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6010 6 m max. � 0 M max. Street tree easement. Public — — — _E D / — — Utilities III ° TREE ZONE Public Utilities vaults cl' easement R/W I Bock of sidewalk Of 3 m from R on w Fire hydrant, utility pole QI I or street light ow side of lot � n 9 R ® (Avoid driveway) I 3 NOTES cont'd): Curb line STREET ® When sidewalk is less than 2 m wide, poles and hydrants shall be be placed 300 mm behind sidewalk. Sidewalk shall have a minimum of 1.2 m clear space. 0 OS 1 m minimum horizontal clearance between unlike utility services. © Gas lines may shore trench with wire' utilities per plans or standards 11 approved by all Utilities occupying trench. 3 m REVISIONS - -BY APP DATE Cn or 1" New border JDL WAP 1 -98 U I Ln I I 1 a R/W ° °uI pau�� NMI UTILITIES LOCATION "Standards" Note JDL WAP 7 -96 �S Add Note 6 JDL WAP 5 -98 a STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6010 SAWCUT, (ENG. NEW TRENCH PAVING 5 6 DOWELS, 450mm LONG, 7O lilt STD. 4910) (width varies) 150mm IMBEDMENT (E) AC AC AC /PCC ® (E) AC OVER PCC PAVEMENT PAVEMENT Case 1 1 Case 2 300mm/ / x \ \ \\ / SAWCUT X 777 /MA / — I IiI"- I� 1.5rn - '.'.'.'.' ........:.... III l TYP. / PAVING 600mm, SUBSEQUENT _ ...'TRpCER ...:.::::::...::::.:I 95% I BACKFILL TAPE. (E) .O.. :. : :.............. PAVEMENT J Z 750mm /// DOWELS Y o TYP. Qh 0M 150mm SPRING U LINE OF o N INITIAL PIPE VARIES, U DETAIL B BACKFILL PIPE 907 O7 4 BEDDING 2O ..... . ...... El iE, I ; ! I . I I- SUBGRADE PIPE O.D. 150mm MIN., 300mm MAX. OR DETAIL A O MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION NOTES: t�1 See City Standard Specifications, Section 19, for bockfill material and bedding requirements. OBedding shall be 100mm thick except as otherwise noted in the Standard Specifications. OIf non — metallic pipe is used, magnetic tracer tape shall be placed as shown above. ® When flexible pipe (PVC, HDPE, etc.) is used, pipe shall be backfilled to the spring line, compacted and bockfill tested prior to completing initial bockfill. OThe streets of San Luis Obispo ore generally paved with either AC, PCC, or a combination of the two. Unless clearly indicated on the plans, it is the contractor's responsibility to determine the nature of the paving material. (Case 1 — AC only, Case 2 — AC over PCC.) © Replacement pavement & thickness shall be "in kind" including seal coat, except as approved by the City Engineer. OAll concrete street sections require 12.5mm smooth steel dowels per Detail B above. ® New PCC shall not be brought above existing PCC, shall be Class 3, and shall be equal to existing PCC but not less than 200mm thick. O When only AC is used, new AC shall be 50mm thicker than existing AC and no less than 130mm thick. 10 Backfill testing is required and results are subject to approval by the City Engineer. 11 No longitudinal joints or seams are allowed in bike lanes. If a longitudinal joint may result due to the contractor's work, or this requirement, the contractor shall remove a minimum of 50mm of asphalt from the pavement across the entire bike lane using a method approved by the City and resurface the bike lone to the satisfaction of the City. 1© During bockfill operations, the the trench shall be backfilled and compacted and tested to the to the spring line of any utilities crossing the trench before proceeding with further bockfill. REVISIONS BY APP DATE City of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 J M TRENCH DETAIL #1 Changes to rotes SR WAP 10 -96 , Metric conversion JDL wAP 7 -96 90928 �S PAVED OR UNPAVED STREETS STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6020 0 SAWCUT, (ENG. NEW TRENCH PAVING 5 5 DOWELS, 300m 0 G, OO STO. 49 10) (width varies) 150mm IMBEDMENT (E) AC AC AC /PCC B (E) AC OVER PCC PAVEMENT PAVEMENT Case 1 Case 2 300mm SAWCUT I I —I I '- 1 I E I MAX. 1.5m / III_ TYP. / TRENCH PAVING -III. II SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL II (E) (SLURRY) TRACER / PAVEMENT TAPE O 751rn DOWELS TYP. P. . -- 150mm "" SPRING LINE OF PIPE INITIAL DEPTH VARIES, DETAIL B BACKFILL plpE 909. COMPACTION .. ... 4 BEDDING 2O . ............................... -1 -1 I I -111 l III =Ili —� - SUBGRADE 150mm MIN., 300mm MAX. OR PIPE O.D. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION DETAIL A (D (TYP. EACH SIDE) NOTES: O1 See City Standard Specifications, Section 19, for backfill material and bedding requirements. The remainder (subsequent backfill) shall be a plant —mixed slurry, vibrated with 25mm min. stinger. (Slurry to contain 55kg cement per m3. O2 Bedding shall be 100mm except as otherwise noted in the Standard Specifications. Q3 If non — metallic pipe is used, magnetic tracer tape shall be placed as shown above. ® When flexible pipe (PVC, HDPE, etc.) is used, pipe shall be backfilled to the spring line, compacted and backfill tested prior to completing initial backfill. O5 The streets of San Luis Obispo are generally paved with either AC, PCC, or a combination of the two. Unless clearly indicated on the plans, it is the contractor's responsibility to determine the nature of the paving material. (Case 1 — AC only, Case 2 — AC over PCC.) © Replacement pavement shall be "in kind" including seal coat, except as approved by the City Engineer. Q7 All concrete street sections require 12.5mm smooth steel dowels per Detail B above. ® New PCC shall not be brought above existing PCC, shall be Class 3, and shall be equal to existing PCC but not less than 200mm thick. 1@9 When only AC is used, new AC shall be 50mm thicker than existing AC and no less than 130mm thick. 10 No longitudinal joints or seams are allowed in bike lanes. If a longitudinal joint may result due to the contractor's work, or this requirement, the contractor shall remove a minimum or 2 inches of asphalt from the pavement across the entire bike lane using a method approved by the City and resurface the bike lane to the satisfaction of the City. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE m Or rw , ,• • -• -17 w...l;7 sd11 ILUS OBISPO TRENCH DETAIL #2 PAVED OR UNPAVED STREETS 6025 New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Metric conversion Changes to notes JDL JDL WAP WAP 7 -9s 7 —ss STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februory 1999 (E) GROUND WIDTH VARIES T 7IIII�III�i�� a � W SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL II: W f a Z 1 300mm MAX. DEPTH VARIES, 85% TRACER TAPE Q z SPRING . '.IC nC 0 U a IL 0 O Q PIPE O.D. DETAIL A (1 NOTES: 150mm MIN., 300mm MAX. OR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION (TYP. EACH SIDE) O1 See City Standard Specifications, Section 19, for backfill material and bedding requirements. 20 Bedding shall be 100mm thick except as otherwise noted in the Standard Specifications. O3 If non — metallic pipe is used, magnetic tracer tape shall be placed as shown above. ® When flexible pipe (PVC, HDPE, etc.) is used, pipe shall be backfilled to the spring line, compacted and backfill tested prior to completing initial backfill. O5 During backfill operations, the the trench shall be backfilled and compacted and tested to the spring line of any utilities crossing the trench before proceeding with further backfill. THIS STANDARD APPLIES ONLY TO AREAS THAT ARE NON- TRAFFIC, NOT IN STREETS OR PARKING LOTS. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I my of New border JDL 44 �,.�. I;�III SM 6I TRENCH DETAIL # 3 Changes to notes SR AWAP9-97 ,': UNPAVED NON- TRAFFIC AREAS Metric conversion JDL STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Febru (JU�IS OBISPO 6030 Q3 SOUTH BAY FOUNDRIES SBF -1900 or PHOENIX P -1090 with sealed blind pickhole. Q3 CHRISTY G -5 <' or G -12 when specified < °tr .tra <. d 250 mm d trr . C < Q 1 � � i dM. PLAN n q ° 230 mm SECTION WELLS FINISH GRADE (PAVEMENT SURFACE) Q 1 E E E E tra G' PLAN v c a i d tr d ° 250 mm tr tr. 50 mmt15 mm" a ° T a 70 mm t SECTION MANHOLES WATER VALVE STORM DRAIN SEWER CLEANOUT MONUMENT SANITARY SEWER NOTES: Completely remove existing concrete collar prior to pouring new concrete collar. The diameter of the new collar shall be equal to the existing collar or the minimum diameter specified in the above detail, whichever is larger. (D Concrete shall be Class 2 concrete, troweled to street grade, and allowed to cure for 48 hours prior to any traffic use. Class 1 concrete may be required to allow next —day traffic use. All utility covers to be raised shall be replaced, if needed, to conform to covers specified above. Covers shall be imprinted with the appropriate utility name. (D Depth and radius dimensions shown apply to similar covers that are not shown. �s Collars constructed in P.C.C. streets shall be circular in shape and shall be separated from the adjacent P.C.C. street by either a cold joint or a tin form. MANHOLES: © Rings shall be 75 mm or 150 mm. Top of cone to top of frome shall not exceed 450 mm. Grade rings and manhole frame shall be sealed at every joint with butyl rubber (CONSEAL CS -102 or equal). When proper grade cannot be achieved with standard grade rings, the manhole frame shall be suspended in position over the last grade ring, the inside of the frame and shaft shall be formed with tube or monoform system, and the concrete collar shall be poured to provide the joint between the manhole frame and the grade ring stock. Inside of rings shall be grouted with non — shrink grout to obtain a smooth surface free from gaps, holes and sharp edges. 50 mm clearance applies to the low side of the frame. Clearance may be greater on the high side as dictated by the street grades and as directed by the City Engineer. Use 150mm concrete reducing rings in cases where existing manhole opening must be reduced to accomodate the new frame and cover. REVISIONS BY APP DATE New border ✓DL WAP 9 -97 ,.,,' "C.'YO� UTILITY COVER Metric conversion SR WAP 7 -96 ALL) i s GRADE ADJUSTMENT Combined with 86630 SR WAP 7 -96 & P.C.C. COLLAR STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6040 SAWCUT F— — — — — — — FRAME i COLLAR uxr �aI L--- - - - - -J STRUCTURES, WELLS & COLLARS I /—TOP OF PAVEMENT 400 mm REPAVE PER TRENCH DETAIL #2 (ENG. STD. #6025) GENERAL NOTES: A. All stormdrains, water lines and sewer lines that are taken out of service shall be abandoned by disconnecting the pipeline from the active system, plugging all openings, and removing all reloted surface features, such as: Blow —Offs, Air Release Valves, Valve Wells, Vaults, Boxes, Frames, Covers and Collars, Manholes & Cleanout Wells. All openings shall be capped with approved fittings, such as: Expandable plugs for sewerlines, Caps, Blind Flanges, Dresser Couplings with Plug, and Valves. B. All water services from abandoned mains shall be pinched —off, capped or plugged with approved fittings, or closed with the corp. stops. If the water services ore being abandoned and the main is to remain live, services shall be shut off at the corp. stop and capped or plugged with a threaded brass fitting. C. Valve well and cleanout risers shall be removed, backfilled with sand, and compacted to 95 %. The tops of all manholes and other structures to be abandoned shall be removed by sawcutting using square cuts, in accordance with Engineering Standard #4910. The structure shall be removed to a depth of 400 mm below street grade, and filled with slurry containing 55 kg of cement per m3 to the top of the remaining structure. Pavement replacement shall be per Trench Detail #2 (Engineering Standard #6025). D. All sewer laterals from the abandoned sewer main shall be capped, or plugged with approved fittings. If the sewer laterals are being abandoned and the main is to remain live, the laterals shall be excavated at the main by the Contractor and the actual abandonment will be performed by the City. A 48 —hour notice shall be given to the City to schedule these abandonments. REVISIONS BY APP DATE I City Of New border ✓DL WAP 9 -97 �'-- i�TI,,V7 UTILITY PIPELINE San "PZugs" at Note A ✓DL WAP 12 -96 �• ' A.,� Metric conversion SR WAP 7 -96 tw$ ABANDONMENT STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6050 CRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION OF .WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS A. PUBLIC HEALTH CONSIDERATIONS Woterborne disease outbreaks attributed to the entry of sewage— contaminated groundwater into the distribution systems of public water supplies continue to be a problem in the United States. A community with its buried water mains in close proximity to sanitary sewers is vulnerable to waterborne disease outbreaks. Sanitary sewers frequently leak and saturate the surrounding soil with sewage. This is caused primarily by structural failure of the sewer line, improperly constructed joints, and subsidence or upheaval of the soil encasing the conduit. .A serious public health hazard exists when the water mains are depressurized and no pressure or negative pressures occur. The hdzord is further compounded when, in the course of installing or repairing a water main, existing sewer lines are broken. Sewage spills into the excavation and, hence, enters into the water main itself. Additionally, if a water main foils in close proximity to a sewer line, the resultant failure may disturb the bedding of the sewer line and cause it to fail. In the event of an earthquake or man —mode disaster, simutoneous failure of both conduits often occurs. The water supplier is responsible for the quality of the water delivered to cons_ umers and must take all practical steps to minimize the hazard of sewage contamination to the public water supply. Protection of the quality of the water in the public water system is best achieved by the barrier provided by the physical separation of the water moins and sewer lines. This document sets forth the construction criteria for the installation of water mains and sewer lines to prevent contamination of the public water supplies from nearby sanitary sewers. B. BASIC SEPARATION STANDARDS The "California Waterworks Standards" sets forth the minimum separation requirements for water mains and sewer lines. These standards, contained in Section 64630, Title 22, California Administrative Code, specify: (c) (1) Parallel Construction: The horizontal distance between pressure water mains and sewer lines shall be at least 3 m. (2) Perpendicular Construction (Crossing): Pressure water mains shall be at least 300 mm above sanitary sewer lines where these lines must cross. (d) Separation distances specified in (c) shall be measured from the nearest edges of the facilities. (e) (2) Common Trench: Water mains and sewer lines must not be installed in the some trench. When water mains and sanitary sewers are not adequately separated, the potential for con - tomination of the water supply increases. Therefore, when adequate physical separation cannot be attained, an increase in the factor of safety should be provided by increasing the structural integrity of both the pipe materials and joints. C. EXCEPTIONS_TO BASIC SEPARATION .STANDARDS Loco] conditions, such as available space, limited slope, existing structures, etc., may create a situation where there is no alternative but to install water mains or sewer lines at a distance less than that required by the Basic Separation Standards. In such cases, alternative con- struction criteria as specified in Section E should be followed, subject to the special provisions in Section D. Water mains and sewers of 600 mm diameter or greater may create special hazards because of the large volumes of flow. Therefore, installations of water mains and sewer lines 600 mm diameter or larger should be reviewed and approved by the health agency prior to construction. REVISIONS BY APP DATE �o� New border JDL WAP 9 -97 " ��Q�� WATER - SEWER Metric conversion. JDL WAP 7 -96 LLuS SEPARATION CRITERIA Redrawn to CAD JDL WAP 6 -93 TEXT STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6110 CRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS D. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. The Basic Separation Standards are applicable under normal conditions for sewage collection lines and water distribution mains. More stringent requirements may be necessary if conditions such as high groundwater exist. 2. Sewer lines shall not be installed within 8 m horizontally of a low head (34.5 kPo or less pressure) water main. 3. New water mains and sewers shall be pressure tested where the conduits are located 3 m apart or less. 4. In the installation of water mains or sewer lines, measures should be taken to prevent or minimize disturbances of the existing line. Disturbance of the supporting base of this line could eventually result in failure of this existing pipeline. 5. Special consideration shall be given to the selection of pipe materials if corrosive con- ditions are likely to exist. These conditions may be due to soil type and /or the nature of the fluid conveyed in the conduit, such as a septic sewage which produces corrosive hydrogen sulfide. 6. Sewer Force Mains a. Sewer force mains shall not be installed within 3 m (horizontally) of a water main. b. When a sewer force main must cross a water line, the crossing should be as close as practical to the perpendicular. The sewer force main should be at least 300 mm below the water Tine. c. When a new sewer force main crosses under an existing water main, all portions of the sewer force main within 3 m (horizontally) of the water main shall be enclosed in a continuous sleeve. d. When a new water main crosses over on existing sewer force main, the water main shall be constructed of pipe materials with a minimum rated working pressure of 1.38 MPa or equivalent pressure rating. E. ALTERNATIVE CRITERIA FOR CONSTRUCTION The construction criteria for sewer lines or water mains where the Basic Separation Standards cannot be attained are shown in Figures 1 and 2. There are two situations encountered: Case 1 -- New sewer line -- new or existing water main. Case 2 -- New water main -- existing sewer line. For Case 1, the alternate construction criteria apply to the sewer line. For Case 2, the alternate construction criteria may apply to either or both the water main and sewer line. The construction criteria should apply to the house laterals that cross above a pressure water main but not to those house laterals that cross below a pressure water main. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I city �� New border JDL WAP 9 -97 �� ' 9 °A lggp WATER - SEWER Metric conversion ✓DL WAP 7 -96 _ �U SEPARATION CRITERIA Redrawn to CAD ✓DL WAP 6 -93 TEXT (CONT'D) STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6120 CRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION OF, WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS CASE 1 NEW SEWER MAIN BEING INSTALLED (See Figure 1) ZONE SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR SEWER: A Sewer lines parallel to water mains shall not be permitted in this zone without approval from No water mains parallel to sewers shall be the responsible health agency and Water supplier. A sewer line placed ap rallel to a water line shall be constructed of: B requirements, the 1. Class 4000, Type II, asbestos— cement pipe with rubber gasket joints. —97 2. Plastic sewer pipe with rubber ring joints (per ASTM D3034) or equivalent. B 1. Ductile iron pipe with hot dip bituminous coating. JDL 3. Cost or ductile iron pipe with compression joints. US 4. Reinforced concrete pressure pipe with compression joints (per AWWA C302 -74). B A sewer line crossing a water main shall be constructed of: pipe (DR 14 per AWWA C900) 1. Ductile iron pipe with hot dip bituminous coating and mechanical joints. 4. 2 A continuous section . of Class 200 (DR 14 per AWWA C900) plastic pipe, or equivalent, C February 1999 centered over the pipe being crossed. 3. A continuous section of reinforced concrete pressure pipe (per AWWA C302 -74) centered If the sewer crossing the water main does over the pipe being crossed. 1, Zone C 4. Any sewer pipe within a continuous sleeve. water main shall hove no joints in Zone C A sewer Mine crossin a water main shall be constructed of: of: 1. A continuous section of ductile iron pipe with hot dip bituminous coating. 1 or 3 as in Zone B. above. 2. A continuous section of Class 200 (DR 14 per AWWA C900) plastic pipe or equivalent, D centered over the pipe being crossed. not meet the Case 3. A continuous section of reinforced concrete pressure pipe (per AWWA C302 -74) centered D water main shall hove no joints within 1.2 over the pipe being crossed. of the sewer and shall be 4. Any sewer pipe within a continuous sleeve. 5. Any sewer pipe separated by a 3 m by 3 m, 100 mm thick reinforced concrete slab. CASE 2 NEW WATER MAIN BEING INSTALLED (See Figure 2) ZONE SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR WATER: BY APP A No water mains parallel to sewers shall be constructed without approval from the health agency. If the sewer parolleling the water main does not meet the Case 1, Zone B requirements, the JDL water main shall tie constructed of: —97 01 SdT WATER SEWER 1. Ductile iron pipe with hot dip bituminous coating. JDL WAP 2. US S E P A R AT I O N C R I T E R I A B 3. Class 200 pressure rated plastic water pipe (DR 14 per AWWA C900) or equivalent. s -9 4. TEXT (CONT'D) STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 5. 6130 If the sewer crossing the water main does not meet the Case 1, Zone C requirements, the water main shall hove no joints in Zone C and be constructed of: 1 or 3 as in Zone B. above. If the sewer crossino the water main does not meet the Case 1, Zone D requirements, the D water main shall hove no joints within 1.2 m from either side of the sewer and shall be constructed of: 1 or 3 as in Zone B, above.. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE or border JDL WAP —97 01 SdT WATER SEWER Metric conversion JDL WAP —9Bigplq 7 6 US S E P A R AT I O N C R I T E R I A Alternates eliminated RMH WAP s -9 TEXT (CONT'D) STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6130 / 1 CRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS ZONE A ZONE A ZONE /// �2 100 �ZONE P OW 1.2m—+— 2m N 1 m 300 m 1 OOmm 300mm T \\ KZ0:EP ZONE B \ \ \ \ \\ CASE 1 PARALLEL NEW SEWER MAIN CROSSING Figure 1 ZONE P is a prohibited zone, Section 64630(e)(2) California Administrative_ Code, Title_ 22. p2m� ZONE P ZONE B \�� \\ 300 mm ZONE D 1 300 m - O - - 00mm ZONE A ZONE A CASE 2 CROSSING PARALLEL NEW WATER MAIN Figure 2 NOTES AND DEFINITIONS • COMPRESSION JOINT — A push —on joint that seals by means of the compression of a rubber ring or gasket between the pipe and a bell or coupling. • DIMENSIONS ore from the outside of water main to outside of sewer line or manhole. • FUSED JOINT — The joining of sections of pipe using thermal or chemical bonding processes. • GROUND WATER — Subsurface water found in the saturation zone. • HEALTH AGENCY — The State Department of Health Services. For those water systems supplying less than 200 service connections, the local health officer shall act for the Department of Health Services. • HOUSE LATERAL — A sewer pipe connecting the building drain and the main sewer line. • LOW HEAD WATER MAIN — Any water main which has a pressure of 34.5 kPo or less at any time at any point in the main. • MECHANICAL JOINT — Bolted joint • RATED WORKING WATER PRESSURE or PRESSURE CLASS — A pipe classification system based upon internal working pressure of the fluid in the pipe, type of pipe material, and the thickness of the pipe wall. • SLEEVE — A protective tube of steel with a wall thickness of not less than 6 mm into which a pipe is inserted. • WATER SUPPLIER — Any person who owns or operates a public water system. REVISIONS BY APP DATE My Of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 1" WATER SEWER Metric conversion JDL WAP 7 -96 m� llIl �Q�l� Sd11 i LUIS SEPARATION CRITERIA Redra:vm to CAD JDL WAP 6 -93 DETAILS STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 01311SPO 6140 WATER MAIN 25 mm GENERAL NOTES: A. If service line is lead., galvanized steel or polybutylene. the entire service shall be replaced from the main to the meter. B. Households shall be notified at least one hour prior to water shut off to make a connection. C. A 14 gage (minimum) insulated copper tracer wire shall be tied to the corp stop and run up to the meter box.. The wire shall be toped to the service line at 2 m intervals end 1m of wire shall be coiled in the meter box. D. All mains shall use a service saddle. CI and Dl mains may be direct top only with the written permission of the City Utilities Engineer. E. Where fire sprinklers are or maybe required or desired, 25 mm service lines shall be copper. F. All new services or service replacements shall, be 25 or 50 rrim. Any 19 or 40 mm services shall be upgraded to the next size (25 mm or 50 mm) and on adopter installed at the meter. G. If service replacement includes the tap at the main, the new connection shall be made 300 mm from the old connection. The old carp stop shall be Closed and a threaded brass plug or cap installed. H. Any boxes which do not meet the current standards listed below shall be upgraded to those standards NOTES: ( ) Service -saddle. double strap. CC threads — installed per manufacturer's recommendations AC. CI and DIP main — Jones J -979 or Ford F2028 Series PVC main = Jones J -969 or Rockwell 393 0 Corporation Stop, ball valve. CC x MIP: Jones J -1944 25 mm or 50 mm Q3 45' bend, brass. FIP x FlP 4 Coupling, MIP x flare: Jones J -1531 6 Service tubing: 6C = Copper — type K, soft 6P = Polyethylene — 1.38 MPa, AWWA C901: Wesflex Gold Lobel 3408. Driscopipe or approved equal APPROVED EOUAL ACCEPTED FOR ALL FITTINGS CUSTOMER E CITY VALVE — ..• VALVE E COST. E VALVE ° CITY c VALVE N Coupling, flare x FIP: Jones J -1535 or Ford 621 Series 8 9 90• bend MIP z sweat Meter box valves: 9A = Customer side — provide lever handle 19, 25 mm service — Jones J -1908 40, 50 mm service — Jones J -1913 98 - City side. 25 mm service — Angle meter stop: Jones J -1525 or Ford KV23W Series 50 mm service — Curb stop, ball valve: Jones J -1913W or Ford BF 13 .Series ® Meter box and lid 16. 19, 25 mm water meter — Brooks 37 T Series Christy 812 for 'Mission Area 40, 50 mm water meter — Brooks 65S Series — use TR series lids for driveways. Christy 836 for Mission Area IN MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK AREA as defined by City Council Resolution 4183: Concrete boxes shall be integrally colored DAMS Adobe ( #5964) end set behind the tile line, existing or future. 11 Install PVC sleeve to 300 mm behind bock of sidewalk: 16. 19 or 25 mm water meter — 50 mm sleeve 40 or 50 mm water meter — 80 mm sleeve 1© #13 rebor all around the meter box © Distance between City and Customer valve: 16 or 19 mm water meter = 230 mm, needs adopter 25 mm water meter = 280 mm 40 mm water meter = '380 mm, needs adopter 50 mm water meter = 430 mm Jumpers fabricated by contractors to achieve proper meter toy length shall hove a minimum of 10 perforations 50mm in diameter. 14 Meter adopter (as needed): 25 mm City valve to 19 mm Customer valve — Jones J- 128H or Ford A24 50 mm City valve to 40 mm Customer valve — Ford A67 ® When meter box is to be installed in landscaped area, a '100 mm thick concrete apron shall be placed for a minimum of 300 mm around the box. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE My or New border JDL WAP 9 -97 � 0 �i san WATER SERVICES Add "Jumper" to Note 13 BL WAP 6 -97 j �$ NEW & REPLACEMENTS Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11=98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 UB'SPO 621.0 r GENERAL NOTES: A. If service line is lead, galvanized steel, or polybutylene, the entire service shall be replaced from the main to the meter per Eng. Std. #6210. B. Any meter boxes which do not meet current standards per Engineering Standard #6210 shall be upgraded to those standards. C. .Households shall be notified at least one hour prior to water being shut off to make a connection. D. A 14 guage insulated copper tracer wire shall be tied to the Corp stop, and taped to the service line at 2 m intervals. The wire shall be soldered to the existing tracer wire or existing copper service. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 10 through ® – See Engineering Standard #6210. SQ Coupling, flare x flare: Jones J -1528 or Ford C22 Series Type 1 – New main is closer to curb than existing main. Type 2 – New main is farther from curb than existing main. (PE = Polyethylene) (E) Service Type. (E)Service Main 2 Copper /PE 1 Any 2 — — - -- — — — — — — — Copper Non –metal 2 Copper Non –metal Any 1 PE 3 4 1 2 5 Extension (E) Service WATER — MAIN Type Extension (E)Service Main 2 Copper /PE PE Any 2 Copper /PE Copper Non –metal 2 PE. Copper Any 1 PE Copper Metal WATER SERVICE CONNECTION TO NEW MAIN 250 mm CONSTRUCTION NOTES: r © through ®– See Engineering Standard #6210. ., CUSTOMER (3 ) Coupling, flare x flare: Jones J -1528 or Ford C22 Series ' °•' E Crnr 10 12 g VALVE E 7 5 6 (E) Service 13 1a ll � g i 6 230 mm E CUST E VALVE - Cm 10 o 11 . .. VALVE N E t to n 6 (E) Service �=( \y 9 gA WATER SERVICE METER BOX RELOCATION REVISIONS BY APP DATE O oungi �p SM WATER SERVICE New border JDL WAP 9 97 Metric conversion BL WAP 7-96 1�$ CONNECTIONS Combine WS details BL WAP � -ss OBISPO 6220 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februcry 1999 STANDARD CONFIGURATION BUILDING SERVED ^ WELL I ALTERNATE -,_,4FICURATION (must be approved by the Utilities Department) BUILDING SERVED U-Oj SIDEWALK WATER METER BOX General Notes: All commercial buildings served by public sewer and private well shall have the well metered for the purpose- of assessing sewer charges. The well meter shall consist of a conventional meter set in the public right of way in accordance with City Engineering Standards. With prior written approval of the Utilites Engineer, a meter set near the well with o remote reader mounted to the building or other permanent structure will be allowed. The Property owner sholl pay oil fees established for these purposes. The Property owner shall execute a Private Well Metering Agreement with the City for ongoing operation, maintenance, inspection, calibration, and repair or replacement of the well meter and related City facilities. If a property receives water from both the public system and a private well, the customer will pay a sewer charge based on usage from both meters and a water charge based on usage from the public system meter. The City shall own, operate and maintain the meter, remote reader and associated wiring.. All other facilities shall be the responsibility of the property owner. WELL WATER METER BOX J REMOTE READER Construction Notes: For properties receiving water from both a private well and the public system, on approved backflow prevention device sholl be installed on the service connection to the public system. The proposed location of the water meter and remote reader shall be approved by the City Utilities Department prior to installation. The meter and related facilities shall be installed in accordance with applicable City Standards. The meter box sholl be set with the long dimension parallel to the curb to differentiate them from other meters. A conduit and pull rope shall be installed in accordance with the NEC and City Specifications and Standards. The conduit sholl enter the water meter box in such a manner as to not interfere with the installation, removal, and inspection of the meter. The conduit sholl be - .stubbed up at the building and secured to the building at no less than two locations. Both ends of the conduit shall be capped with a slip cap, not welded or blued. A space sholl be provided to allow the remote reader to be securely mounted at 1.5 m above grade. All work shall be performed by on appropriately licensed contractor with the exception of the meter set, pulling of remote read wires, and installation of a remote read unit which will be completed by City crews with a 48 hour notice. Curb stop or Sidewalk Angle meter stop or Collor Meter box Water meter Per NEC Meter box 90 sweep Customer valve mnection d eonduit SEE ENGINEERING STANDARD 16210 FOR DETAILS lemote reader 19mm Conduit ichedulei 80 eep REVISIONS BY APP I DATE O/' New border JDL WAP 9 97 '1m1qjjjjjl1111nngj p say WELL METERING New Sta�tdard BL WAP 4_9-7 Ltus STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6240 Fl NOTES: A MINIMUM OF 8 PIPE DIAMETERS OF STRAIGHT PIPE MUST PRECEED THE INLET FLANGE 01 Service Saddle — Jones J979, CC x 200mm 2O Isolation Valve — Gate valve, resilient seated with fully encapsulated gate, FL x MJ O3 Corp Stop - 50mm, Jones J1944 © Ball valve — 50mm, Jones J190OW QS Copper tubing — 50mm, type K, soft, supported at 300mm intervals © 1/4 bend — sweat x sweat Q7 MIP x sweat ® Union 9Q RP x sweat ® See. Engineering Standard #6270. PCC pad with jacks .05 cubic meters set to grade © 150mm of 19mm loose aggregate METERS (Centered in vault): METERS TO BE SUPPORTED AS SHOWN Compound meters with 50mm bypass: Hersey Model MCT 11 — 80 to 150mm Hersey Model MCT — 206mm Sensus Model SRH — 80 to 150mm Badger — 80 to 150 mm The bypass shall be as close to the meter body as feasible. Turbine meters with 50mm bypass:. (May be used only with written permission from Utilities Engineer) Hersey Model MHR — 80 to 250mm with approved strainer Sensus Series W — 80 to 250mm with approved strainer Badger Record All 11 — 80 to 250mm with approved strainer Fire Service Assemblies with 50mm bypass Hersey detector water meter Model MFMII 80 to 250mm Sensus Compact Fire Line Assemblies — 100 to 250mm REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I ��/ Of �Il�lpl�llll�u^'ll,�ll�l, San P LUIS OBISPO WATER METER WITH UNMETERED BYPASS $O mm & LARGER 6250 New border JDL WAP 9 -97 "Jones J979" a.t Note 1 JDL WAP 11 -97 Completion of New Std. SR . WAP 8 -97 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 450 mro" CL to CL I I 300 mm I FRONT VIEW MM WATER MAIN mm GENERAL NOTES: END VIEW 11 15 9G 1 m A. through H. See Engineering Standard #6210 I. Each 50 mm service line shall serve no more than four (4) 25 mm meters or six (6) 20 mm meters. J. Extra tracer wire shall be coiled in the meter box closest to the service line. OTHER NOTES: Ot through ® & O through OS — See Engineering Standard #6210 Q9 25 mm angle meter stop — JONES J -1527 or FORD FV13 Series 16 Copper tee, all sweat — 50 x 50 mm, Service line shall be at or near center of manifold. 17 Copper tee, all sweat — 50 x 25 mm 18 Copper reducing ell, sweat x sweat — 50 x 25 mm 19 Adaptor, sweat x MIP ©0 Each service shall be designated to an address and /or unit by attaching a brass tog to curb stop with a non — ferrous wire. Meter boxes shall be in alphabetical or numerical order with respect to address, reading left to right when facing the structure. APPROVED EQUAL ACCEPTED FOR ALL FITTINGS REVISIONS BY APP I DATE cn of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 ,m0UNP �G SM MANIFOLD Note I revised JDL WAP 3 -98 LUIS MULTIPLE WATER SERVICES Ref._ notes on #6210 BL WAP �o -ss STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 0B]IM0 6260 METER VAULTS Meter Size Meter Type Vault Type Vault Cover see Vault (mm) New BL notes Size New Border Border -- JDL WAP 11 -98 (m x m) STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 200 to 250 Compounds, Brooks Products 800 Spring assisted 3 x 1.8 Turbines & Fire Series or approved hinged cover with Service Assemblies equal reading lid 150 Compounds, Brooks Products 800 Spring assisted 2.4 x 1.8 Turbines & Fire Series or approved hinged cover with Service Assemblies equal reading lid 75 to 100 Compounds, Brooks Products Spring assisted 1.5 x 2.1 Turbines & Fire #757 or approved hinged cover with Service Assemblies equal reading lid NOTES: • Where spring assisted covers with a reading lid are not available, multiple covers with a reading lid may be substituted. The multiple lid shall be rated for single person lifting. • Vault covers shall be either pedestrian rated for sidewalk areas or traffic rated for driveway and street areas. • Vault covers shall be a minimum of 10 mm thick steel with lift mechanism. • Vault cover shall be fumished with a reading lid. • Vault covers shall have a non -slip surface. • Spring assisted vault cover lids shall bolt down. Multiple lids shall not be. bolted down. • Vaults shall be positioned in relation to the face of curb as shown in Engineering Standard #6430. REVISIONS I BY APPI DATE I imp pMY of 11.I1S 0BI"F'�' METER VAULTS 80 to 250 mm 6270 New BL WAP 5 97 New Border Border -- JDL WAP 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 Edition Cal ... I BY W. ... p' .. /Z.. 7 FIG. B 2 ®� HYDRANT F i RE H Y D R A N T .. RESIDENTIAL 2 .. W.' JONES 3760 or R -1 / R -2 AP2— j Luis CLOW 2060 ASSEMBLY Dire. setback to flange JDL FIG. C 5 APPLICATION I BY S HYDRANT Z ,i2TL4 /Z.. Add Note 2, re— numb er STANDARD 1 2 JONES 3770 or HYDRANT F i RE H Y D R A N T CLOW 2065 RESIDENTIAL 2 1 JONES 3760 or R -1 / R -2 AP2— j Luis CLOW 2060 • MAY BE USED ONLY WITH PERMISSION OF FIRE DEPT. NOTES: Q1 Hydrant shall have 6 —hole flan's 2 ge and bronze caps. Outlets shall be manufacturer 1/2" National Standard hose thread and 4 1/2" Notional Standard thread. 4 1/2" outlets shall point toward street. Hydrant shall be bagged until it is available for use. QZ Hydrant shall be painted with Sherwin Williams 854 —Y38 Oil Base or an approved equal. Q3 Hydrant shall be located behind sidewalk if sufficient right —of —way exists (Fig. A), or behind curb (Fig. B, C) If located behind sidewalk, 300 mm minimum clearance shall be provided between back of sidewalk and outlet cop nut. ® Standard setback from curb face, 450 to 530 QS When located in unpaved area, hydrant installation shall include 1.2 m x 1.2 m x 150 mm minimum P.C.C. pad doweled into curb and sidewalk, #13 @ 450 mm O.C. Q Hydrant shall be installed to provide 75 mm min. to 100 mm max. clearance between underside of flange and sidewalk surface, and shall have 16 x 80 mm d 'll d b k I ', -I J � a rl a rea away bats Instolled, with nuts on top of FIRE ` flange and bolts filled with silicone or butyl caulk. HYDRANT (D Thrust block, Class 3 P.C.C., shielded from flanges and bolts. NOTES (cont'd): ® Anchoring tee —M.J. x M.J. x Swivel. If regular line run tee is used, a swivel x solid adapter (pup) shall be used (see Engineering a... Standard #6320) QGate valve, M.J. x M.J., resilient seated with fully — encapsulated gate, epoxy — coated inside & outside, full —size waterway, open to the left, non — rising stem with 0 —ring seals, AVK, CLOW F -1600, or approved equal, and shall conform to AWWA Standard C -509. 10 See Egr.Std. #6340 for valve, valve well & collar details. ° WATER D MAIN D Oa e a n ANCHORING TEE TO HYDRANT LLY 11 Tapping sleeve — MUELLER H -610, M.J., Class 125, ROMAC SST — stainless steel, or approved equal. © Topping valve — MUELLER H -667, M.J., 0 —ring type, -11 Class 125. 11 =III= @ Split in swivel glond shall _ be offset from split in topping sleeve by one bolt position. 14 Laterals shall be PVC or ductile iron, 150 mm min. diameter. -1 M I (( MAINR TAPPING TEE o. a REVISIONS I BY APP I DATE I m o f Add Note 2, re— numb er JDL ; .`. —1� .` -r,l S1" °Itlkl F i RE H Y D R A N T Revise re —bar specs JDL AP2— j Luis ASSEMBLY Dire. setback to flange JDL STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Febru OBISPO 6310 VALVE u rrur�n � UUU LUI, GLAND T —BOLT & NUT ALL — THREAD PUP FITTING SOLID RUBBER GASKET `t . .. p'.P D p. METHOD 2 �'' SWIVEL x SOLID \ ADAPTOR CLASS 3 PCC THRUST T —BOLT & NUT BLOCK, SHIELDED FROM SWIVEL GLAND BOLTS AND FLANGES VALVES ADJACENT TO FITTINGS SHALL BE RESTRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS LISTED BELOW: METHOD 1 — May be used only with in —line bolt alignment of valve & fitting. See chart below for number of all threads. All— threads shall be coated with HENRY'S #204 plastic roof cement, or equal. This method may be used only with approval of City Utilities Engineer. METHOD 2 — May be used with either offset or in —line bolt allignment. METHOD 3 — Flonge— to— flonge bolted connection may be used. METHOD 4 Retainer glands may be used with ductile iron pipe only, sub- ject to City approval. Retainer glands may NOT be used on fire hydrant laterals. METHOD 5 — Swivel gland & integral retaining lip connections may be used. 1) m OFFSET IN —LINE BOLT HOLE ALIGNMENT METHOD 1 PIPE SIZE ( mm No. of ALL— THREADS (min.) 100 2 150, 200, 250 4 300, 350 6 over 350 1 TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I O New border JDL WAP 9 -97 '111111I�P`San VALVE to FITTING Metric conversion SR WAP 8 -98 1wS RESTRAINT Method 1, thrust block MDW WAP 10 -93 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6320 Valve required at all branch lines SOLID SLEEVE — Cost iron, MJ x MJ, 300 mm min. length SOLID RUBBER GASKET SPACER (wedding band) shall be installed. (Inspection required) . TAPPING VALVE — Gate valve, resilient seated with fully en- capsulated gate, epoxy — coated inside and outside, full —size waterway, open to the left, non — rising stem with 0 —ring seals, 1.38 MPo working pressure, and meets AWWA C -509. AVK, CLOW F -1600 or approved equal. 1 1/2 dia. 450 min. Split in swivel gland shall be offset from split in topping sleeve by one bolt position. 0 T —BOLT i GLAND TEE, CROSS, VALVE, etc. `THRUST BLOCK — Class 3 PCC, CUT -IN shielded from bolts & flanges. p n HOT TAP Tapping sleeve shall be separated from nearest bell, flange, service clamp, core stop, etc. by a distance no less than 1 1/2 pipe diameters, with o minimum of 450 mm. 1 1/2 dio. 450 min. TAPPING SLEEVE — MUELLER H -615, ROMAC SST stainless steel, or approved equal THRUST BLOCK — Class 3 PCC, shielded from bolts & flanges. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I aw or New border JDL WAP 9 -97 •r'TT .TT1rr11 M Metric conversion SR WAP B -96 � ti TIE-IN "NOTE", US Delete add valve JDL WAP f0 -93 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6330 COLLAR Collar shall be constructed per Engineering Standard #6040. 0 CHRISTY G -5, or appv'd equal. Cover shall be imprinted with "WATER ". Pavement 150 mm min. dia. riser, SDR 35 PVC, one continuous piece (no joints). WATER VALVE 250 mm or Smaller Mains: Gate valve, MJxMJ, resilient, seated with fully encapsulated gote, epoxy— coated inside and outside, full —size woterway, open to the left, non— rising stem with 0 —ring seals, 1.38 MPa working pressure, and meet AWWA C -509. AVK, CLOW F -6100 or approved equal. 300 mm or Larger Mains: MJxMJ, butterfly valve, Dresser 450, Mueller Line Seol III, or approved equal. J 250 mm 0 PVC waterline spigots (300 mm and larger) shall be beveled on inside for butterfly valve vane clearance. SECTION A -A REVISIONS BY APP DATE My or {41 ill U sl �Iii��U lots um OBISPO WATER VALVE & WELL 6340 New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Metric conversion Change "Collar" Note ARC RMH WAP WAP 7 -96 9 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 TYPICAL PLUG drilled for 50 mm Blowoff on 100 mm or 150 mm main. NOTE Protect all fittings with plastic and pour thrust block at end of street main, shape and location to be determined in field. TYPICAL PLUG drilled for 80 mm Blowoff on 200 mm, 250 mm or 300 min main. SCHEDULE BY APP 7, voter Main (mm). 100 150 -200 _ 250 300 2. Cast Iron Cap or Plug, M.J. (mm x mm) 100 x 50 1 150 x 50 .200 x 80 250 x 80 300 x 80 3. Bross Nipple (mm x mm) 50 x 450 80 x 450 4. Bronze Gate Volve -Screw JT (mm) _ 50 80._ 5. Brass Nipple (mm x mm) 50 x 200 80 x 250 6. Brass 90' Ell- (mm) 50 80 7. Bross Riser (mm x mm) f 50 x 660 80 x 810 S. Bross Coupling — Threaded (mm) 50 80 9. Bross Plug (mm) 50 80 10.1 Christy Valve Box and Cover G -5 G -5 REVISIONS BY APP I DATE m Or New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Sa►Yl BLOW 0 F F ASSEMBLY Metric conversion SR WAP 8 -96 LUIS Redrawn to CAD RMH WAP STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: �1—:9:45 February 199 OBISPO 6350 N E.6 EE We_cover plate qE 14 —13 NEE 25 mm min. O (typ. all around ) 200 mm �Itl 7 E E c 6 3 O E 4 REVISIONS_ BY APP DATE New border JDL WAP_ 9 -97q�u �� Sd 1 AIR /VAC RELEASE Correct Note 18 JDL WAP 5 -98 I� @��������V LUIS VALVE ASSEMBLY Vacuurn, added SA WAP 1 -97 25 & 50 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6360 NOTES: 13 Nipple -250 mm galy. Connection plumbing to slope up towards O7 Air/Voc Release Valve —APCO 143C (25 mm) Air Release Valve at AWATERMAIN minimum grade of 1 %. 14 Copper tubing —Type K, soft 20 Nipple— brass, short Coupling — quarter bend, MUELLER H -15475 Nipple -250 mm gals. O3 Boll valve —JONES J -1905 Nylon bushing— PLICO, or equal 16 17 Corporation stop— MUELLER H -15000 or JONES J -1500 17 12 Street elbow —galy. REVISIONS_ BY APP DATE New border JDL WAP_ 9 -97q�u �� Sd 1 AIR /VAC RELEASE Correct Note 18 JDL WAP 5 -98 I� @��������V LUIS VALVE ASSEMBLY Vacuurn, added SA WAP 1 -97 25 & 50 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6360 NOTES: 13 Nipple -250 mm galy. O7 Air/Voc Release Valve —APCO 143C (25 mm) or 145C (50 mm) or approved equal 14 Elbow —galy. 20 Nipple— brass, short 15 Nipple -250 mm gals. O3 Boll valve —JONES J -1905 16 10 go. steel, min. wall thickness of tubing 4O Nipple— brass, 250 mm 17 Paint with zinc —oxide primer and 2 coets of light OS Elbow— brass, 90' green enomel 18 Drill min. of six (6) 12.5 mm diameter holes on © Cadmium plated bent bolts 12 mm 0 (typ.3 places) with circumference evenly spaced O7 nuts Angle —gals. steel 40 x 40 x 6 mm, 50 mm long (typ. 3 19 P.C.C. slob — 760 x 760 x 100 mm thick places) 20 Coupling, Jones J1531 REVISIONS_ BY APP DATE New border JDL WAP_ 9 -97q�u �� Sd 1 AIR /VAC RELEASE Correct Note 18 JDL WAP 5 -98 I� @��������V LUIS VALVE ASSEMBLY Vacuurn, added SA WAP 1 -97 25 & 50 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6360 FDC to face towards fire lone or .street Break -away padlock and chain between w/ metal break away caps, brass or OS &Y valves locked in open position. equal. Plastic not acceptable. FDC can be used up to 1890 L /minute. For each 950 L. over odd on on FDC. Tamper device for monitoring each OS&Y valve. SIZE HEIGHT PAD LENGTH 150mm 760mm 2.7m 200mm 840mm 3.Om 250mm 915mm 3.6m Locating tape from R J street valve to double check assembly 150 mm fill - IIEiIE 150 mm dia. or larger Class 200 S 600 mm max. R. Sprinkler or stand pipe signage — UL listed single check assembly Junction box with tamper proof screws 3 _ I 19 mm min. flex liquid light + conduit secured to boltsmm 100 mm.' . _ t 19 mm min. Sch. 40 rigid conduit for low voltage fire alarm wiring listed for wet location Coat all exposed bolts & threads w/ Henry's #204 plastic roof cement or on approved equal. GENERAL NOTES:, A. All fittings and risers shall be ductile iron pipe internally cement Lined for fire service and wrapped With two layers of UPC listed plastic tape minimum 40 mil or coated with Henry's #204 plastic roof cement or on approved equal. B. Materials shall be UL listed for fire service. C. Materials shall be inspected by Fire Department prior to installation. D. Fire line shall be tested in accordance with Section 76, "Waterlines" of the City Standard Specifications. No connections may be made until water samples hove been tested and approved. E• Location of double check and FDC shall be approved by Fire Department prior to placement. F• Wrap bolts with 6 mil plastic sheathing prior to I ; f th t bl- k HEIGHT 300 mm min. sand cover 100 mm sand bed NOTES: 1(D O.S. &Y. gate valve with fully encapsulated resilient seat — Dresser, Kennedy or approved equal conforming to latest edition AWWA standard C509 Q U.S.C. approved double detector check valve backflow preventer assembly with 19 mm non — valved bypass meter assembly. Support valves per manufacturer's listings. QAll risers and above ground mainline fittings shall be flange type. ® PCC pad 300 mm minimum around risers, Class 3. 0 MJ x Flange adapter © PCC thrust blocks, Class 3, size as required for type of soil. p ace — en o rus oc S. 0 Locating tape from double check assembly G. For street valve information, see Engineering I to hydrant and /or building sprinkler riser. Standard #6340. ANY MODIFICATION TO FIRE DEPARTMENT REOUIREMENTS MUST HAVE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. REVISIONS BY APP DATE I Apr 1WS OBISPO DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR CHECK with FDC BACKFLOW PREVENTER 150 t0 250 mm 6420 New border JD WAP 9 -97 Note changes per FD FDC JDL SR WAP WAP 9 -7 9 5 -97 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 COVER PLATES: NOTES: A. All vault cover parts and — — — frome shall be hot —dip COVER PLATES (2)— Brooks No.745 (150 & 200 mm) or No.746 (250 mm) galvanized after fabrication. DETECTOR CHECK — Hersey Model DC B. Cover plates shall be complete 2 DIAMOND PLATE with reading lid and chain, 90 STEEL lift— holes, stiffener, and mm bolt— downs. DIA. 4 CAST IRON PIPE C. Rending lid to be cut from 16 x 19 mm WATER METER cover plate. Location to be 50 mm MORTAR directly over meter and ' determined in field. P.C.C. VAULT FOUNDATION & PIER (See Engineering Standard #6440) 16 0 0 380 mm a 9. M" 0 0 2% O 14 u' 1, Z W OJ _W O L. 10 250 mm w Z — MIN. m O 9 �[ 12 �, 17 5 Vp�'a�da`U"n� Up���jU I =I I F III =111 =111 -111ED I 1E1 I =11'J UNDISTURBEI I 1 =1 1= GROUND REVISIONS NOTES: APP I DATE 1 COVER PLATES (2)— Brooks No.745 (150 & 200 mm) or No.746 (250 mm) 11 DETECTOR CHECK — Hersey Model DC 2 READING LID 12 19 mm CURB STOP —Jones J -1901 3 METER VAULT TIERS— Brooks No.745 (150 & 200 mm) or No.746 (250 mm) 13 19 mm CHECK VALVE 4 CAST IRON PIPE 14 16 x 19 mm WATER METER 5 50 mm MORTAR 15 19 mm HOSE BIBB 6 P.C.C. VAULT FOUNDATION & PIER (See Engineering Standard #6440) 16 19 mm TEE 7 DRY PACK 1 19 x 50 mm REDUCER 8 GRAVEL BED 18 250 x 250 mm P.C.C. COLLAR, 9 FLANGE xM.J. ADAPTOR —Smith Blair 912 #13 BAR ALL AROUND 10 O.S. &Y. GATE VALVE W /FULLY — ENCAPSULATED RESILIENT SEAT — Dresser or Kennedy (Conforming to latest edition of AWWA Std. C509 -80) REVISIONS BY APP I DATE City of DETECTOR CHECK New border JDL WAP 9 -97 ,4 —•• & VAULT Metric SR WAP 9 conversion -96 j Luis OBISpO FOR 150 mm, 200 mm & 250 mm FIRELINE 6430 RevRevise e re —bar specs ✓DL WAP 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 E t E E p E O A O t 2 - #13 Bars E E E o E O o o j 380 mm Curb & Gutter a Q) c E a m � m - a c v -- of 150 & 200 mm Pipe - 1.61 m 250 mm Pipe - 1.92 m 4� 6 1.21 m -100 mm PLAN 100 mm CL To be determined E E H H 100 mm 100 mm E E LO r1 2 - #13 Bars A E M a N C E a d m - a c d -- c 01 E 40. i. E G . _ooE n E E (undisturbed E� SECTION A —A ground E GENERAL NOTES: Existing Ground o 1 E N E A. PCC shall be Class I. B. Foundation shall rest on undisturbed ground. C. See Engineering Standard #6430. REVlslorvs BY APP My or DETECTOR CHECK New border JDL WAP LbATE � p1j!p S1 ������" Uu VAULT FOUNDATION Metric conversion. _ SR WAP IL iws 150 Revise re -bar specs JDL WAP FOR mm 200 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februcry 1.9- 9 OBISPO & 250 mm FI.RELINE 6440 CHRISTY G -5 TRAFFIC VALVE WELL AND LID CURB OR HEADER —\ I 'BARKED 'FIRE' Io _ D 0. D . . A. D d, .. . �; aQ' D D \ , / � D Q INSTALL LOCATER FOR NON — METALIC PIPE IN PUBLIC R.O.W., MINIMUM 14 GUAGE COPPER WIRE WITH COIL IN GATEWELL, DEPTH = 600 mm E U - ��� VIEW A -A B NOTES: O 50 mm BALL VALVE, JONES J -1901 OR FORD B21 -777, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 0 POLYETHYLENE TUBING, SCHED. 160, COLD FLARING— WESPRO OR EQUAL. O3 2 EACH, 50 x 100 x 300 mm REDWOOD RISER SUPPORTS. 1 IDEWALK OR CLASS 2 '.C.C. COLLAR AROUND ALVE WELL AS PER NG. STD. #6040 J 150 mm MIN. DIA. PVC RISER, ONE CONTINUOUS PIECE (NO JOINTS) P.V.C., P.E. OR METALLIC PIPE 1 � O � VIEW B -B NOTE: THIS STANDARD TO BE USED ONLY WHERE FIRE DEPT. APPROVED "TELEPHONE LEASE LINE ALARM SYSTEM" IS INSTALLED. OTHERWISE, A DETECTOR CHECK ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED. REVISIONS BY I APP DATE I Cly of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 FIRE SPRINKLER h Metric conversion SR WAP 9 -96 '�'iA'LJ Iillll ILUS VALVE AND WELL Eliminate Polybvtylene JDL iYAP 3 -95 50 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 0131SPO 6520 GENERAL NOTES: A. All work, including trenching, backfill, compaction, and testing of materials shall be performed per Project Specifications and as shown on this detail. B. After completion of testing, valve sholl be closed, temporary blow —off capped and the area resurfaced. U-1 Pressure treated Fir, 50x100 mm, from valve to within 150 mm of surface, used only when service will be inactive for some time. Pavement 150 mm min. dic. riser, SDR 35 PVC, one continuous piece (no joints). Thrust Block - C@LW:AATER a SWIMS _:r• OTHER NOTES: O7 Alternate location where building abuts sidewalk allowed only with written approval of Utilities Engineer. Class A PCC trowelled to street grade and allowed to cure for 48 hours prior to full traffic use. 0 TRAFFIC VALVE WELL & COVER CHRISTY G -5, or appv'd equal. Cover shall be imprinted with "FIRE ". Valve well & cover per Engineering Standard #6340. Existing PCC curb and sidewalk 100 mm Valve per Eng. Std. #6340 Main size x 100 mm Tee SECTION A -A ouu mm min. p I� II Co II P 25 mn aGaly. - II Thrust Block II, Cap to match fireline, tapped for blow —off - 100 mm PVC Class 200, length varies. 11 100 -300 mm a 25 mm Galv. THIS DETAIL APPLIES TO NEW FIRE SERVICE ON NEW OR EXISTING WATER MAIN. REVISIONS BY I APP DATE O New Standard JDL WAP 8 -97 „llwif� �� f ,, sa►t 1 NEW FIRE SERVICE Notes and location JDL WAP 8 -97 i��,� New border JDL WAP 9 -97 s 100 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 AIL OBISPO 6530 GRADE WATER UNE METER CUSTOMER VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE NO.1 90' BENDS, FL MM R. 600mm max. 3.Om mox: GENERAL NOTES: SHUT OFF VALVE NO.2 COCK N.2 I N0.2 'j Q— / \ C NO.3 REL 100 mm SLAB, 600 mm + PIPE DIAM. WIDE. P.C.C. BLOCKS I`' SIZE T H- DIMENSIONS reduced pressure principle or double (mm) (mm) of hazard as evaluated by the County 19 -40 460 N0.4 50 -50 — 610 between the meter and the assembly. G. No Wye strainers are allowed before the No. 2 shut 100 -150 760 meter details. 200 -250 — 910 A. Up to 100mm, use GI pipe and fittings. Resilient seated shut off valves and test cocks are required. B. For 19mm and 50mm lines, the customer valve in the water meter box shall be eliminated. C. The mechanical backflow prevention assembly shall be installed subject to the approval of the County of Son Luis Obispo Cross Connection Inspector. Any deviation from this standard must receive approval prior to installation. D. All mechanicol backflow prevention assemblies approved by the County Cross Connection Inspector for installation at the service connection have been evaluated and approved by the Foundation for Cross — Connection Control and Hydraulic Research, University of Southern California. These assemblies are only approved for the horizontal orientation, unless specifically evaluated and approved by the local Health Department for other orientations. Check with the local Health Department. E. Choice of type of bockflow prevention assembly, i.e. reduced pressure principle or double check valve assembly, will be based on the degree of hazard as evaluated by the County Cross Connection Inspector. F. No connections or tees ore allowed between the meter and the assembly. G. No Wye strainers are allowed before the No. 2 shut off valve. H. See Engineering Standard #6210 for meter details. REVISIONS BY APP DATE R.P. BACKFLOW New border JDL WAP 9 -97 lI ggqSan County require7nents BL WAP 5 -97 A L1�1S OBE S P R E V E N T E R 19 mm to 250 mm 6550 Metric conversion_ SR WAP 9 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 SIZE (mm) 50 TO 80 100 TO 150 H= DIMENSIONS (mm) 610 760 9nn Tn qcm ain NOTE. • UP TO 100 mm USE G.I. PIPE & FITTINGS NOTES: O1 APPROVED CHECK VALVE 2O O.S. &Y. VALVE Q3 90' BENDS, C.I., FL.. ® VERTICAL PIPE, FL. 1.4 m OR AS REQUIRED O5 TAPPING SLEEVE & VALVE OR LINE VALVE, INCLUDING LATERAL. © FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTER to CAD BY APP DATE I CTdy or mi dpi p San ` l�s OBISPO JDL R'AP 9 -97 SR RMH WAP WAP 9 -96' 1 -95 February 1999 DOUBLE CHECK ASSEMBLY SO to 250 mm FIRELINES 6560 �3.Om� max. PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER For irrigation only For potable water only 19 to 50 mrn um ht highest or level. GENERAL NOTES: A. Use GI pipe and fittings. Resilient seated shut off valves and test cocks are required. B. The mechanical bockflow prevention assembly shall be installed subject to the approval of the County of Son Luis Obispo Cross Connection Inspector. Any deviation from this standard must receive approval prior to installation. C. All mechanical backflow prevention assemblies approved by the County Cross Connection Inspector for installation at the service connection have been evaluated and approved by the Foundation for Cross — Connection Control and Hydraulic Research, University of Southern California, These assemblies are only approved for the horizontal orientation, unless specifically evaluated and approved by the local Health Department for other orientations. Check with the local Health Department. D. Choice of type of backflow prevention assembly, i.e. reduced pressure principle or double check valve assembly, will be based on the degree of hazard as evaluated by the County Cross Connection Inspector. E. No connections or tees are allowed between the meter and the assembly. REVISIONS BY APP DATE (Ay Of New border JDL WAP 9-971,011110111111 San BAC K F LO W ASSEMBLY New Standard BL WAP 5 -97 LLUS PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 0131spO 6570 An approved break —owoy pod —lock, or chongable combination lock (keys or combination to be located at fire sprinkler riser & Knox box) R 600 mm min. — 3 m conduit connector UL list d post indicator valve �FI x MJ) Stainless steel band clamp for support of conduit to PIV or approved equal UL listed tamper device with tamper proof screws 19 mm min. liquid —� tight conduit Min. bury line per manufacturer 19 mm sch 40 PVC rigid conduit for low voltage wiring Transition fitting mechanical joint to PVC as required rn Min. 100 mm dia. Class 200 PVC for fire main use. — Break —away metal cops or brass caps. 90' FDC w/ double clapper towards street or fire lane. (2) FDC connections < 1890 Lpm. > 1890 Lpm provide an additional FDC for each 945 Lpm flow. Sprinkler or stand pipe signage E or branding on FDC E 0 U. L listed single check assembly 0 rn I Minimum 100 mm diameter E or larger D.I. spool E m oE LE L _�IIE3116JIEIIL —II, II•r,�'••Y,��`^��,�• ,:Sand bedding fill'-':.' -" 100 mm min,. TFIonge Coupling Adopter Flange tee — D.I. Min. 100 mm dio. Class 200 PVC for Concrete thrust block, size fire main use Locating tape to building as required for type of soil riser from street valve. UL listed single check assembly w/ testing plug, FI x Fl, and removable bolted cover 19 mm min. Sch. 40 rigid conduit for low voltage fire olorm wiring Coat all exposed bolts & threads w/ Henry's #204 listed for wet location. plastic roof cement or an approved equal GENERAL NOTES: A. Materials shall be UL listed for fire service. B. PIV and FDC locations shall be approved by the Fire Department prior to installation. C. Materials shall be inspected by the Fire Department prior to installation. D. Fire line shall be tested in accordance with Section 76, "Waterlines" of the City Standard Specifications. No connections may be made until water samples have been tested and approved. E. Wrap bolts with 6 mil plastic sheathing prior to placement of thrust block(s). F. Fittings and risers shall be ductile iron internally cement lined for fire service use and wrapped with two layers of UPC listed plastic tape (min. 40 mil) or coated with Henry's #204 plastic roof cement or on approved equal. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE C/ Of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Im h��'I,I iViJSan �I� POST INDICATOR VALVE Notes, pipe signage JDL WAP 8 -97 ° S & FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION New Standard SR WAP 5 -97 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6580 mm 4JU — !JUU m n. min. - Max. E E 0 Exterior wall PVC or equal spacer to provide 50 mm clearance between riser & concrete slob Foundation r--- Foundation D.I. spool length as required within the bearing area of foundation. UL listed Flanged Coupling Adapter fitting (PVC to D.I.) or on approved equal. UL listed fire main (min. 100 mm) Class 200 PVC or approved equal. GENERAL NOTES: A. Fire line shall be tested in accordance with the Section 76, "WATERLINES” of the City Standard Specifications. NO CONNECTION MAY BE MADE UNTIL WATER SAMPLES HAVE BEEN TESTED AND APPROVED. B. Location of fire sprinkler riser shall be approved by the Fire Department. C. Materials shall be UL listed for fire service. D. Wrap bolts with 6 mil plastic sheathing prior to placement of thrust block(s). E. All fittings and risers shall be ductile iron internally cement lined for fire service and wrapped with two layers of UPC listed plastic tape (minimum 40 mil) or coated with Henry's #204 plastic roof cement or an approved equal. REVISIONS BY APP I I I = = 111=1 I 1 =111 ' "r" ' r 9 .. :a :�;•'y�;;; III =III =III e .. `:.� -' _ ' " ' -" "�`� '' "• -' °' -- - �- `,-- ----50 mm min.'w p'' �I I CI I I -III =I I I —t 11=1 I I y. —SIC 1.1 =11L= =III ICI -1I= New border a� WAP -I'L 1 =1 11=1 - III -f I i_I JDL p 9 -97 'I f=1 I I =I I I '- °. ° .' e —I 11 =111 II- —i I 11 —I I —I I —I 1 I--I 1 =1 11 —I I- I —•. E ® °-' `-' _1II-I I I I I—I I —1 I -1II - III -III � ` =111= 1 —II I —I 1 -1 —a T=1T'- D.I. spool (height as required) =.I' E E > 11111- =1 n •' II1 I Min. 45' L' _ _ _ I _ _ _ ° _ „ _111 =1I I II 1 I I I 1 � a III -,,. /I Illlill 'Q Locator tape from street valve n E n_1 1_1,1 11 -is - Ta�i -�I= .I= ,.,._I;:�I;I li to sprinkler riser °' "''`'`= o 300 rr�m mm. sand`cover Stainless steel bolts or coat all ::' - expos pd & threads with a, ,polts Henry s 204 plastic roof cement . -I,or an approved equal. -111; mm Bond bed .� : >.• `' P.C_ thrust block size as ''a =111 _ -:100 _ . °' III required fort a of soil. D.I. spool length as required within the bearing area of foundation. UL listed Flanged Coupling Adapter fitting (PVC to D.I.) or on approved equal. UL listed fire main (min. 100 mm) Class 200 PVC or approved equal. GENERAL NOTES: A. Fire line shall be tested in accordance with the Section 76, "WATERLINES” of the City Standard Specifications. NO CONNECTION MAY BE MADE UNTIL WATER SAMPLES HAVE BEEN TESTED AND APPROVED. B. Location of fire sprinkler riser shall be approved by the Fire Department. C. Materials shall be UL listed for fire service. D. Wrap bolts with 6 mil plastic sheathing prior to placement of thrust block(s). E. All fittings and risers shall be ductile iron internally cement lined for fire service and wrapped with two layers of UPC listed plastic tape (minimum 40 mil) or coated with Henry's #204 plastic roof cement or an approved equal. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I crcy of %101111111RIIIJ p ISM FIRE MAIN New border JDL WAP 9 -97 Note changes per FD JDL WAP 9 -97 A LUIS BUILDING CONNECTION New standard SR WAP 5 -97 0131spo 6590 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 • n m `o E' E 0 0 Co V a a `o "s 0 m U d N COVER: Manhole frame and cover shall have a. 600 mm clear opening and a sealed blind pickhole (SBF -1900 or approved equal). The cover shall be lettered "SANITARY SEWER ". The inside of the frame shall be grouted with non — shrink grout. ADJUSTMENT TO GRADE: Adjust to grade per Engineering Standard #6040. COLLAR: Collor shall be constructed per Engineering Standard #6040. CONE: Cone shall be concentric and conform to the requirements for risers. Eccentric cones may be used only in special cases with the prior written approval of the Utilities Engineer. MANHOLE RISERS: Manhole risers shall be precast concrete conforming to ASTM C -478, and shall have a 150 mm min. wall thickness wit i minimal reinforcements. Manholes shall be 1.2 m in diameter unless the size and /or number of inlet(s) and outlet(s) warrants the use of a 1:5 m diameter manhole. JOINTS: Joints shall be set with butyl rubber sealant (RUB— R —NEK). Inside of joints shall be grouted with non- shrink. grout. BASE: Manhole base shall be precast reinforced Class 3 concrete with extended base and conform to the requirements for manhole risers: All pipe connections shall be cored to fit flexible connectors, (KOR —N -SEAL or equal) either by monufocturerr or contractor using approved equipment.. The precast base shall be bedded on a minimum of 150 mm of well graded crushed rock over native material that is either undisturbed or compacted to 957. Crushed Rock Sieve Analysis 100% Passing 25 mm 90 -1007 Passing 19 mm 20 -557 Passing 9.5 mm 0 -107 Passing 4.75 ? m 0 -57. Passing 2.36 ? m INVERT: Invert shall be completed in a single pour using Class 3 concrete with steel trowel finish. Any change in direction shall be a fixed radius curve extending from the inlet wall to the outlet wall. Inside surface of invert and area between pipe connection and channel shall be free from gaps, holes and sharp edges. All inlets shall be designed and installed such that the top of pipe elevations match as much as possible. TESTING: The manhole shall be inspected and the contractor shall vacuum —test the manhole prior to placement of bockfill, and again after backfll is completed and cover is set at grade. The Contractor shall give the City 48 hours notice prior to testing the manhole. The Contractor shall block the flexible connectors against the manhole walls during the vacuum test. Should the manhole fail the test, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to make . whatever repoirs are necessary to make the manhole pass the vacuum test. The Contractor shall perform the test as follows: All inlets to the manhole will be plugged, a test head will be placed in the top of the manhole and a seal inflated to seal off the manhole. A vacuum of 254 rnrn of mercury will be drown on the manhole, and a time measured for the vacuum to drop to 229 mm of .mercury. The manhole shall pass the test if the time for the icuum drop meets or exceeds the value (in seconds) from the following table: SECTION A -A REVISIONS New border Contractor Vac Test Metric conversion STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: BY I APP February 1 Manhole Depth Diameter 1.2 m 1.5 m 1.2 m 10 sec. 13 sec, 1.8 15 20 2.4 20 26 3.0 25 33 3.6 30 39 4.3 35 46 4.9 40 52 5.5 45 59 6.0 50 65 CMY Or tuts SEWER MANHOLE 6610 1 TYPE 'A' DROP INLET - PIPE LENGTHS CAN VARY DEPENDING ON MATCH AMOUNT OF DROP TOPS OF PIPES 6 \ E _ 150 mm m r44 YIN. COVER: _ J Manhole frame and cover shall hove a 600 mm clear opening and a sealed blind pickhole (SBF -1900 or approved equal). The cover shall be lettered SANITARY SEWER The inside of the frame shall be grouted with .non— shrink grout. ADJUSTMENT TO GRADE: Adjust to grade per Engineering Standard #6040. COLLAR: Collor shall be constructed per Engineering Standard #6040. CONE: Cone sholl be concentric and conform to the requirements for risers. Eccentric cones may be used only in special cases with the prior written approval of the Utilities Engineer. MANHOLE RISERS: Manhole risers shall be precast concrete conforming to ASTM C -478, and sholl hove a 150 mm wall thickness with minimal .reinforcements. Manholes shall be 1.2 m in diameter unless the size and /or number of inlet(s) and outlet(s) warrants the use of a 1.5 m diameter manhole. JOINTS: Joints shall be set with butyl rubber sealant (RUB— R =NEK). Inside of joints shall be grouted with non— shrink grout. BASE: Manhole base shall be precast reinforced Class 3 concrete with extended base and conform to the requirements for manhole risers. All pipe connections shall be cored to fit flexible connectors (KOR —N —SEAL or equal) either by manufacturer or contractor- using approved equipment. The precast base shall be bedded on a minimum of 150 mm of well graded crushed rock over native material that is either undisturbed or compacted to 957. - Crushed Rock Sieve Analysis 100% Passing 25 mm 90 -100% Passing 19 mm 20 -552 Passing 9.5 mm O =102 Passing 4.75 ? m 0 -59, Passing 2.36 ? m INVERT: Invert shall be completed in a single pour using Class 3 concrete with steel trowel finish. Any change in direction shall be a fixed radius curve extending from the inlet wall to the outlet wall. Inside surface of invert and area between pipe connection and channel shall be free from gaps, . holes and sharp edges. All inlets. shall be designed end installed such that the top of pipe elevations match as much as possible. TESTING: The manhole shall be inspected end the contractor shall vacuum —test the manhole prior to placement of bockfill, and again after backfill is completed and cover is set at grade. 1 _ The Contractor shall give the City 48 hours notice prior to testing the manhole. The Contractor. shall block the flexible connectors against the manhole walls during the vacuum test. Should the manhole foil the test, it will be the Contractors responsibility to make whatever repairs ore necessary to make the manhole pass the vacuum test. '7° 7 \� \� \� \� \� \� \�a ���� The Contractor shall perform the test as follows: ���������� All inlets to the manhole will be plugged, a test head will be placed in the top of the TYPE 'B' DROP INLET manhole and a seal inflated to seal off the manhole. A vacuum of 254 mm of mercury will be drawn on the manhole, and a time measured for the vacuum to drop to 229 mm of mercury. The manhole shall pass the test N the time for the vacuum drop meets or exceeds the value (in seconds) from the following table: Manhole Diameter 150 mm 1.2 m or 1.5 m Depth 1.2 m 1.5 m MIN. 1.2 m 10 sec: 13 sec. 1.8 15 20 100 mm MIN. e 2.4 20 26 3.0 25 33 3.6 30 39 4.3 35 46 150 mm 1 mm 4.9 40 52 SECTION A —A 5.5 45 59 6.0 50 65 TYPE "B" SHALL BE USED ONLY WHEN AMOUNT OF DROP IS T00 LITTLE FOR TYPE "A" REVISIONS BY APP DATE C - O(' .1111 IU1PRIp San. u III SEWER New border JDL WAP 9 -97 ivaP COntT2CfOT Vac Test SR 1-0--9-6' ,t US DROP MANHOLE Metric conversion SR WAP 7 -96 OBISPO 6620 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF February 1999 TOP VIEW DIAMETER 13 mm I INTERLOCKED SEAMS 20 GA. GAD SHEET META LENGTH CRIMPING LENGTH SIDE VIEW GENERAL NOTES: A. Sand traps shall be used in all manholes where manhole tops are adjusted due to street grade changes or paving operations, and where sewerline is being constructed. B. Sand traps shall be in place throughout construction and shall be removed only after sand and all non — sewage debris have been removed from affected sewerline(s), subject to inspection of Utilities Engineer. C. Use of any other type of sand trap shall have prior approval of the Utilities Engineer. DIMENSIONS DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (mm) 200 270 250 320 300 400 375 460 450 480 DIAMETER END VIEW SAND TRAP INLET I OUTLET MANHOLE INSTALLATION Sand trop to be inserted into outlet pipe of designated monhole(s), or the nearest manhole downstream from construction. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE Crw or New border JDL WAP WAP s- s?_ Sd11 SEWER MANHOLE Metric conversion SR 7 -86 LLUS SANDTRAP Redrawn to CAD JDL WAP 12 -93 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februory 1999 OBISPO 6650 COLLAR r- Collar shall be constructed per Engineering Std. #6040. q. 0 0 CHRISTY G -5 for pipes 150 mm Pavement 7 diameter. CHRISTY G -12 for 250 mm pipes larger than 150 mm dia. Cover shall be imprinted with "SEWER ". 100 mm min. 250 mm'� Expandable 0 —ring plug for 150 mm dio. pipe Bell with cap or plain end with cookie and band seal for 200 mm dia. or larger pipes i1 V'11 .4 ;e I L5 mm min typ. SECTION A -A OPTION 1 1/4 Long— Radius Bend CLEANOUTS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON NEW CONSTRUCT /ON. F %� 00 OPTION 2 (2)— 1/8 Bends, one foot apart REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I cm, of New border JDL WAP 9-97 C,11 4 ' �f San SEWER CLEAN 0 U T Metric conversion "Collar' SR WAP 7 -96 III''���IjiI Al., 1LUS & WELL Change note RMH WAP 9 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 6710 PLAN VIEW IN V 1 CJ: O1 Factory— fobricoted Wye in sewer main, with 1/8 bend. Bend shall point downstream and enter main at a vertical angle of not less than 5' nor more than 45% 20 Sewer lateral pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 40 ABS, SDR 35 PVC, or Class 150 cast iron waterline, with a minimum diameter of 100 mm, and a minimum slope of 2 %. Lateral installation shall begin at main and proceed to cleanout. Grade shall be uniform from main to property line. Changes in grade of lateral shall be made using long— radius bends. Cement or hot —pour joints will not be permitted. Q3 Top of curb shall be marked with an "S" directly over lateral. The "S" shall be stomped in new concrete or chiseled into existing concrete, and shall not be less than 75 mm long, 50 mm wide and 5 mm deep. ® When non — metallic pipe is used, magnetic tracer tape shall be placed in trench over lateral from sewer main to cleanout at a depth of 600 mm, and then up to surface. 05 Depth of lateral shall not be less than 1 m from top of pipe unless constructed of cost iron waterline or encased in concrete. Maximum depth at ,gutterline shall be 1.5 m when terrain is flat. © A minimum separation of 450 mm shall be maintained when crossing waterlines. O7 For new laterals or if called for on the plans, a cleonout shall be installed. The cleonout shall consist of two —way cleonout tee, riser, and fitting cleonout with plug. Tee shall be plugged at night during construction and left plugged when backfilled, if not tied to user. THIS STANDARD APPLIES TO NEW AND MODIFIED LATERALS. THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE MODIFIED OR WAIVED ONLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY UTILITIES ENGINEER. REVISIONS BY APP DATE City O� New border JDL WAP 9 -97 d •`�J Metric conversion _ §j2 WAP 7 -96 ��IIII�?,41111 San SEWER LATERAL Revise Note 7 JDL WAP 6 -97 LUIS STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBIISPO 6810 1 rniei r�rr r�r�irp DVABLE E -DISC :MBLY GASKETED FLAPPER DISC RECOMMENDED ANNUAL MAINTENANCE Remove spin —off cover. 2. Inspect flapper disc rubber for tears or deterioration. Gasket should be complete. If torn or worn out, replace with new gasket. 3. Rinse inside of valve thoroughly for inspection. 4. Check hinge —disc assembly for wear or tightness. 5. Visually check flapper disc alignment. It should make full contact upon closure. If all is well, replace cover. By following recommended annual maintenance, this valve will last in- definitely and eliminate accidental back —ups from main through lateral connection. Also, to help prevent back —ups during flood and heavy rainstorms, use your facilities sparingly, or not at all, if possible. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I city Of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 'p sm SEWER Metric conversion. JDL WAP 5 -96 , 16$ BACKWATER VALVE STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 682 'Basement Soil 957. Compaction Limit GENERAL NOTES: STREET SECTION THICKNESS IN MILLIMETERS STREET CLASSIFICATION A. Total thickness of cover depends on R — value of basement soil. All street sections shall be designed by traffic, index (T.I.). Base thickness requirements shall be determined 100 mm min. index (Class 2: 100 mm min.). Deep —lift design is an acceptable alternate. 75 mm min. A.C. Pavement B. Pavement shall be designed for a 20 —year life and shall be based on the traffic 000 shown below. New local streets shall be designed for a 50 year life.. Thickness 0k.) Base Aggregate, Class 2 p B of Cover 0 0 0 0 0,3 0 0 150 mm Base, B calculations by 0 0o Sub —Base, Class 3 0 Class 3 0 Lo February 1999 1 77 00 ° 0 00 7110 'Basement Soil 957. Compaction Limit GENERAL NOTES: STREET SECTION THICKNESS IN MILLIMETERS STREET CLASSIFICATION A. Total thickness of cover depends on R — value of basement soil. All street sections shall be designed by traffic, index (T.I.). Base thickness requirements shall be determined by traffic index (Class 2: 100 mm min.). Deep —lift design is an acceptable alternate. SUBBASE B. Pavement shall be designed for a 20 —year life and shall be based on the traffic indexes shown below. New local streets shall be designed for a 50 year life.. 6.5 C. For paving in new subdivisions that is placed prior to construction of building, pavement thickness shall be increased from that which is derived from normal T.I. and R —value calculations by either: RESIDENTIAL o. 15 mm if total section is placed prior to building construction. b. 25 mm if pavement construction is phased. THE FOLLOWING IS AN EXAafPLE USING AN R — VALUE OF 5 In general, the traffic associated with on —site construction and minor grading con be accommodated by adding 15 mm to the AC in the street section. For phased construction, 25 mm of AC needs to be added to the total section. The first construction should place on AC thickness 15 mm less than the section called for by the required T.I. and then a finish layer of 40 mm is to be placed before the project is completed. Sections using other R— volues shall be calculated similarly adding 15 mm and 25 mm, respectively, for unphosed and phased pavement construction. New streets and major widenings shall have a prime coat and shall have a fog seal applied to all streets no more than 60 days prior to request for final acceptance by the City. Variation of these design standards may be approved by the City Engineer to meet individual circumstances. *Adopted by Resolution No. 8787 (1998 Series) "New Residential Street is defined as a street i time. REVISIONS BY STREET SECTION THICKNESS IN MILLIMETERS STREET CLASSIFICATION T.I. EXISTING BUILDINGS UNPHASED CONST. PHASED CONSTRUCTION AC BASE SUBBASE AC BASE SUBBASE FINISH AC BASE SUBBASE WAP 12 -96 NEW •= 6.5 75 130 285 90 130 285 40 65 130 .285 RESIDENTIAL STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 7110 RECONSTRUCTED 5.5 75 130 205 90 130 205 40 65 130 205 RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL W/ 7.0 100 180 250 115 180 250 40 90 180 250 BUS ROUTES ALL OTHER B5 t05 210 300 115 210 300 40 120 210 300 STREETS In general, the traffic associated with on —site construction and minor grading con be accommodated by adding 15 mm to the AC in the street section. For phased construction, 25 mm of AC needs to be added to the total section. The first construction should place on AC thickness 15 mm less than the section called for by the required T.I. and then a finish layer of 40 mm is to be placed before the project is completed. Sections using other R— volues shall be calculated similarly adding 15 mm and 25 mm, respectively, for unphosed and phased pavement construction. New streets and major widenings shall have a prime coat and shall have a fog seal applied to all streets no more than 60 days prior to request for final acceptance by the City. Variation of these design standards may be approved by the City Engineer to meet individual circumstances. *Adopted by Resolution No. 8787 (1998 Series) "New Residential Street is defined as a street i time. REVISIONS BY APP DATE New border JDL WAP 1 -98 �uIigllUi� ililp Sa i FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -96 A lws ELEMENTS Revise section chart JDL WAP 5 -981 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 7110 R =25 mm, TYP. BOTH SIDES — 0.07 tonne PER meter 280 mm 130 mm / /TYPE "B" ASPHALT CONC SECTION 150 mm 'Im SIDE VIEW OF END REVISIONS BY APP I DATE Cm, of New border JDL WAP 9 -97 IIII�I Sm ASPHALT BERM Metric conversion. SR WAP 1 -97 A ��S � 50 Type -3- to Type "B" JDL WAP 7 -98 mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 19 99 OBISPO 7120 0I 150mm 900mm 25mm -I I Class 3 25mm PCC 600mm METAL SIGN POST Sond backfill Class 3 PCC — 300mm 450mm I PARKING METER POST 25mm APP Ot 50mm galvanized steel pipe 02 300mm diameter, on one side only. O3 #13 rebor, 50mm long, welded to pipe 250mm re —bar specs from bottom. WAP ® 375mm standard setback. 560mm if sign is more than 375mm wide or if post is in Mission Tile sidewalk. Posts & notes changes JDL WAP 600mm STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Sand OBIspO ' backfill —�i 300mm -I I Class 3 25mm PCC 600mm METAL SIGN POST Sond backfill Class 3 PCC — 300mm 450mm I PARKING METER POST 300mm 300mm 300mm Q 50mm goly. metal post FHWA (Breokoway) approved — such as 14g, Owik —Punch or equal. © 57mm, 12g sleeve OWhen sign or parking meter is to be located in sidewalk see Engineering Standard #7410 for "clear zone" restrictions. See Engineering Standard #7220 for "P" Post, #7230 for Redwood Post REVISIONS NOTES: APP Ot 50mm galvanized steel pipe 02 Drain hole, 6mm diameter, on one side only. O3 #13 rebor, 50mm long, welded to pipe 250mm re —bar specs from bottom. WAP ® 375mm standard setback. 560mm if sign is more than 375mm wide or if post is in Mission Tile sidewalk. Posts & notes changes 300mm 300mm 300mm Q 50mm goly. metal post FHWA (Breokoway) approved — such as 14g, Owik —Punch or equal. © 57mm, 12g sleeve OWhen sign or parking meter is to be located in sidewalk see Engineering Standard #7410 for "clear zone" restrictions. See Engineering Standard #7220 for "P" Post, #7230 for Redwood Post REVISIONS BY APP I DATE City or New border Revise JDL WAP 1 -98 �Jl�I1u�l��I�f G,���, Shc1 da�1� METAL SIGN & re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 Lws PARKING METER POSTS Posts & notes changes JDL WAP f0 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBIspO 7210 40mm SECTION A -A NOTES: O 40x1200x3mm steel, welded to tubing. O2 75x75mm square steel tubing, 3mm min. wall thickness. 0 Make 45' mitered joints, weld together and grind smooth. M 1 L ® Post shall be free of sharp edges, cleaned and primed by fabricator. City forces will 6C apply color coat finish to public right -of -way signs. OS 375mm (standard setback) or 560mm if in Mission Tile side- walk. © Class 3 PC concrete. ELEVATION REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I MY or Neau border JDL wAP 1 -98 ,�l��pl SdYI �� P �� SIGN POST Change backf ll to PCC JDL WAP 10 -93 ��� Lws Metric conversion JDL WA_P 10 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Februory 1999 0131spO 7220 2 0('r� 10mm dia. hole, typ. LAG BOLT DETAIL NOTES: OPCC post shall be poured only when sleeve and signpost are in place and plumb. 2O Sleeve shall be 100x100mm steel tube, 3mm. Burrs and sharp edges shall be ground or filed smooth. O3 Post shall not extend beyond end of sleeve. Weld tab (to anchor sleeve in PCC.) QS 375mm (standard setback). 560mm if sign is larger than 375mm or if located in Mission Tile sidewalk. © 8x60mm hot —dip gals. log bolts. (2 total) 300mm Backfill min. ELEVATION ;urb ace REVISIONS BY APP DATE I MY MY Of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 �m p�mpwlm�p�lvl Jsan 10 0x 10 0 REDWOOD Layout changes JDL WAP 10- 96IWll�p�"" tws SIGNPOST Metric conversion JDL WAP 10 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 y� Owpo 7230 ASSEMBLY �__ 0 m 1 0— �100mm %� _L� 75mm ILSOffim NOTES: 150 mm Q1 16x380mm CADMIUM PLATED CARRIAGE BOLT. Q2 ORNAMENTAL TOP SHALL BE 14 GAUGE ANODIZED ALUMINUM. CENTER CROSS SADDLE SHALL BE ONE PIECE OR INTERLOCKING CAST ANODIZED ALUMINUM. Q3 ONE PIECE 50mm CAST ANODIZED ALUMINUM POST CAP WITH THREE 10mm STAINLESS STEEL ALLEN HEAD SET SCREWS. 50mm I.D. GALVANIZED PIPE. SEE STANDARD DRAWING FOR DESIRED LENGTH, LOCATION AND INSTALLATION. Q5 ALLEN HEAD SET SCREWS SHALL BE COUNTER SUNK INTO THE POST TO PROVIDE POSITIVE SET. GENERAL NOTES: A. EACH FOUR —WAY UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF TWO DOUBLE FACE SIGNS MOUNTED AT RIGHT ANGLES WITH ONE ANOTHER, ASSEMBLED AS SHOWN. B. SIGN SHALL BE GREEN — ANODIZED ALUMINUM EXTRUSION OF 6063T -4 ALLOY MATERIAL. ALL ANODIZING SHALL CONFORM WITH ALUMILITE SPECIFICATION #215 —R1. C. SIGN FACES SHALL BE BROWN HIGH— INTENSITY REFLECTIVE SHEETING, WITH WHITE LETTERING APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. D. USE 75mm LOWER CASE LETTERING AFTER FIRST LETTER OF WORD. E. REFLECTIVE SHEETING SHALL CONFORM TO CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SPECIFICATIONS. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE �� 111 �� STREET NAME New border JDL WAP —9& Metric conversion JDL P 1 -97 • lU1S SIGN New Standard RMH ;WAP 2 -95 y� OBISPO 7240 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Febru999 • C n ELEMENTS OF A TRAFFIC CONTROL. ZONE TERMINATION WORK TRANSITION ADVANCE WARNING AREA AREA AREA AREA "C" o p o ° ° WORK SPACE o �— 0 0 p DELINEATION 0 o p 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E ,c E M E c � E * Sign type and size will be determined by the City Engineer. RECOMMENDED SIGN SPACINGS FOR ADVANCE WARNING SIGNS SPEED LIMIT MINUMUM DISTANCE IN METERS KILOMETERS PER HOUR "A" B. 40 -50 60 90 50 -55 95 95 55 -70 125 155 RECOMMENDED TAPER LENGTH AND DEVICE SPACING FOR CHANNELIZING TAPERS MINIMUM TAPER LENGTHS MAXIMUM TERMINATION APPROACH SPEED FOR VARIOUS LANE WIDTHS DEVICE LENGTH IN METERS KILOMETERS PER HOUR 3 m 3.3 m 3.6 m SPACING IN METERS C. 40 30 35 40 3 3 50 45 50 55 4.5 4.5 55 60 70 80 6 6 65 85 95 100 7.5 7.5 70 105 115 125 9 9 These distances are guidelines only. Actual distances will be During construction:. determined on on individual basis by the City. 1 —A copy of the approved traffic control pion shall be Before any work may be started in the street area: kept on the job site at all times. 1 -A traffic control plan shall be submitted to, and then 2—All workers in the street area shall wear safety vests. approved by the City Engineer. 3— Flagmen shall be used as required. 2 -Signs and delineation shall be in place, inspected and 4—All traffic control and devices shall comply with the approved by a Public Works Inspector. "WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL HANDBOOK" REVISIONS BY APP DATE MY Of. [Iffrp SM GUIDELINES FOR New border JDL WAP 1 -98 Metric conversion SR WAP 1 LUS CONSTRUCTION ZONES Redrawn to CAD RMF/ WAP 1 -95 -95 OBISPO 7310 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 GENERAL NOTES: A. Bumps shall be placed on good, sound asphalt surface. Structural section shall be repoired or replaced, as needed, prior to placing bump. B. A tack coot shall be applied prior to placing the bump paving. C. Bump shall be constructed of asphalt concrete type "B ", with 9.5 mm mox aggregate. D. For location, striping, and signs see ENGINEERING STANDARD #7321. E. Bump type shall be determined by the City Engineer. 750 mm GUTTER SECTION A —A DEPTH OF A.C. BUMP (TYPE 2) DEPTH OF A.C. BUMP (TYPE 1) DISTANCE FROM 0 0.6 1.2 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 EDGE IN METERS SR WAP 12 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 . DEPTH OF A.C. DEPTH OF A.C. 0 45 65 75 65 45 0 IN mm DEPTH OF A.C. BUMP (TYPE 2) DISTANCE FROM 0 0.6 1.2 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 EDGE. IN METERS Add Type 2 SR WAP 12 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 . DEPTH OF A.C. O 35 60 65 60 35 0 IN mm REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I City Of ,imilipupi San MINFArms twS OBISpO ROAD BUMP CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 7320 New border Metric conversion JDL SR WAP WAP 1 -98 12 -96 Add Type 2 SR WAP 12 -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 . r � C W37 (6�1 3.6 m 0 ROAD 2.5 m BUMPS a AHEAD m 600 mm x 750 mm 2 4 3 Block on Yellow Block 600 mm n 130 mm Series D Letters High Intensity Reflectorized Q 600 mm BUMP mm W W37 2� 750 x mm m00 4 3 Block on Yellow O 150 mm Series E Letters High Intensity Reflectorized --- GUTTER --- CURB FACE r` SIDEWALK-1) W37O6 STRIPING & SIGNS NOTES: (D300 mm wide reflective white thermoplastic pavement markings. O2 "ROAD BUMPS AHEAD" signs shall be located only as directed by the City Engineer O3 For sign post details see ENGINEERING STANDARD #7230 & 7210. OSigns shall conform to State Specifications. (S )To be determined in field_ One sign shall be installed in advance of a series of bumps © Sign to be posted at the road bump but may be posted up to 15m in advance as directed by the City Engineer. crosswalk fire hydrant 5 m 30 m min. I min. 3 g M r... utility cover min. min. J driveway/ rain inlet LOCATION REVISIONS BY APP DATE CMY Of pp pull �II S BUMP New border __. JDL WAP 1 -98 WA Metric conversion SR 12 -96 jQ LUIS N, STRIPING & SIGNS LOCATION, Striping revision SR WAP 12 -96 �+y� OBISPO 1 7321 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 75 mm o 0 E E 5 mm o° RED REFLE n E D 0 1 I I I 2.4 m O.C. i- 1.2 m 1.2 m DID D D D lo D O 10 mmDIA X120 mm LAG BY APP SOLT AND PLAIN WASHER My or PC CONCRETE COLLAR New border Add Note D JDL WAP - 1-98 °gyp San STREET BARRICADE // WAP 3 -97 lws o° E ° Metric conversion E WAP 1 -97 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 0131SPO 7330 =' E GENERAL NOTES: A. All lumber shall be Douglas fir, surfaced four sides (DFS4S). B- All lumber sholl be painted white as per Caltrans specifications. C. Treat portion of post below ground as per Caltrans specifications - D- YELLOW 'N' marker is used to warn of an abrupt turn. Background shall be high intensity yellow retroreflective sheeting. Alternate 'N' marker with W56(double head arrow) or W57(single head arrow) - E- RED 'N' marker is used to mark the end of a street- Background shall be high intensity red retroreflective sheeting. Alternate 'N' marker with W31. 150 x 150 mm PO! 50 x 150 mm STRINGE W31 or W56 or W57 See Note D. REVISIONS BY APP DATE My or New border Add Note D JDL WAP - 1-98 °gyp San STREET BARRICADE BF_L. WAP 3 -97 lws Metric conversion SR WAP 1 -97 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 0131SPO 7330 0I GRAVEL SUMP 200 mm 0 x 600 mm DEEP ALTERNATE NO. 1 NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE DOUBLE COATED 180 GALVANIZED. FINISH WOOD PER mm 75 mm SPECS. & AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER ROUTED RECESSES SHOW CARVING MARKS 80 mm PIPE TO BE FRICTION 45' TYP. E 25 mm TYP. FIT IN POST. r E E d �Y PROVIDE LATCH A A E 45 mm � /( OR. CHAIN - -� E TYP. E T - E '1 -1 °I1= 111-11 =ff� ,.�'..C> E ...,. ,., .. 25 mm TYP E 1=' 5 x 150 mm SO. FLUSH III ° ° 250 x 250 x 900 mm STEEL PLATE, ADJUST FOR 1 0 0 75 mm RWD RESAWN 'A' GRADE, SLOPE OF RAMP AND WELD CLEAR HEART. SEE ELEVATION. TO 80 mm PIPE, ATTACHED tPe ., 50 mm 0 DRAIN HOLE TO BASE_OF POST W/4 WOOD SCREWS, RECESS 300 mm SCREW HEADS INTO PLATE. GRAVEL SUMP SECTION A —A 200 mm 0 x 600 mm DEEP ALTERNATE NO. 2 REVISIONS BY APP DATE Cn New border JDL WAP 10-97 tallips� REMOVABLE Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -96 , ��uus BO LLAR D New Standard RMH WAP 9 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 7335 - 130 mm 0 ALUMINUM REMOVABLE BOLLARD (SEE NOTE 3), WHITE POWDER COATED. NOTES: REFLECTIVE STRIPING - YELLOW 1. PROVIDE KNOX -BOX PADLOCKS PER 1771 CITY FIRE DEPT. E WELD ON OR CLAMP LOOP, 2. PROVIDE 1.2 m CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN E ANCHOR CHAIN IN CONCRETE BOLLARDS (1.30 m ON CENTER), °o FOR PADLOCK. 3. USE PLAY BOOSTER BY LANDSCAPE 4 5 mm GALV. CHAIN STRUCTURES OR APPROVED _INC. EQUAL. DISTRIBUTED BY REC WEST -- (818) 735 -3838. o E FORM SLEEVE IN CONC. 4. ENGINEERS & ARCHITECTS ARE !2 E_ ENCOURAGED TO SUBMIT ALTERNATE '111 1I1 =1I L=1 I 1= III =1I I= DESIGNS THAT ARE CONSISTANT E o E i= WITH THESE DESIGN FEATURES, E n E =11 II CONCRETE FOOTING 400 mm SO. AND THE PROJECTS WHERE THE o I., 1= FLUSH W/ FINISH GRADE BOLLARDS ARE TO BE USED. v 5. YELLOW REFLECTIVE TAPE SHALL BE PLACED ON EACH FACE OF BOLLARDQ AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. 50 mm 0 DRAIN HOLE GRAVEL SUMP 200 mm 0 x 600 mm DEEP ALTERNATE NO. 1 NOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE DOUBLE COATED 180 GALVANIZED. FINISH WOOD PER mm 75 mm SPECS. & AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER ROUTED RECESSES SHOW CARVING MARKS 80 mm PIPE TO BE FRICTION 45' TYP. E 25 mm TYP. FIT IN POST. r E E d �Y PROVIDE LATCH A A E 45 mm � /( OR. CHAIN - -� E TYP. E T - E '1 -1 °I1= 111-11 =ff� ,.�'..C> E ...,. ,., .. 25 mm TYP E 1=' 5 x 150 mm SO. FLUSH III ° ° 250 x 250 x 900 mm STEEL PLATE, ADJUST FOR 1 0 0 75 mm RWD RESAWN 'A' GRADE, SLOPE OF RAMP AND WELD CLEAR HEART. SEE ELEVATION. TO 80 mm PIPE, ATTACHED tPe ., 50 mm 0 DRAIN HOLE TO BASE_OF POST W/4 WOOD SCREWS, RECESS 300 mm SCREW HEADS INTO PLATE. GRAVEL SUMP SECTION A —A 200 mm 0 x 600 mm DEEP ALTERNATE NO. 2 REVISIONS BY APP DATE Cn New border JDL WAP 10-97 tallips� REMOVABLE Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -96 , ��uus BO LLAR D New Standard RMH WAP 9 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 7335 GENERAL NOTES: R43, 300 x 600 mm R96, 450 x 450 mm 50mm x BLOCKING, TYP. 25 x 200 mm RAILS, S4S, TYP. 0 1.2 m M 300 1.5 m A. Barricade construction shall be per CALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A -73, "Type III Barricade ", except as herein modified. B. Caltrans Type III Barricade may be used unmodified (except for addition of signs) with special approval of City Engineer. C. Barricade(s) shall be placed at each end of sidewalk closure and at all other pedestrian access points. If one barricade is not wide enough to block access, additional barricades shall be used to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. D. Signs shall conform to the requirements of the California Traffic Control Devices Committee, and shall be fastened to rails with bolts, nuts, and washers. E. Rails shall be fastened to vertical posts with lag bolts and washers as shown. F. Additional or alternate signage may be required depending on situation. REVISIONS BY APP DATE City of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 Metric conversion SR WAP 12 -96 � a`� V San BARRICADE LUIS SIDEWALK CLOSURE STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 7340 • BACK OF SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY PARKING or HANDICAPPED METER /FIRE 600 E HYDRANT CLEAR 1 / z mrn ZONE O it Y a. 3 0 0 of U 0 Q3 m 11.5 3.6 m CLEARANCES E E E E v C� N LN .5 BACK OF SIDEWALK m v 0 0: U U M Q1 Jv CURB FACE _ L 1 J 1 l J 4.5 m 5.5 — 6.7 m 6.7 m 6.7 m 5.5 - 6.7 m 4.5 m min. min. SPACE LENGTH 760 PARKING METERS f 100 mm WITH SIGNS rnmo e 4 E A c z E 4 E 00 E mm E 1.2 m 3 600 MOTOR E 300 x 500 mm n 3O 4 75 mm Series B Black on White �Y�� CYCLE 600 mm `' N PARIONG ONLY .4 m 760 mm —TRAFFIC TEE MOTORCYCLE SPACES SIGN NOTES: Q7 CLEAR ZONE —Area which shall not contain tree well, sign, bike rack, trash receptacle, mail box, street light, or other obstruction to automobile doors or driver /passenger access. OThese clearances apply at both ends of space. 03 All other clearance requirements shall be the some as for automobiles. ® 100 mm white traffic paint. OMinimum of 2 spaces, maximum of 6 spaces. NEVIJIUNS by APP DATE CltyOr New border JDL WAP 1 -98 metric conversion SR WAP 12 -98 ��p l ; � STREET PARKING' Redrawn to ACRD RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 7410 1.83 m min. FIG. A FIG. B EMBEDED STEEL POLE (units in mm unless otherwise shown) Q1 C9? - CAST IRON, OR STEEL, ATTACHED WITH SET .SCREWS. O MY - FORMED CYLINDRICAL OF 11 go. STEEL, 230 MP. YIELD STRENGTH, WITH A TAPER OF 12 mm /m, SMALL END O.D. OF 60 mm, AND LARGE END OVAUZED TO A WIDTH OF ABOUT 65 mm TO MATE WITH WELDED -ON ATTACHMENT PLATE 03 E= - FORMED CYLINDRICAL OF 11 ga. STEEL. 230 MPo YIELD STRENGTH, WITH A TAPER OF 12 mm /m. Q ALL PA - SHALL E COATED: FOR D WELDEDBALL REMOVABLE SPARTS SMALL BEVGALVANIZED PER ASTM A15�3.R POLE SMALL BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123 AFTER THE HOLES ARE CUT AND ITEMS 50,0: 70:09 AND ARM FIXTURE(S) HAVE BEEN WELDED ON. HANO�HO F, - AN OBLONG HOLE, 100 x 165 mm, WITH A WELDED -ON REINFORCING FRAME, COVER, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. © WELDNUT - A 12 mm SQUARE GROUNDING NUT, OR NUT HOLDER, WELDED TO INSIDE OF POLE, JUST OPPOSITE OF HANDHOLE. 07 GROUND LINE SLEEVE - CYLINDRICAL STEEL SLEEVE 11 go.,. CONTINUOUSLY SEAL - WELDED (BOTH ENDS) TO THE POLE Q8 CABLE - ENTRANCE - OVAL SLOT, 50 x 150 mm, AND 160' FROM LUMINARIE (SEE FIGURES A -& B) Q9 RUTT - PLATE.- PLATE, OR, ANGLE STEEL, 6 m THICK, 305 mm LONG. AND '100 - 150 mm WIDE, SEAL. - WELDED CONTINUOUSLY AT BOTH EDGES AT BOTTOM OF POLE. 1® CONDUCTORS - 2 W. No. 6, ALUMINUM - C.I.C. 460 mm 1© PROTECTIVE TURFS - THESE TUBES, SONOCO No. EL -18 x 48 (P.G.E. & CODE : 12 - 8077),. ARE 6 mm THICK .RESIN - IMPREGNATED PAPER TUBES. THEY ARE TO BE USED WHERE FUTURE EMBEDDED STREET LIGHT POLES ARE TO BE INSTALLED AND IT LS UNKNOWN WHETHER THE SPACE WILL B CLEAR OF OTHER FACILITIES WHEN IT E COMES TIME TO AUGER TO MOLE. E PLACETHE'TUBE IN THE GROUND AT THE PROPOSED POLE LOCATION, $ E SET IT TO APPROXIMATELY FINISHED GRADE AND FILLED WITH NATIVE E BACKFLL AUGER DOWN THROUGH. IT WHEN SETTING THE POLE AND - ABANDON TUBE IN PUCE. THE STREET LIGHT CONDUCTOR SHOULD HE INSTALS ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE TUBE AND ON THE SAME SIDE AS THE ENTRANCE HOLE, THAT IS LOCATED 610 mm BELOW THE TOP EDGE. FIG. C 71 GENERAL NOTES A. THE EMBEDDED STEEL POLE SHALL BE USED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. FOUNDATION - MOUNTED STEEL. POLE SHALL BE. USED ONLY FOR REPLACING EXISTING FOUNDATION - MOUNTED STEEL POLE OR WHERE SOIL OR OTHER CONDITIONS REQUIRE A FOUNDATION - MOUNTED STEEL POLE B. WHEN USING EMBEDED STEEL. POLE BOTTOM OF POLE HOLE. SMALL BE WELL TEMPED BEFORE INSTALLING POLE. JUDGEMENT BASED ON EXPERIENCE AND LOCAL .SOIL CONDITIONS SHOULD BE USED TO DETERMINE IF 'KEYING' AND 'ROCKING -IN' OF THE POLE ARE REQUIRED. C. POLES SHALL B IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF EEI -NEMA STANDARDS FOR STREET UGHTING POLES. EEI PUBLICATION No. TDJ -135. D. ACCEPTABLE VARIATION IN ARM RISE IN IS a75 mm.. E THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND D67ALL THE LUMINAIRE(S) AND PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL(S). F. THE LUMINAIRES AND PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL SHALL CONFORM TO THE PROVISIONS IN SECTION 86 OF THE STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS_ . G. FOR INSTALLATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE. SHOWN,. OR MENTIONED. SUCH AS FESTOON OUTLETS, ALUMINUM, WOOD, FIBERGLASS, OR CONCRETE POLES, OPTIONAL LUMINAIRES: CONTACT THE CITY. H. ALL PROPOSALS FOR STREET LIGHTING SMALL SUBMITTED TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW. I. MAJOR STREETS (> 12 m WIDTH) SMALL HAVE 9.9 m MOUNTING HEIGHT, WITH 200 WATT LIGHTS, AND SPACED 60 - 75 m APART ON ALTERNATE SIDES OF STREET. J. MINOR STREETS (5 12 m WIDTH ) SHALL HAVE B7 m MOUNTIN HEIGHT, WITH 70 WATT .. - . _ _ _ - UGHTS. (100 WATT AT SOME INTERSECTIONS) AND SPACED 60 - 75 m APART ON ONE SIDE OF STREET. K. WITH SIDEWALKS 2 m OR WIDER, PUCE POLE 450 mm BEHIND CURB FACE WITH SIDEWALKS LESS THAN 2 m WIDE, PLACE POLE 300 mm BEHIND SIDEWALK. Tx 2 — FOUNDATION MOUNTED STEEL POLE FOUNDATION MOUNTED LIGHTING: STANDARDS SHALL CONFORM TO DEPARTMENT OF rRANSPORTATION TYPE 22 FOR MAJOR STREETS.. AND TYPE 15 FOR MINOR STREETS. REVISIONS BY I APP DATE New bowler JDL WAP 1 -98 Metric conversion SR WA 1 -97 Type 2, revise Note 12 SR 1 -97 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 My of wuipg tsan STREET LIGHTING 7910 DIMENSIONS W P.G. & SHAFT POLE DIAMM (mm)' ARM MOUNTING TOP I BOTTOM LENGTH (m) LENGTH (m) HEIGHT (m) c W 9.9 91 to 96 205 to .215 1.83 8.7 35 -7232 N NQ 83 35�7233 c 11.3 91 to 96 205 to 215 9.9 2 35 -7234 W 0 0 W 9.9 97 to 96 205 l0 215 7.83 8.7 35 -7236 W 11.3 91 to 96 220 to 230 7.83 9.9 35 -7237_ 0 z.44 35 =7238 My of wuipg tsan STREET LIGHTING 7910 X930 m 0 a SYMBOLS: ® Reflector Hydrant ®.. ® 100 mm JM (typ) _530 m ®I y >30 m i TWO WAY STREET ®� ¢� In ONE WAY STREET GENERAL NOTES: A. Reflectors shall be 2 —way blue reflective markers and shall conform to the standards set forth for reflective markers by the State of California Department of Transportation. B. Reflectors shall be set on the hydrant side of the centerline. C. When hydrants are within 30m of on intersection, a marker shall be placed on the cross street as well. D. Reflectors shall be set behind the pedestrian crossing area at an intersection. E. Reflectors shall be cemented to the pavement in accordance with the requirements of Section 85, "PAVEMENT MARKERS" of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE New border JDL WAP 1 -98��� s New Standard BL WAP 11 -96 jl� 1W s HYDRANT REFLECTOR STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBIS"O 7920 io in SYMBOLS: ® Reflector Hydrant ®.. ® 100 mm JM (typ) _530 m ®I y >30 m i TWO WAY STREET ®� ¢� In ONE WAY STREET GENERAL NOTES: A. Reflectors shall be 2 —way blue reflective markers and shall conform to the standards set forth for reflective markers by the State of California Department of Transportation. B. Reflectors shall be set on the hydrant side of the centerline. C. When hydrants are within 30m of on intersection, a marker shall be placed on the cross street as well. D. Reflectors shall be set behind the pedestrian crossing area at an intersection. E. Reflectors shall be cemented to the pavement in accordance with the requirements of Section 85, "PAVEMENT MARKERS" of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE New border JDL WAP 1 -98��� s New Standard BL WAP 11 -96 jl� 1W s HYDRANT REFLECTOR STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBIS"O 7920 A • 0 Allowable Zones 1 — In parkway or tree well 2 — 1 to 2.2 meters from curb (or sidewalk if present) 3 — 2.2 to 3 meters from curb (or sidewalk if present) MASTER STREET TREE LIST BOTANICAL NAME ZONE COMMON NAME Acer rubrum 2 -3 Red Maple Betula nigro 2 -3 River Birch Colocedrus decurrens 3 incense Cedar Colodendrum copense 1-3 Cape Chestnut Cedrus deodora 3 Deodor Cedar Cinnomomum camphorum 3 Camphor Tree Convollaria mojolis 2 -3 Lily of the Valley Tree Crotaegus phoenopyrum 2 -3 Washington Hawthorn Ficus retuso nitida 3 Indian Laurel Fig Geijero parvifloro 1 -3 Australian Willow Ginkgo biloba 1-3 Maidenhair Tree Gleditsia trianconthos inermis 3 Honey Locust Jacaranda mimosifolia 2 -3 Jacarando Koelreuteria poniculato 2 -3 Goldenrain Tree Liquidambor styrocifluo 2 -3 Sweet Gum Magnolia grandiflora 3 Southern Magnolia Maytenus boaria 1-3 Mayten Tree Metrosideros tomentosas 2 -3 New Zealand Christmas Tree Pinus canariensis 3 Canary Island Pine Pinus muricata 2 -3 Bishop Pine Pinus pinea 3 Italian .Stone Pine Pistacia chinensis 2 -3 Chinese Pistoche Platanus acerifolio 2 -3 London Plane Tree Platanus racemoso 3 California Sycamore Podocarpus grdcilior 3 Fern Pine Tree Pyrus calleryano 1 -3 Bradford Pear Pyrus kawakamii 1 -3 Evergreen Pear Quercus agrifolia 3 Coast Live Oak Quercus ilex 2 -3 Holly Oak Quercus suber 2 -3 Cork Oak Schinus terebinthifolius 3 Brazilian Pepper Stenocarpus sinuatus 1 -3 Firewheel Tree Tristania conferto 2 -3 Brisbane Box Ulmus parvifolia 2 -3 Chinese Evergreen Elm Zelkovo serrato 2 -3 Zelkova Trees not included on these lists may be used only with prior approval by the City Arborist. These lists will be reviewed annually, or at the discretion of the Tree Committee. ntvi:�iUNS UY APP I DATE aw O/' ma l �p san �; LwS C� OBl O STREET TREES MASTER LIST 8010 New border JDL WAP 1 -98 Metric conversion SR WAP 8 -96 change trees, add zones - - RMH WAP - 4 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 TREES FOR MAJOR STREETS BROAD ST. BY LOS.OSOS VALLEY _ROAD I DATE Monterey St. to Pacific St. STREET TREES Commercial Areas JDL Tristanio conferto 60% Tristania conferto 100% Pyrus calleryana 40% Non— Commercial Areas MAJOR STREETS Pacific St. to High St. Pinus muricato 74% Liquidombar styrocifluo 60% Platanus acerifolia 13% Plotanus acerifolia 40% Tristania conferta 13% CALIFORNIA BLVD. MADONNA RD. Hathway Ave. Mill St. Pinus conoriensis 60% ,to Quercus. su 100% Liquidombor styrociflua 20% Mill St. to Son Luis Dr. Luis Pistacio chinensis 20% Pyrus calleryono 80% MARSH ST. Liquidombar styrociflua 207. Within downtown tree district At creek intersections Ficus microcarpa nitida 50% Plotanus racemoso 100% Quercus ilex 50% FOOTHILL BLVD. Outside downtown tree district Magnolia grandifloro 60% Ficus microcarpa nitido 40% Pinus conoriensis 30% Quercus ilex 20% Pyrus calleryano 10% Pyrus calleryana 20% At creek intersections Metrosideros tomentosas 20% Platonus racemosa 100% MONTEREY ST. GRAND AVE. Within downtown tree district Magnolia grandifloro 100% Ficus microcarpo nitido 100% Outside downtown tree district HIGUERA ST. Ficus microcarpo nitido 90% California Blvd. to Santo Rosa St. Pyrus kawakamii 10% Ficus microcarpa nitido 100% ORCUTT RD. Santa Rosa St. to Marsh St. Ficus microcarpa nitido Metrosideros tomentosas 40% 20% Pistacia chinensis Crataegus phaenopyrum 60% 20% Quercus ilex 20% Quercus agrifolia 20% Tristania conferta 20% At creek intersections Marsh St. to Madonna Rd. Plotanus racemosa 100% Pyrus calleryona 60% PRADO RD. Quercus ilex 40% Tristanio conferto 60% Madonna Rd. to City Limit Pinus conoriensis 40% Pinus conoriensis 60% SANTA ROSA ST. Liquidambar styrociflua 20% Pyrus calleryona 20% Highland Dr. to Murray St. JOHNSON AVE. Pinus conoriensis Pyrus calleryono 80% 20% U.S. 101 to SPRR underpass Murray St. to Marsh St. Liquidombor styroc flua 50% Pistocic chinensis 80% Pyrus calleryono 50% Pyrus calleryona 20% SPRR underpass to La Cito Ct. At creek intersections Quercus ilex 70% Plotanus racemosa 100% Pistacia chinensis 30% SOUTH ST. La Cito Ct. to Orcutt Rd. Maytenus boaria 50% Tristania conferta 70% Liquidambor styrociflua 50% Jacaranda mimosifolia 10% Ginko biloba 10% LAUREL LANE Pyrus calleryana 10% Platonus acerifolia 90% Quercus agrifolia 10% NOTE. PERCENTAGES REFER TO MIXTURE OF TREE TYPES WITHIN PROJECT AREA. REVISIONS_ BY APP I DATE Amy Or ggra; s'A„ III l STREET TREES New border JDL WAP f -98 Redrawn, to CAD RMH WAP 4 -95 & LUIS MAJOR STREETS Tree changes RMH WAP a -ss OBIWO 8020 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 4 325mm 1 00m 25mm 150n nr �. 100mm Agg. base, Class-3" SECTION A —A 1 U:. r.. .:. 50mm..'... v 65mm 75m �–j COVER FRAME DETAIL 1.25m TO OUTSIDE OF ANGLE IRON 700mm TO TREE CE NOTES: O1 #10 bar, continuous around well O2 50x75x6mm L, pointed with DEVCON –Z O3 #13 bar, 150mm long, welded to angle ® 300mm o.c. * ADD'L NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA: GENERAL NOTES: A. Concrete shall be Class 3 and shall be monolithic with curb, gutter and sidewalk. B. Tree well shall have the some slope as the surrounding sidewalk. C. Angle iron shall be welded together at the comers to produce a rigid frame with all sides level with each other. D. Inspection of tree wells is required. Prior notice of 48 hours shall be given to the City Engineer when requesting inspection. E. When constructing tree well around existing tree, tree shall be centered with respect to long dimension (1.50m). F. Tree well shall be square (sides parallel and comers 90'). O 150x150mm 10/10 wire mesh 0 KRAFTILE, Old Mission hard fired, Niles Red, 14mm x 295mm square © Grout, colored_ Joint width: 13mm min., 19mm max. * ADDI —NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA: G. Concrete shall be colored (DAMS "Adobe ", #5964) and shall have a salt finish. H. Tile shall be set in a mortar bed, which is colored to match concrete, and shall be flush with cover frame and sidewalk. I. No tile shall be set in mortar prior to approval of color by City Engineer. L 50mm �urc �. face T .A 50mm �ogCVr +: 'QO �oC �Ua1501mm ?oC'f.�L _ o01� �L Agg. base, Class "3" SECTION B —B PLAN (shown as Mission Style) m u 0 0 * Additional notes for Mission Style Area shall apply in those areas designated as Mission Style sidewalk areas per City Council Resolution 4183. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE 11 Cm1 Of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 , .I i", " -r0 ".. San p Revise re –bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 �al,l TREE WELL 1_ LUIS Combined with #8110 JDL WAP 9-96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 8130 TO OUTSIDE OF ANG—LE PLAN (shown as Mission Style) m u 0 0 * Additional notes for Mission Style Area shall apply in those areas designated as Mission Style sidewalk areas per City Council Resolution 4183. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE 11 Cm1 Of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 , .I i", " -r0 ".. San p Revise re –bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 �al,l TREE WELL LUIS Combined with #8110 JDL WAP 9-96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 8130 740 mm 740 mm #10 bar ® 250 O.C. ro "D" —� MIWMETERS L 65 mm Weld corners SECTION A —A of angle iron 25 x 25 x 6 mm Spacers welded to angle ® 250 mm O.C. 600 350 246 E 750 300 220 600 x 750 O 250 190 M Revise re —bar specs un x65 mm WAP 11 -98 strap STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 1 I 8140 +— E E "' cc A A� �o I 740 mm #10 bar ® 250 O.C. COVER 1 See chart mm "D" yyEICtRR MIWMETERS L 65 mm Weld corners SECTION A —A of angle iron 25 x 25 x 6 mm Spacers welded to angle ® 250 mm O.C. GENERAL NOTES: A. Concrete shall be Class '3', and shall have a salt finish. B. Perimeter of each cover, on four sides, shall hove embedded angle iron, 65 x 65 x 6 mm, pointed with DEVCON —Z & shall be welded at corners and welded to rebar. Covers shall be square. C. Covers must fit flush with sidewalk, making full and continuous contact with tree well frome. Covers will be rejected if dimensions ore not accurate. D. Each cover shall have four(4)threaded inserts(BURKE High Tensile,12 mm)with four(4)12x25 mm Allen bolts embedded in the manner and at the locations specified above. E. Inspection of covers is required. Prior notice of 48 hours shall be given to the City Engineer when request- ing inspection. F. When constructing covers to be used with existing trees and new tree wells, holes shall be located to center tree. Exact location of tree trunk shall be verified to determine hole diameter. COVER SIZES Q TREE TRUNK DAM. HOLE DAM. "D" yyEICtRR MIWMETERS KG 25 x 300 450 400 265 300 x 450 600 350 246 450 x 600 750 300 220 600 x 750 1000 250 190 insert E �E E E N1 E / 0 1 0 THREADED INSERT DETAIL See ENG. STD. #8130 for TREE WELL N OTES: QRound recess shall be formed to permit clearance for socket around 12 mm cover bolt. QCover shall rest on plywood and small holes shall be drilled through bottom of insert for fastening to plywood before pouring P.C.C. QTree trunk diameter shall be measured at sidewalk level. Cover hole diameter shall be sufficient to provide a minumum of 50 mm clearance between tree trunk and cover, and shall only be one of the sizes shown in the chart above. ADD'L NOTES FOR MISSION STYLE AREA Concrete shall be colored (DAVIS "Adove" #5964) in addition to General Note A. * Additional notes for Mission Style Area shall apply in those areas designated as Mission Style sidewalk areas per City Council Resolution 4183. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE My O New border, layout JDL WAP 1 -98 r,, m• •Gii 1, I S u�.1 I TREE WELL COVER Metric conversion SR WAP 1 -97 lug Revise re —bar specs JDL WAP 11 -98 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 1 OBISPO 8140 E 0 LO 1.40 m CURB FACE a 2 � 1 PROCEDURE NOTES: SECTION Q QSowcut and remove existing tree well base ring and sidewalk to dimension shown. 2O Backfill well with native material to within 130 to 150 mm of sidewalk surface. Q3 Place 80 to 100 mm of granite chips THIS METHOD TO BE USED ONLY WHEN (or 6 -12 mm aggregate rock). THE ROOT GROWTH OF AN EXISTING ® Cover with Adobe— colored brick (as manufactured TREE WILL NOT ALLOW THE USE OF A by AIR —VOL BLOCK. or equal). STANDARD TREE WELL AND SIDEWALK SO Final surface to be level and flush with sidewalk. DOES NOT NEED REPAIR. REVISIONS BY APP DATE I cn or New border JDL WAP 1 -98 1" -^y S 1 TREE WELL COVER Metric conversion SR WAP 9 -96 ` "��j'�- C ALTERNATE METHOD* Redrawn to CAD RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 SUS OBISPO 8150 STREET TREE PLANTING INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. INSPECTION: INSPECTION OF TREE PLANTING BY THE CITY ARBORIST IS REQUIRED: 1) INSPECTION OF HOLE DIMENSIONS, TREE QUALITY, AND PLANTING MATERIALS PRIOR TO PLANTING. 2) FINAL INSPECTION WHEN TREE PLANTING IS COMPLETED. APPOINTMENTS FOR INSPECTION(S) MAY BE MADE BY CALLING 781 -7220 AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE INSPECTION. B. ROOT BARRIERS: A PRE— MANUFACTURED DEEP -ROOT PLANTER (60 L. TREE), OR ROOT BARRIER PANELS (600 mm BOX TREE OR LARGER), SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN A NEW TREE IS TO BE PLANTED IN A SIDEWALK TREEWELL, PARKWAY, OR WITHIN 2.2 m OF A PUBLIC CURB AND /OR SIDEWALK, PLANTER CURB, OR PAVED DRIVEWAY. THE DEEP —ROOT PLANTER, OR ROOT BARRIER PANELS, SHALL EXTEND 25 mm ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE, AND BE EASILY VISIBLE. C. BACKFILL MATERIAL: THE BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE COMPOSED OF: 75% NATIVE SOIL (THE SOIL REMOVED FROM THE PLANTING HOLE) 15% COMPOST MATERIAL 10% SAND (SEE NOTE) NOTE: THE SAND COMPONENT OF THE BACKFILL MAY BE DELETED IF THE ARBORIST DETERMINES THAT THE EXISTING NATIVE SOIL WILL PROVIDE ADEQUATE AERATION FOR THE ROOT SYSTEM. D. PLANTING: PARTIALLY FILL THE EXCAVATED HOLE WITH BACKFILL MATERIAL. WHILE TAMPING AND WATERING, TO A ELEVATION EQUAL TO THE BOTTOM OF THE ROOT BALL. ROOT CROWN (TOP OF ROOT BALL) SHALL EXTEND ONE (1) INCH ABOVE FINISH GRADE WHEN PLANTING IS COMPLETED. PLACE THE TREE TO BE PLANTED IN THE CENTER OF THE HOLE ON TAMPED BACKFILL. CONTINUE ADDING BACKFILL, WHILE TAMPING AND WATERING, TO THE MID —POINT OF THE ROOT BALL. PLACE "AGRIFORM BLUE CHIP" TABLETS (OR EQUAL) AT EQUAL SPACING AROUND THE ROOT BALL ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE: TREE SIZE 60 L. 600 mm BOX 900 mm BOX 1200 mm BOX QUANTITY OF TABLETS 5 7 8 9 CONTINUE ADDING BACKFILL AROUND ROOT BALL TO FINISH GRADE, WHILE TAMPING TIGHTLY, AND ADD ADDITIONAL WATER TO THOROUGHLY WET ROOT BALL AND BACKR,H MATERIAL. FOR STREET TREE WELL INSTALLATIONS, FINISH GRADE SHALL BE 200 mm BELOW THE SIDEWALK GRADE. E. TREE SIZE & TYPE: STANDARD TREE SIZE SHALL BE 60 L. A LARGE_ R SIZE, 600, 900, 1200 mm INCH BOX MAY BE REQUIRED FOR SOME INSTALLATIONS. TREE TYPE SHALL BE FROM THE MASTER STREET TREE LIST, AND (IF APPLICABLE) BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SELECTIONS FOR MAJOR STREETS. F. STAKING: ALL NEWLY PLANTED STREET TREES SHALL BE STAKED. REVISIONS BY APP . DATE CMY or New border JDL WAP 1 -98 �wn 4•�III�� STREET TREE Metric conversion SR WAP 9 -96 lws PLANTING NOTES Completely revised RMH WAP 1 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1.999 OBlcPO 8210 rENCE STAPLE, GALV. IT THROUGH) L.J I II J I ( FN CINCH -TIE TIES SHALL BE INTERLOCKED p AROUND TREE Tree Trunk Stoke c Stooke PREVAILING WIND DIRECTION 600 mm CINCH -TIES (4 EA. 2.5 m LODGEPOLE PINE STAKES (2 EA.) 25 x 100 x 450 mm - REDWOOD CROSS -BRACE AND 6d GALV. NAILS TOP OF ROOTBALL 12 mm ABOVE FINISHED GRADE CLEAN FLOAT ROCK; 12 -19mm (300mm PRE — MANUFACTURED DEEP -ROOT PLANTER BACKFILL MATERIAL REMOVE CLAY SLICK IF DUG BY POWER AUGER ZONE 1: TREES PLANTED IN TREE WELLS OR PARKWAY O o E to E E 0 0 ffilm__ ROOT BALL 450 mm 760 mm ■ REVISIONS BY I APP DATE _ acy New border JDL WAP 1 -98 �p �� TREE PLANTING & STAKING Metric conversion SR WAP 9 -96 LlA1S ZONE 1 Add Zone 1 RMH WAP 1 -95 60 LITER SIZE STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 0$100 8220 _� 38 mm FENCE S (OVER, NOT THRC CINCH -TIE EKE TIES SHALL BE IN AROUND TREE Tree 600 mm CINCH - Trunk Stake @ Starke 2.5 m LODGEPOL ----- - - - - -- -- - -- STAKES (2 EA.) NOTE` WHEN PLANTED- IN PARKWAY, TREE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN CURB & SIDEWALK CLEAN FLOAT ROC 12 -19mm (300rr PRE- MANUFACTUR DEEP -ROOT PLAN BACKFILL MATERIA REMOVE CLAY SLI DUG BY POWER F ZONE 2: TREES PLANTED WITHIN 2.2 m OF CURB, SIDEWALK, OR PAVING REVISIONS 25 x 100 x 450 n REDWOOD CROSS. city of AND 6d GALV. NP PREVAILING MULCH WOOD CHI WIND (50 mm DEEP) DIRECTION 1JR111111plillp TOP OF ROOTBALI PLANTING ABOVE FINISHED NOTE` WHEN PLANTED- IN PARKWAY, TREE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN CURB & SIDEWALK CLEAN FLOAT ROC 12 -19mm (300rr PRE- MANUFACTUR DEEP -ROOT PLAN BACKFILL MATERIA REMOVE CLAY SLI DUG BY POWER F ZONE 2: TREES PLANTED WITHIN 2.2 m OF CURB, SIDEWALK, OR PAVING REVISIONS BY APP I DATE city of New border JDL 1JR111111plillp TREE PLANTING & STAKING Metric conversion SR AWAP9-96 ] ZONE 2 Add Zone 2 RMH 60 LITER SIZE STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: Febru OBO��Uy�� SP 8230 38 mm FENCE (OVER, NOT THE CINCH —TIE 2.5 m STAKE TIES SHALL BE 11' p AROUND TREE Tree 600 mm CINCH Trunk Stoke o Stake 2.5 m LODGEPOL STAKES (2 EA.) 25x100x450 REDS CROSS —BRACE AN GALV. NAILS PREVAILING MULCH WOOD CHI WIND (50 mm DEEP) DIRECTION TOP OF ROOTBALI ABOVE FINISHED i BACKFILL MATERIAI REMOVE CLAY SLI( DUG BY POWER A ZONE 3: TREES PLANTED MORE THAN 2.2 m FROM CURB, SIDEWALK, OR PAVING REVISIONS BY I APP DATE o New border JDL WAP 1 -98 �D�e�II�Saj TREE PLANTING & STAKING Metric conversion SR WAP 9 -96 ZONE 3 Add Zone 3 RMH MDW 1 -95 60 LITER SIZE STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 �Wis. OBISPO 8240 ,nm FENCE. STAPLE, GALV. :R, NOT THROUGH) ``JJ TREE BOX SIZE (mm) DIMENSIONS (mm) A B -C D E 600 900 2100 600 450 1000 900 600 1800 900 600 1200 1200 450 1650 1050 760 1500 MAKE TIES SHALL BE = CC INTERLOCKED AROUND TREE TREE TRUNK STAKE STAKE n MR) PREVAILING WIND DIRECTION 'CINCH -TIES' (4 EA.) 3 m LODGEPOLE PINE STAKES (2 EA.) 25 x 100m m x D REDWOOD CROSSBRACE AND 6d----. GALV. NAILS 100 CLEAN FLOAT ROCK, 12 -19 m PRE- MANUFACTURED ROOT BARRIER PANELS, 600 mm HIGH NATIVE TOPSOIL AMENDED BACKFILL MATERIAL (SEE ENGRG. STD. 8210) REMOVE CLAY SLICK IF DUG BY POWER AUGER ROOTS ED 111 LO E a E LO IE E .. U o E o E REVISIONS BY I APP DATE New border JDL I WAP 1-981 , I "RUUsan TREE PLANTING & STAKING Metric conversion SR I WAP 9 -96 A LUIS ZONES 1 & 2 Add Zones RMH I WAP 1 -95 600 mm BOX and LARGER STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBI�y�Cr O D 150 - Sidewalk Bose Material 9 Root Barrier e. I I I l Tree Well Perimeter II i I II ROOTS IN THIS AREA THIS. STANDARD SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT PERMISSION OF CITY ARBORIST NOTES: SECTION 150 Curb Excavation and Root Trimming Area ROOT BARRIER FRAME O1 Trench shall be dug 150 mm wide by 400 mm deep below sidewalk around perimeter of tree well (except behind curb). O2 All roots in this trench shall be hand cut; eg. chainsaw, loppers, handsaw, axe. Do not dig out with back —hoe, trencher, or any other mechanical device not listed above. Roots shall be cut even with tree well perimeter. Q3 Root barrier shall be 450 mm deep, plastic, with continuous connection. Root barrier shall be tacked or stapled to 50 x 100 mm softwood frame. Frame shall not be removed. ® Trench shall be backfilled to subgrade with base material. O5 Root trimming and barrier instal lot ion shall be inspected by City Arborist before tree well is constructed. 24 —hour prior notice required, not including Sat., Sun., and City holidays. THIS STANDARD APPLIES TO REPAIR OF ROOT— DAMAGED SIDEWALK AND NEW SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION AROUND AN EXISTING STREET TREE. REVISIONS BY APP DATE 11111Up�i i or- 1wS OBISPO TREE ROOT TRIMMING & BARRIER INSTALLATION 8310 New border Metric conversion JDL SR WAP WA-P _ ._ , -98 B -96 Remove tree seal sR_ WAP 8_ -96 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 STREET GUTTER PARKWAY SIDEWALK 225 mm SIDEWALK BASE MAT'L s SECTION A —A PLAN VIEW °o NATIVE BAC K FI LL -III =I 100 = oB mm oB :IIII oB CURB & GUTTER III�III PO B —� i IIII O BASE MAT'L SECTION B —B GENERAL NOTES: A. Prior to excavating with backhoe, trencher, or any other mechanical device that would tear the roots, the tree roots shall be hand —dug and hand —cut (e.g. loppers, chainsaw, handsaw or axe). B. Root trimming and fabric installation shall be supervised and inspected by City Arborist prior to commencing work. 24 hour notice is required, not including Saturdays, Sundays and City holidays. C. Root control fabric shall be Typor Bio— Barrier, or approved equal, and shall be installed on tree side of trench. Native bockfill shall press fabric against side of trench. THIS STANDARD APPLIES TO R0OT TRIMMING, REPAIR OF ROOT— DAMAGED SIDEWALK, CURB & GUTTER AND NEW SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION WITHIN 1.5 METERS OF AN EXISTING STREET TREE. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE I my of New border JDL WAP 1 -98 11 li Q� 1' Metric conversion SR WAP 9 -96 '` 911 111,77 San TREE ROOT CONTROL Luis FABRIC INSTALLATION STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OBISPO 8320 • e 0 DETACHED SIDEWALK INTEGRAL SIDEWALK Municipal Code Section 12.40.040 (a) In a residential zone, it is unlawful for any person to install or main- tain or to direct, authorize or permit the installation or maintenance of a mail box, a receptacle for newspaper delivery, or any other container to be used for delivery purposes in, upon or over any portion of the space or area between a street curb and the back edge of an improved sidewalk. REVISIONS BY APP I DATE city or New border JDL WAP 1 -98 1" SdTl Metric conversion. SR WAP 8- 96I i MAIL BOX LO C A T I O N s Change Code Section. JDL WAP f0 -93 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 �It OBISPO 9010 A I TRAFFIC VALVE BOX & COVER CHRISTY G -5, or app ✓d equal. Cover shall be imprinted with "MONUMENT ". Pavement Mm mm >p' o as m5m 15 m min. p. clear nce all or and R.E. tag L L_ o. pq- --j .�. a . OPTIONAL METHOD Bose may be cast with a cylindrical recess which shall later be filled with expansive grout, min. 17MPo, when pin is set. 6 m Lmax. 25 :75 mm min.. 450 mm o. 4" D.' — 355 mm SECTION A -A A I COLLAR Collar shall be constructed per City Engineering Standard #6040. Brazing rod, 3 — 5 mm diameter, with numbered brass tog. Pin shall be set by Surveyor or Civil Engineer and the point permanently marked with registration number. Class 3 PC concrete. Top surface shall be smooth. Bottom shall be flared as shown. REVISIONS BY APP DATE I city of New border ✓DL WAP 1 -98 ,��,1,1111LIpJ � llp�al�1'I!lp'Jj S 1t" MONUMENT & WELL Metric conversion. SR WAP 12 -96 A ILUS Change "Collar' Note RMH WAP 9 -95 STANDARD CURRENT AS OF: February 1999 OB�� 9020 RESOLUTION NO. 8916 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN LUIS OBISPO DENYING A REQUEST TO AMEND THE BICYCLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN TO CHANGE THE DESIGNATION OF THE 1300 BLOCK OF SANTA ROSA STREET FROM CLASS H BIKE LANES TO A CLASS III BIKE ROUTE, AND RETAINING BICYCLE LANES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE 1300 BLOCK OF SANTA ROSA STREET WHEREAS, the Council finds that provision of bicycle lanes along City arterial streets is an important method for accommodating and fostering bicycle transportation throughout the community and achieving the City's adopted transportation goals; and WHEREAS, the Council finds that the removal of the bike lanes on the 1300 Block of Santa Rosa Street is not warranted because this street segment provides an important link in the community's bikeway network; and WHEREAS, approval of this request is found to be inconsistent with the policies and programs contained within the Bicycle Transportation Plan (October 1993), specifically Policy D.2. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo hereby denies the request to amend the Bicycle. Transportation Plan and to remove bicycle lanes from the 1300 Block of Santa Rosa Street. Upon motion of Council Member Ewan, seconded by Council Member Marx, and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz and Mayor Settle NOES: Vice Mayor Romero ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this second day of March, 1999. Mayor Allen K. Sett e Lee Price, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: ru 6?G e or ens CF Attorney R 8916 Page 1 of 11 _.:� �) � ���j RESOLUTION NO. 8915 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF RECOMMENDATION BY THE SAN LUIS OBISPO CITY COUNCIL REQUESTING THAT THE LOCAL AGENCY FORMATION COMMISSION APPROVE THE WEST MARGARITA AREA ANNEXATION (ANNX 208 -98) WHEREAS, the Planning Commission and City Council have held hearings on the proposed annexation on January 27, 1999, and March 2, 1999, respectively; and WHEREAS, the City Council on March 2, 1999, by Resolution No. 8914 (1999 Series), approved a Negative Declaration for the proposed annexation, pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines Section 15090; and WHEREAS, on recommendation of the Planning Commission and as a result of its deliberations, the Council has approved an amendment of the Zoning Map by prezoning the annexation property to Conservation Open Space with minimum parcel sizes of 15 acres (C /OS- 15); and WHEREAS, City Council approval is a prerequisite for the San Luis Obispo County Local Agency Formation Commission (LAFCo) to initiate formal annexation proceedings; and WHEREAS, the territory to be annexed is not inhabited, and a description of the boundaries of the territory is set forth in attached Exhibit B; and WHEREAS, this proposal is consistent with the sphere of influence adopted by the Local Agency Formation Commission of San Luis Obispo County for the City of San Luis Obispo; BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1: FindinSs. 1. Annexation is appropriate since the annexation area's northern and western sides are contiguous with the City. 2. Annexation of the site is a logical addition to the City due to its location and availability of services. 3. The proposed annexation will promote the health, safety, and welfare of persons living or working in the vicinity of the annexation area. R8915 Resolution No. 8915 Page 2 SECTION 2: Annexation Area Described. The annexation shall consist of that area, covering approximately 14 acres south of El Camino Estates on Margarita Avenue and east of the Rancho San Luis mobile home park on Prado Road, as shown on the site location map attached as Exhibit.A and legally described in attached Exhibit B. SECTION 3: Council Recommendation. The City Council recommends that the Local Agency Formation Commission of San Luis Obispo County approve the proposed annexation, subject to property owners' compliance with City requirements regarding public improvements, in accordance with California Government Code Section 56844 and following. SECTION 4: Implementation. The City Clerk shall forward a copy of this resolution and prezoning actions, the Negative Declaration of environmental impact, and all pertinent supporting documents to the Local Agency Formation Commission. On motion of v; re Mayor Romara , seconded by ri+.,nri 1 Moms or Ewald on the following roll call vote: Ayes: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Romero, Mayor Settle Noes: None Absent: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 2 day of 1999. Mayor Allen Srttre APPROVED AS TO FORM: i masp /martannx/cclafres.doc R8915 Exhibit A . Annexation &Zoning V AM, i P mzgliurl I ay.ommuml I peg I I �Vtmm pfi m Vn� a Immmed pej 111-1192,51 M Mill", Ing awl IMF= R8915 Exhibit B Legal Description ALL THAT PORTION OF LOTS 29 AND 30 OF TIIE .SAN .LUIS OBISPO SUBURBAN TRACT, IN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ACCORDING TO MAP RECORDED FEBRUARY 7, 1906 IN BOOK 1, PAGE 92 OF RECORD OF SURVEYS, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT STAKE S.74 AT TIM- SOUTIMST CORNER OF SAID LOT 29, AND RUNNING THENCE NORTH 0037' EAST ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID LOT 29, 9.95 CHAINS TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE PROPERTY CONVEYED TO MANUEL FAUSTINO, BY DEED RECORDED DECEMBER 10, 1909 TN BOOK 83, PAGE 427 OF DEEDS; . THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE PROPERTY SO CONVEYED TO MANUEL FAUSTINO, 15.00 CHAINS; THENCE SOUTH 0010' EAST, 9.88 CHAINS TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 30; THENCE WEST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOTS 30 AND 29, 15.16 CHAINS TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. END OF LEGAL DESCRIPTION R8915 r\ / -�, � l \ \`J' �/' �2 � �� �' � , N a��C,,L C/'_ RESOLUTION NO. 8914 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING A NEGATIVE DECLARATION OF ENVRONMENTAL IMPACT FOR THE WEST MARGARITA AREA ANNEXATION AND PREZONING (ER 208 -98) WHEREAS, the City Council conducted a public hearing on March 2, 1999, and has considered testimony of interested parties, the records of the Planning Commission hearing and action, and the evaluation and recommendation of staff, and WHEREAS, the City Council has considered the draft Negative Declaration of environmental impact as prepared by staff and reviewed by the Planning Commission. BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Environmental Determination. The City Council finds and determines that the project's Negative Declaration adequately addresses the potential environmental impacts of the proposed annexation and zoning, and reflects the independent judgment of the City Council. The Council determines that the annexation and zoning will have no significant effects on the environment. The Council hereby adopts said Negative Declaration. On motion of Vice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council Member Ewan , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Romero, Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 2 day of March , 1999. R8914 Resolution No. 8914 Page 2 Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST: City Clerk Lee Price, APPROVED AS TO FORM: INFAIII'My"Odrad'011 411111111,019" c �. masp /marmnx/ndccres.doc �i '� C ,,��-z � �� RESOLUTION N0. 8913 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO OFFICIALLY NAMING THREE HISTORIC ADOBES WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo owns several historic Mexican -era adobes; and WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has a contractual relationship with the Friends of Las Casas de Adobe (FOCA) to assist with the restoration of the adobes; and WHEREAS, the contract with FOCA requires that it provide the City with proposals for the most historically accurate names for the adobes; and WHEREAS, the Cultural Heritage Committee has reviewed and approved FOCA's recommended names. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. The adobe located at 466 Dana Street be called the "Rosa Butron de Canet de Simmler Adobe ". SECTION 2. The adobe located at 1590 Lizzie Street be called the "La Loma de la Nopalera Adobe ". SECTION 3. The adobe located at the end of Brookpine Drive be called the "Rodriguez Adobe ". Upon motion of Council Member Marx seconded by Vice Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES:: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz; Romero, Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 2 day of March Mayor llen Settle ATTE T: Lee Pn e, City Clerk 199,0 . R8913 Resolution No. 8913 (1999 Series) Page 2 APPROVED AS TO FORM: . W E j Fw Attomey ,�� � °-�\ ��� - �. c��`' �z� ��x' RESOLUTION NO. 8912 (1099 Series) ESTABLISHMENT OF THE CITY LEGISLATIVE ACTION PROGRAM AND PRIORITIES FOR 1999 WHEREAS, a major objective of the City Council is to adopt an aggressive legislative program which strength-ens local government promotes City goals and defends the City against legislative actions by State, and Federal governments that would weaken local government and/or take away traditional revenue sources; and WHEREAS, it is vital to the fiscal health and the self determination of the City to effectively communicate with State Legislators and Federal representatives in order to favorably influence State and Federal i le 9slation, regulations and grant requests; and WHEREAS, the League of California Cities conducts a legislative analysis and advocacy program behalf of cities for State issues and major Federal issues, and y - ----- WHEREAS, with. four County supervisors representing different portions of the City, it is imperative that the City develop an improved system for regular communication with the Board of Supervisors, particularly concerning land use issues adjacent to the City; and WHEREAS, the City should continue to emphasize developing a positive relationship with North County Cities and agencies concerning water- issues; and WHEREAS, the City desires to be proactive and involved in the governmental decision making processes directly affecting the City legislative priorities identified in Exhibit "A7, the L ''B' eague of California Cities legislative priorities identified in Exhibit R 8912 Page I of I I Resolution No. 8912 (1999) Page Two and other selected issues as may from time to time be recommended by the League of California Cities; and WHEREAS, a key component of the City's Legislative Action Program is face =to- face meetings between City representatives and elected officials at the Federal, State, and County levels, and coordination with similar efforts made by other local government entities. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo does hereby establish the Legislative Action Priorities for 1999, as set forth in the attached Exhibits "A" and "B ", and authorizes staff to take positions on legislation generally consistent with the Legislation Action Priorities and such other resolutions and recommendations of the League of California Cities as may be from time to time presented to the City. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that City staff is directed to schedule meetings, as appropriate and convenient, with our Congressional, State Senate and State Assembly representatives to discuss and promote the City's legislative program, and to continue efforts to improve communications and relationships with the County Board of Supervisors and north county cities to further our interests in land use and water issues. Uponmotionof Council Member secondedbyVice Mayor Romero Schwartz . and on the following roll call vote: R 8912 . Page 2 of I 1 Resolution No. 8912 (1999) Page Three Ayes: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, and Mayor Settle Noes: None Absent: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this l6 th day of February .1999. Mayor Allen Settle R 8912 Page 3 of 11 [Note: new language is underlined; deleted language contains strikeout.] EXHIBIT A: CITY LEGISLATIVE ACTION PRIORITIES FOR 1999 FEDERAL PRIORITIES • Requiring funding of federally mandated programs, including new water /wastewater regulations, or eliminating such mandates • Promoting continued and increased funding sources for transportation, especially transit • Obtaining new funding sources to expand low and moderate income housing • Supporting legislation to transfer ownership of Salinas Reservoir to a local agency for the purpose of facilitating the Salinas Dam Expansion Project • Supporting legislation on coastal preservation • Supporting legislation that provides regulatory relief to local government in complying_ with the Fair Labor Standards Act. and overtime provisions for exempt employees • Supporting continued funding for the Land and Water Conservation Grant Program • Supporting legislation to exempt cities from liability for leakage of hazardous waste discharge to POTW's from sewer • Supporting legislation which strengthens the ability of cities to control their public rights -of -way and apply zoning regulations relative to the telecommunications industry • Supporting legislation to increase the availability of grant funding to replace aging infrastructure of all types; e.g.: streets, bridges, water and sewer systems, etc. • Endorsing legislation which provides local government with a fair share tax on catalog and internet sales; and opposing legislation that limits state or local authority to tax catalog or Internet sales • Supporting legislation which assists welfare reform to work in a positive way and provides funding for the social service programs of local non -profit organizations • Obtaining cooperation and prompt approval from the EPA and Army Corps of Engineers for necessary flood control projects • Supporting legislative action to retain the existing process of local judicial review of land use decisions, thus avoiding preemptory, premature intrusion of federal courts into matters best known to local authorities at the local level R 8912 Page 4 of 11 fxlubit `A" A -1 I • Opposing mandatory social security for newly hired local governmental employees • Supporting legislation to promote the responsible and cost effective reuse of biosolids • Supporting the existing federal water efficient plumbing standards contained in the Clean Water Act • Promoting Federal efforts toward preservation of open space, coastal resources, signature land forms, wetlands, and other natural resources or areas threatened by development STATE PRIORITIES FINANCE • Supporting efforts to protect the City from loss of revenues due to State mandates • Supporting legislation that strengthens opportunities for local fiscal independence • Returning ERAF • Supporting efforts to "protect, preserve and reform" local government revenue sources" • Supporting legislation which better assures any reductions in Vehicle License Fees by the State will be back -filled to local government in a permanent way COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT • Opposing mandated State approval of local General Plan Elements, such as implementing and compliance with State General Plan Housing element law • Promoting funding sources to encourage the retrofitting of unreinforced masonry buildings • Promoting state efforts toward preservation of open space, coastal resources, signature land forums, wetlands, and other natural resources or areas threatened by development • Promoting realistic housing requirements in the Housing. Element • Promoting the concept of Urban Growth Boundaries PUBLIC SAFETY • Preserving city's authority to investigate police misconduct R 8912 Page 5 of I I A -2 • Preserving city's authority to establish emergency medical service levels • Increasing City authority to regulate group homes for juvenile offenders • Continuing support for disaster preparedness /earthquake preparedness with special attention to Year 2000 impacts • Supporting grant requests for Regional Hazardous Material Response Teatn, and a training facility • Supporting efforts to secure higher levels of cost recovery for DUI's • Supporting_ efforts to expand the scope of parental responsibility for crimes committed by minors • Supporting efforts to provide the Goveinor with authority to override the parole board When anyone convicted of a violent offense is proposed to be released on parole Preserving the authority of local control on issuance of concealed weapons permits • Supporting a state -wide gaming commission to oversee all forms of gambling in the state • Retaining budget commitments for Public Safety supplemental funding - State COPS Program • Supporting legislation to help curb underage drinking • Supporting another ABC inspector to work on minor /alcohol issues • Opposing new or increased state fees for state provided law enforcement services TRANSPORTATION • Changing Gas tax laws to allow local tax for transportation purposes based on a majority vote of the public • .Increasing transportation funding (including transit, bicycles, others), especially transit PERSONNEL/EMPLOYEE RELATIONS • Further reforming Worker's compensation k 8912 Page 6 of 11 A -3 • Preserving the fiscal integrity of PERS • Opposing binding arbitration and expansion of the "Peace Officers' Bill of Rights" • Monitoring employee healthcare/benefitchanges • Opposing the establishment of the Public Employee Relations Board (PERB) as an authority over local government employee relations disputes PUBLIC WORKS • Better defining "qualified" bidders in public contracts bidding • Redefining. Prevailing wages as "average" local wages • Streamlining Federal and.State process for funding street projects • Increase to $20,000 limits of work (from $5,000) for public projects not requiring competitive bidding PARKS AND RECREATION • Supporting recreational programrning, particularly for "at risk" individuals within the C_ ity • Supporting funding for: protection of natural resources (e.g., the Morros), open space, and parks development •. Supporting funding for rehabilitation of urban parks e Supporting efforts at the State level for a park and open space bond measure • Obtaining grant funding for a Community Center e Improving the timeliness and accuracy of fingerprinting for volunteers UTILITIES • Providing fimding for reclaimed water programs • Supporting clean water grant programs • Supporting legislation to enhance local government's ability to comply with solid waste requirements R 8912 Page 7 of I I A -4 • Supporting legislation to exempt cities from liability for leakage of hazardous waste discharged to POTW's from sewer • Supporting legislation to increase availability of grant funding for rep lacerient of aging infrastructure • Supporting legislation promoting the responsible and cost - effective reuse of biosolids • Supporting legislation to streamline the state regulatory permit process through the use of general permits SLO DOWNTOWN ASSOCIATION • Supporting legislation that will extend the sunset clause and continue to allow direct sales from farmers to the public at Fanners Market COUNTY. PRIORITIES • Reaching agreement with the County and North County communities on solutions for Salinas Reservoir expansion and Nacimiento pipeline projects • Developing consistency between the City and County General' Plans, particularly to emphasize the concepts that (1) urban development should be municipal, and (2) unincorporated areas shall remain rural, agricultural, or open space in character Retaining County offices in the downtown area • .Improving regional solid waste management • Developing cooperative approaches for providing services on a regional basis • Resolving County issues relative to the local review of biosolidsto maximize our opportunities for safe and cost effective reuse opportunities • Discussing and resolving issues on the City periphery, such as conversion of agricultural zoning to residential subdivision and industrial use, allowing increases in density in residential and industrial areas, allowing substantial development beyond the City's urban reserve line and giving greater credence to and respecting the integrity of the City's planning process • Continuing to work with other cities to convince the County that urban -like development should take place within the boundaries of cities, and riot in the unincorporated areas — and especially not within the urban growth boundaries of cities R 8912 Page 8 of I I A -5 1 1 r � • Encouraging uses for the County -owned "garage" adjacent to the Fremont Theater that are more consistent with the Downtown Plan and appropriate County studies, and provide more contribution to the economic vitality of the downtown EDUCATION Supporting efforts to adequately fund the educational units within our community: - primary and secondary schools - special education programs for disadvantaged as well as gifted students - Cuesta College -the CPSU /SLO, whose unique programs and educational approach within the CSU warrant special consideration R8912 Page 9of11 A -G LEAGUE OF CALIFORNIA CITIES LEGISLATIVE PRIORITIES FOR 1999 The League Board of Directors has adopted the following legislative priorities for the 1999 legislative session: 1. Revenue Base Protection. This recommended priority will start with a premise similar to that of ACA 42 from last session. This was the measure sponsored by the League that established a constitutional protection of local taxes, the Bradley -Bums sales tax, existing property taxes and the vehicle license fee revenues. While the premise is similar, it is necessary to go back and build. the coalition needed to support a revenue protection measure. This issue will have a legislative component as well as the exploration of a statewide ballot initiative. 2. Revenue Return. This priority has two elements. One is based on the dialogue that came out of the recent gubernatorial election. The other element is based on a reasonable expectation of another attempt to secure a local government revenue source in the upcoming legislative session. The elements are: a. ERAF. The newly elected governor promised the return of local government property taxes taken in the early 1990's. He promised this at the concluding general session of the League's recent Annual Conference in Long Beach; and, he promised it again to the League Executive Committee after the Long Beach speech. It is incumbent upon the League to pursue this public commitment and determine its validity. b. Bank -in -Lieu. Last session, legislation was carried to return the bank -in -lieu tax to local governments. It could mean as .much as $160 million annually upon full implementation. The issue was a priority of the League last year and should again be a priority for the League in 1999. 3. Infrastructure Funding. Last session, the Legislature finally began to focus on the public infrastructure issue. This comes after years of neglect and recession when fiscal . survival pushed long -term investment issues off all the priority lists. Last session, the debate focused on a measure to send .a small portion of the state's unexpended transportation surplus to local governments for street and road repair - SB 1477. The debate is expected to return to a proposal(s) to better "equalize" transportation funding between the state and local governments. EXHIBIT "B" R 8912 Pagelbdf I 1 4. 2000 Census Process. The results of the 2000 census will have a tremendous effect on the distribution of federal resources to the state and local governments of California. There are several issues that the Board of Directors asked the League to focus on in the upcoming census count: a. After- the -Count Review. Local governments should reserve the authority to review the census count for the jurisdiction for errors and then forward recommendations to the Bureau of the Census before the counts become final. This has been the practice in past counts and should remain as a practice in the 2000 count. b. Provide Information to City Officials. The League should continue to serve as a clearinghouse for information on the census count to ensure that local agencies are active in Census Bureau activity in their community. 5. Social Security Mandate. The League should. oppose any attempt of the Congress and President to mandate new employees into the social security system. This will have a tremendous, detrimental impact on state and local government finance in California and will likely necessitate a reduction in the benefit structure of public sector retirement systems in California. 6. Other Issues. Other issues that should remain in the focus of the League include city, county school collaboration on public facilities, school safety /security, after school programs, technology development/deployment for our public schools and programs for senior pairing with at -risk youth. R 8912 Page 1 f f 111 RESOLUTION NO. 8911(1999 SERIES) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AMENDING THE GENERAL PLAN HOUSING ELEMENT TO AMEND THE AFFORDABLE HOUSING REQUIREMENTS AND RELATED POLICIES. WHEREAS, the City's General Plan policies encourage the production of housing which meets the needs of very-low, low, and moderate income households; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has considered measures to increase the production of affordable housing to achieve the City's housing objectives and recommends that the General Plan Housing Element, adopted in September 1994, be amended in conjunction with the adoption of an Inclusionary Housing Requirement; and WHEREAS, the Director of Community Development has determined that the proposed amendment is not a "project" as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act in that it implements adopted policy and will not result in any physical change to the environment and that no further environmental review is required. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Amendments. The City Council hereby amends the General Plan Housing Element as follows: 1) Amend Policy 1.22.1 of the Housing Element (p. 13), as follows: 1.22.1 For a project to qualify as "affordable housing" under the provisions of this Element, guarantees must be presented that the housing units will: 11remain affordable for at least 30 years, or Q participate in a. City- approved equity sharing program, or 3 provide such guarantees -as are otherwise required or permi tted by State law, consistent with the Affordable Housing Standards (SLOMC Ch. 17.90). 2) Delete Policy 1.22.4 of the Housing Element (p. 13), as follows: 7i;i i • . - i� i i •_ t _ R 8911 Page I of 3 C. Council Resolution No. 8911 (1999 Series) Page 2 1,22..10 Amend Program 1.22.10 and Table 1 (p. 14), as follows: 1.22.10. The City w4l amend its regulations to shall require that new development projects include affordable housing units, with guarantees that they rernairt affordable, as required by dedicate land for affordable housing, or pay an in -lieu fee to assist in the development affordable housing Citywide. Table 1 Affordable Housing Requirements[ 1Developer may build affordable housing in the required amounts, or -pay an in -lieu fee or dedicate land based on the above formula. SECTION 2.. Environmental Determination. The City Council has determined that the proposed amendments are not a "project" as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act since it does not have a potential for resulting in a physical change to the environment and therefore; no further environmental review is required. R 8911 Page 2 of 3 Type of Development Project Residential Commercial Build 3 % low or 5 % Build 1 ADU per acre, but moderate cost Affordable not less than 1 ADU per Dwelling Units (ADUsZ), project; but not less than 1 ADU per In City project; or or pay in -lieu fee equal to Location 25% of building valuation.. pay in -lieu fee equal to 5 % of building valuation.3 Build 5-18% low- and Build 1 ADU per acre, but 1028% moderate -cost not less than 1 ADU per ADUs, but not less than 1 project; In ADU per project; Expansion or Area or pay in -lieu fee equal to pay in -lieu fee equal to 23% of building valuation. �r10% of building valuation. 1Developer may build affordable housing in the required amounts, or -pay an in -lieu fee or dedicate land based on the above formula. SECTION 2.. Environmental Determination. The City Council has determined that the proposed amendments are not a "project" as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act since it does not have a potential for resulting in a physical change to the environment and therefore; no further environmental review is required. R 8911 Page 2 of 3 Council Resolution No_ . 8911 (1999 Series) Page 3 SECTION 3. Notice and Publication.. The City Clerk shall publish a summary of the resolution in a newspaper of local circulation. On motion of Council Member Ewan, seconded by Council Member Schwartz and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice -Mayor Romero, and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this Sixteenth day of Feb;uary 1999. City Clerk APPROVED: me JH/L:HFamenaz.ms Settle R 8911 Page 3 of �2} _ o 0 ���, , ��, �i RESOLUTION NO. 8910 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS' OBISPO UPDATING THE CITY'S ANTI-DISCRIMINATION AND UNLAWFUL HARASSMENT POLICY (formerly the Sexual Harassment Avoidance Policy) WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo is committed to the concept of Equal Employment Opportunity as a basic principle that all persons shall be given equal access and consideration to positions in the public service limited only by their ability and qualifications to do the job, and WHEREAS, Equal Employment Opportunity can best be achieved through definitive programmed affirmative action, and WHEREAS; the City of San Luis Obispo has had an Affirmative Action Program since 1979, WHEREAS; it is the City Council's responsibility to review the updated Affirmative Action Plan every odd - numbered year; NOW; THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo hereby adopts the updated Affirmative Action Plan including changes to the Anti- Discrimination and Unlawful Harassment Policy (formerly the Sexual Harassment Avoidance Policy) attached hereto marked Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference; and rescinds Resolution No. 8633 (1997 Series). Upon motion of Vice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council Member Marx , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None R 8910 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. Page 2 8910 (1999 Series) the foregoing resolution was adopted this 16th.day of February , 1999. ity Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: OEM lam. I p i' • Saffirmative action plan R 8910 Page 2 of 2 ��U` CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ANTI - DISCRIMINATION AND UNLAWFUL HARASSMENT POLICY It is the policy of the City of San Luis Obispo that all employees should be able to enjoy a work_ environment free from all forms of discrimination, including unlawful harassment. In accordance with Federal regulations requiring employers to adopt clear policies prohibiting harassment and discrimination in employment, the City Council has adopted the policy statement set forth in full below: Policv: It is the policy of the City of San Luis Obispo that employees have a working environment free of unlawful discrimination and harassment. Discrimination against or harassment of an employee or a member of the public by an employee or contractor on the basis of race, sex, religion; national origin, ancestry, disability, medical condition, marital status, age, or sexual orientation is strictly prohibited and will not be tolerated. The work environment should be business -like and assure fair, courteous treatment for employees and the public we serve. Discrimination and harassment may violate both State and Federal law. It is employee misconduct that could decrease work productivity, undermine the integrity of employment relationships, decrease morale and cause severe emotional and physical stress. All employees will be informed of the harassment and discrimination complaint process and be assured of their right to file complaints without fear of reprisal. All employees, including supervisors and managers, shall receive training regarding behavior that constitutes prohibited workplace harassment and discrimination. Employees should also understand the importance of reporting incidents promptly to assure that further incidents do not occur. The City Council expects City department heads to convey to their employees strong disapproval of discrimination and harassment. All employees including supervisors and managers should be clearly informed regarding behavior that constitutes prohibited harassment or discrimination or creates the perception of harassment or discrimination and the consequences of such actions. The employees should be aware that behavior described in the definition of harassment and discrimination set forth below shall be grounds for disciplinary action. Employees also should be aware that ignoring harassment or discrimination complaints is also grounds for disciplinary action. Retaliation against a person for filing or otherwise making a harassment or discrimination complaint in good faith,, or other good faith involvement in a harassment or discrimination investigation, is prohibited. Employees found to be retaliating against another employee shall be subject to disciplinary action. Definition: Prohibited harassment and discrimination for purposes of this policy, includes but is not limited to: Speech, such as epithets, derogatory comments or slurs, and lewd propositioning on the basis of race, sex, religion, national origin, ancestry, disability, medical condition, marital status, age, or sexual orientation. This includes, without limitation, inappropriate sex - oriented comments on appearance, including dress or physical features, and race-oriented_ stories or jokes. ♦ Physical acts, such as assault, impeding or blocking movement, offensive touching, or any physical interference with normal work or movement when directed at an.individual on the basis of race, sex, religion, national origin, ancestry, disability, medical condition, marital status, age or sexual orientation. This includes pinching, grabbing, patting, propositioning, leering, or making explicit or implied threats or promises in return for submission to physical acts. ♦ Visual insults, such as derogatory posters, cartoons, or drawings related to race, sex, religion, national origin, ancestry, disability, medical condition, marital status, age or sexual orientation. Unwanted sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and other acts of "sexual nature, where submission is made a term or condition of employment, where submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as the basis for employment decisions, or where the conduct is intended to or actually does unreasonably interfere with an L individual's work performance or create an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment. ♦ Adverse employment actions carried out on account of race, sex, religion, national origin, ancestry, disability, medical condition, marital status, age or sexual orientation. ♦ Adverse employment actions carried out in retaliation for good faitli.submission of harassment or discrimination charges, or good faith participation in an investigation made pursuant to this policy. Complain t. Procedu re: Any employee who feels he /she has been the victim of harassment or discrimination as defined above should contact EITHER his/her supervisor, Department Head or Director of Human Resources as soon as possible as time is of the essence in investigating charges of harassment or discrimination. The initial complaint can be oral or written, but. a written and signed complaint should be submitted by the complaining employee within five (5) working days of the initial complaint so an investigation can proceed promptly into the matter. The written complaint. should cite the specific incident(s) as well as the desired resolution. The Director of Human Resources will advise the City Administrative Officer of the receipt of all written, harassment or discrimination complaints. 2. Upon receipt of the written complaint, the Department of Human Resources will conduct (or refer to others to conduct) an investigation of the charges, including contacting the person who allegedly engaged in the prohibited behavior, informing him/her of the basis of the complaint, and providing him/her an opportunity to respond. The Department of Human Resources may attempt an informal resolution of the complaint. The Department of Human Resources may also reject a harassment or discrimination complaint that is incomplete or which fails to contain sufficient information to state a claim of discrimination or harassment covered under this policy. 3. All City employees must cooperate fully, and be truthful and forthright when providing information in response to a City investigation under this policy. 4. The Department of Human Resources shall notify the complainant(s) and respondent(s), Department Head, the City Administrative Officer, and other appropriate persons, regarding the disposition of complaints made pursuant to this policy. 5. The City may take lawful measures to assure appropriate confidentiality during the investigation and related time periods. Remedial Action: If harassment or discrimination is found to have occurred in violation of this policy, the City shall take action to ensure or confirm that the harassment or discrimination at issue is stopped. The City may take whatever measures are appropriate to ensure its workplaces remain free of unlawful discrimination or harassment. 2, Employees found to have engaged in discrimination or harassment covered by this policy maybe subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. The severity of the discipline will, be determined by the severity and/or frequency of the offense. 3. Employees found to have been dishonest or uncooperative during an investigation made pursuant to this policy may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Appeal: 1. Disciplinary action taken under this procedure may be appealed with or without representation subject to appeal or grievance procedures indicated in the appropriate Memorandum of Agreement or Personnel Rules and Regulations. 2. If the employee who submitted the complaint is not satisfied with the disposition of the investigation, he or she may submit an appeal to the City Administrative Officer within ten (10) calendar days from receipt of the conclusion of the Director of Human Resources. The � n appeal shall be in writing, verified under penalty of per ury,.and contain an explanation why the complainant believes the pending disposition is incorrect. Failure to appeal within the ten day period means that the earlier di §position is final. The City Administrative Officer (or' his/her designee) shall respond in writing after considering the appeal. 3. Complainants may appeal the City Administrative Officer's disposition of the investigation to the Personnel Board within ten (10) calendar days from receipt of the conclusion of the City Administrative Officer (or his/her designee). Failure to appeal within the ten day period means that the City Administrative Officer's disposition is final. Dissemination of Policy: This policy shall be disseminated to all City employees. The City may require employees to sign an acknowledgment of the policy's receipt, which may be maintained in the employee's personnel files. RESOLUTION NO. 8909 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AUTHORIZING THE CHIEF OF POLICE TO SIGN AS AGENT FOR THE CITY REGARDING THE SLOCOPS GRANT. WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo is committed to maintaining a safe community for its residents and visitors; and WHEREAS, on November 10, 1998, the City Council adopted resolution number 8870 authorizing the Police Department to participate in a County-wide holiday DUI reduction program; and WHEREAS, the State of California Office of Traffic Safety has granted funds to California Highway Patrol (CHP) for implementation of San Luis Obispo County Plays It Safe ( SLOCOPS), and the California Highway Patrol is prepared to approved necessary funding to the City of San Luis Obispo; and WHEREAS, the CHP Contract Management Unit requires documentation from the City Council authorizing the Chief of Police to sign on behalf of the City for this grant; and WHEREAS, throughout the entire grant application process, the Chief of Police has been authorized on behalf of the City of San Luis Obispo to sign as its agent for this grant; and WHEREAS, the CHP has agreed to make available necessary funds to the City of San Luis Obispo after receiving appropriate documentation indicating the Chief of Police is authorized to sign for this grant; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo does fully recognize and commend the Police Department for their continuing effort to reduce the number of drivers that are under the influence of alcobol and operating motor vehicles, and hereby authorizes the Chief of Police on behalf of the City to sign as its agent for the DUI enforcement SLOCOPS grant. Upon motion of Vice Mayor Romero , secon_ ded by Council Member Ma and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None R 8909 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. 8909 (1999 Series) Page 2 the foregoing resolution was adopted this 16thday of February , 1999. Mayor MIX Settle ATT T Lee Pnc ,'City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM`. C Attorney R 8909 Page 2 of 2 d ✓- / Nv �' �. RESOLUTION NO. 8908 RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AUTHORIZING APPLICATION FOR GRANT FUNDS FROM THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION'S AGRICULTURAL LAND STEWARDSHIP PROGRAM FOR THE SOUTH AIRPORT AREA AGRICULTURAL CONSERVATION PROJECT WHEREAS, the Legislature of the State of California has established the Agricultural Land Stewardship Program within the Department of Conservation, and through said program is providing assistance to conserve important agricultural land resources that are subject to conversion pressures; and WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo intends to acquire agricultural conservation easements on one or more of the properties within the project area in concert with cooperating landowners for the purpose of conserving priority agricultural land resources; and WHEREAS, the City Council certifies that any easements obtained will meet the eligibility requirements set forth in Public Resources Code Section 102.51 and incorporated herein by reference; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo hereby:- 1. Authorizes the filing of an application for grant assistance from the Agricultural Land Stewardship Program for the above project; and 2. Appoints the City Administrative Officer as agent of the City to conduct all negotiations, execute and submit all documents, including, but not limited to, applications, agreements, amendments, payment requests and so o_ n; which may be necessary for the completion of the aforementioned project, Approved and adopted this 16th day of February, 1999. On motion Of Mayor Romero , seconded byCouncil Member_.Marx and on the following roll call vote: -- AYES:Council.Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz ,.:.Vice ,.Mayor Romero,_ and NOES: None . Mayor Settle ABSENT: None The foregoing resgotion was adopted this 16th day Of February _ .1999. len K. Settle. avor Lee Price, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Milk- sen,qft . c�� � � O � v✓ c u�N RESOLUTION NO." 8907 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ADOPTING AND RATIFYING THE MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS, LOCAL 3523, FOR THE PERIOD JULY 1, 1997 - JUNE 30, 1999 WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo and the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523, have met and conferred to form a new Memorandum of Agreement for the period July 1, 1997, through June 30, 1999; and WHEREAS, the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523, has voted to ratify the new Memorandum of Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. The Memorandum of Agreement between the City of San Luis Obispo and the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523, attached hereto as exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by this reference, is hereby adopted and ratified. SECTION 2. The Finance Director shall adjust the Personnel Services appropriation accounts to reflect the negotiated compensation changes. SECTION 3. The City Clerk shall furnish a copy of this resolution and a copy of the executed Memorandum of Agreement approved by it to: Mark McCullough, President of the International Association of Firefighters; Local 352.3; the Assistant City Administrative Officer and the Finance Director. Upon motion ofVice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council. Member Marx, and on the following. roll call vote: AYES. Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 16thlay of February '1999. Mayor All Settle R 8907 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. Page 2 APPROVED AS TO FORM: ff G/ore ,p(City Attorney R 8907 Page 2 of ov � - MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS, LOCAL 3523 JULY 1, 1999 - JUNE 30, 2001 I'�1lii�N`i� city of san IUI s OBI spo Article No. Title 1 Parties to Agreement 2 Recognition . Pape No. 1 2 4 Employee Rights 4 5 Management Rights. 5 6 Representative Role . 6 7 Communication Process 7 8 Promotional Opportunities . 8 9 Utilization of City Facilities 9 10 Grievance Procedure . 10 11 Salary 13 12 Pay Incentives . 15 13 Overtime 16 14 Emergency Call Back. 17 15 Work Out of Grade 18 16 Standby 19 17 Educational Incentive 20 18 Uniform Allowance 22 19 Insurance 24 20 Vacation Leave 26 21 Leave Of Absence 29 22 Holidays 30 23 Bereavement Leave. 32 24 Sick Leave 33 25 Family Leave. 34 26 Workers' Compensation Leave 36 27 Light Duty 37 28 Safety 39 29 Retirement 40 30 Hours . 42 ARTICLE I PARTIES TO AGREEMENT This Agreement is made and entered into this 29`h day of February, 2000, by and between the City of San Luis Obispo, hereinafter referred to as the City, and the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523, hereinafter referred to as Union. Nothing in this Agreement between the parties shall invalidate nor be substituted for any provision in City Resolution No. 6620 (1989 Series) unless so stipulated to by provision(s) contained herein and agreed to. ARTICLE 8 PROMOTIONAL OPPORTUNITIES Announcements for promotional opportunities for members of the Union will list testing and scoring processes that will be followed. Once defined, testing and scoring processes will not be modified. There will be no banding on promotional exams and, if a candidate is by-passed during the selection process, that person will be given a written reason by the Fire Chief as to why s/he was by-passed. The City agrees to an opener to discuss the promotional process if the Fire Chief goes below the top three (3) candidates in making his selection on promotional exams two (2) or more times during the term of this contract. E ARTICLE 9 UTILIZATION OF CITY FACILITIES 1. San Luis Obispo Firefighter's Association shall be allowed to use Fire Department facilities for _-.-_------------ _.-._ official Union activities. The Union will notify the Chief or his/her representative of any upcoming meetings. The Union will follow any sign-up procedures for room availability the Department has in place. Scheduling of the facilities usage would be conducted so as not to conflict or interfere with normal operation of departmental business. In lieu of any conflicts in availability or a denial by the Chief, it will be presumed that the Union will have the approval of the Chief to use the facility. Activities would include, but would not be limited to: General Membership meetings, Board of Directors meetings, Negotiation Team meetings, and various special committee meetings. 2. Facilities would include, but would not be limited to: conference room, training room, and second floor common areas. 3. The Union understands that e-mail sent over the City network is public record. With this acknowledgement, the City gives the Union the right to use the computers and the e-mail system. This right may be revoked at any time or for any reason. This revocation must be done in writing and must be delivered in person to a San Luis Obispo Firefiighter's Association Board member. 0 ARTICLE 10 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE A. A grievance is an alleged violation, misinterpretation or misapplication of the Employer -Employee Resolution, the Personnel Rules and Regulations, any memorandum of agreement with an employee association or any existing written policy or procedure relating to wages, hours or other terms and conditions of employment excluding disciplinary matters. B. Any employee may file and process a grievance by providing the time, place and circumstances of the action prompting the grievance. Employees may be accompanied by a representative at each step of the process. If a specific action to be grieved affects several employees, those employees may consolidate their grievance and be represented. C. Each Grievance shall be handled in the following manner: The employee who is dissatisfied with the response of the immediate supervisor shall discuss the grievance with the supervisor's immediate superior. If the matter can be resolved at that level to the satisfaction of the employee, the grievance shall be considered terminated. 2. If still dissatisfied, the employee may immediately submit the grievance in writing to the department head for consideration, stating the facts on which it was based, including the provision of the rules, regulations or agreement said to be violated, and the proposed remedy. This action must take place within fifteen business days of the occurrence of the grievance. The department head shall promptly consider the grievance and render a decision in writing within fifteen business days of receiving the written grievance. If the employee accepts the department head's decision, the grievance shall be considered terminated. D. If the employee is dissatisfied with the department head's decision, the employee may immediately submit the grievance in writing to the human resources director within five business days of receiving the department head's decision. The human resources director shall confer with the employee and the department head and any other interested parties, and shall conduct such other investigations as may be advisable. 10 E. The results or findings of such conferences and investigations shall be submitted to the City Administrative Officer in writing within fifteen business days of receiving the employee's written request. The City Administrative Officer will meet with the employee if the employee so desires before rendering a decision with respect to the complaint. The City Administrative Officer's decision shall be in writing and given to the employee within fifteen business days of receiving the personnel director's results and findings. Such decision shall be final unless the employee desires a review of the decision. If the employee desires a review of the decision the procedure is as follows: Hearing Officer (for employees represented by SLOPOA or IAFF, Local 3523) a. The employee will have five business days following receipt of the City Administrative Officer's decision to submit a written request to the personnel director for review of the decision. The personnel director will obtain a list of five potential hearing officers from the State Mediation and Conciliation Service. Then following a random determination of which party (city or appellant) begins, parties shall alternately strike one name from the list until only one remains. b. Within 30 business days, the hearing officer shall review the record and conduct a hearing on the matter. Within ten business days the hearing officer shall render a decision which shall be final. C. Any dispute regarding the eligibility of an issue for the grievance process may be appealed through the process ultimately to the hearing officer who shall decide on the eligibility prior to ruling on the merits. d. Any fees or expenses of the hearing officer shall be payable one-half by the city and one-half by the Union. All other expenses shall be borne by the party incurring the expense. e. The City reserves the right to make the hearing officer's opinion advisory or to replace the hearing officer position in the grievance process with the personnel board for an employee organization after July 1993 provided that: 11 1. The hearing officer has ruled on at least five separate grievances of the Union; and 2. The City has been sustained in at least 65% of the determinations on grievances filed by members of the Union. 12 ARTICLE 11 SALARY Section A. Rules Governing Step Increases The rules governing step increases for employees covered by this MOA are included in the current Salary Resolution with the following modification: The Fire Chief shall be authorized to reevaluate employees who reach the top step in their pay range. An employee who is not performing up to standard for the top step shall be notified in writing that the department head intends to reduce him/her one step unless his/her job performance improves significantly within a 60-day period. Unless the employee's job performance improves to an acceptable level by the end of 60 days, the pay reduction shall then become effective. The top step may be reinstated at any time upon recommendation of the department head. if the Fire Chief deems it necessary to again remove the top step during the same fiscal year, he may make the change at any time with three business days written notice. For the position of Firefighter, the salary range consists of nine steps (1 through 9. Steps 1 through 8 equal 95% of the next highest step, computed to the nearest one dollar. Step 8 = 95% of Step 9 Step 7 = 95% of Step 8 Step 6 = 95% of Step 7 Step 5 = 95% of Step 6 Step 4 = 95% of Step 5 Step 3 = 95% of Step 4 Step 2 = 95% of Step 3 Step 1 = 95% of Step 2 Each salary range for all other positions in the unit consists of five steps (1 through 5). Steps 1 through 4 equal 95% of the next highest step, computed to the nearest one dollar. Step 4 = 95% of Step 5 Step 3 = 95% of Step 4 Step 2 = 95% of Step 3 Step 1 = 95% of Step 2 Each across-the-board percent salary increase shall raise the top step of the range by that percent. The highest step of each successive salary range shall be 2.63% above the highest step of the next lower range. After all highest steps of salary ranges have been established, each highest step shall be rounded off to the nearest dollar and the remaining steps established in accordance with the above 13 formula. Employees who are eligible for advancement to the top two steps must receive at least a "competent" rating on their most recent performance evaluation prior to or coincident with their being eligible for advancement by time in grade. Competent is defined as "Performance meets standards of a qualified employee" Step progression for Firefighters will be subject to existing personnel standards, with the timing for progression as follows: Probationary firefighters will move from Step 1 to Step 2 after six months. Progression from Step 2 to Step 3 will be at one-year intervals for each step, and from Step 8 to Step 9 at a two-year interval. Section B. Salary Provisions for Term of Agreement Effective the first full pay period in the following months, the following salary increases shall be implemented: July, 1999 3.0% March, 2000 2.0% September, 2000 4.0% Section C. "Y" Rating An employee who is not performing up to established job standards may be "Y" rated, freezing his salary until such time as there is an improved job performance. The department head shall give 60 days written notice to any employee he intends to "Y" rate, giving the employee an opportunity to correct any deficiencies. A "Y" rating procedure shall not result (then or later) in the employee being frozen below the next lower step of the new range. Section D. Payday Paychecks will be disbursed on a bi-weekly schedule. Payday will be every other Thursday. This disbursement schedule is predicated upon normal working conditions and is subject to adjustment for cause beyond the City's control. Section E. Paychecks Prior to Vacation If an employee is taking vacation leave and wishes to receive his regular paycheck before payday, the employee must notify the Finance Department in writing at least two weeks prior to the start of vacation, provided the employee has sufficient vacation time coming to cover the pay period. 14 ARTICLE 12 % PAY INCENTIVES Section A. Paramedic Incentive Effective July, 1999, the City shall pay four hundred dollars ($400.00) per month pay incentive to those firefighters or other approved fire personnel assigned to EMT Paramedic duties by the Fire Chief. Paramedics required to recertify shall be granted four (4) hours training time per month for six (6) months prior to the recertification. Such hours shall be scheduled by the Department during the normal working day. The Paramedic incentive shall be considered the same as base pay when determining the starting salary upon promotion to Captain. Section B. Station I Captain Incentive Effective July, 1999, Fire Captains regularly assigned to Station I shall receive a one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125.00) per month pay incentive, to compensate for the additional Station I workload. Mandatory assignments to Station I for Captains shall not exceed two consecutive years. Section C. Bilingual Pay Employees certified as bilingual in Spanish through the testing process shall receive a bilingual payment of $35 per pay period. Additional languages may be approved by the City based upon demonstrated need. 15 ARTICLE 13 OVERTIME 1. Firefighters, Fire Engineers and Fire Captains assigned to 24 hour shift duty shall receive overtime pay at time -and -one-half computed at their base salary for those hours worked in excess of regularly scheduled shifts. 2. Firefighters, Fire Engineers and Fire Captains assigned to 24-hour shift duty are assigned to work one hundred and twenty (120) hours in a fifteen (15) day pay cycle. Employees in these classifications who work more than one hundred and fourteen (114) hours during a pay cycle, shall be paid time and one-half (1 1/2) for all hours worked in excess of one hundred and fourteen (114) hours worked in the fifteen (15) day pay cycle. Paid time off shall be counted as time worked when calculating this overtime pay. 3. All other personnel shall receive overtime pay at time -and -one-half computed at their base salary for all hours worked in excess of forty (40) hours per week including holiday, sick leave and vacation unless they elect to take compensating time off at straight time. 4. All overtime shall be authorized in writing by the Fire Chief prior to being compensated. I 5. All overtime shall be paid to the nearest quarter hour worked where no minimum is authorized. 16 ARTICLE 14 EMERGENCY CALL BACK 1. The minimum call back hours provided below shall be paid at straight time pay. 2. Shift personnel who are unexpectedly called back to work after completing their shift and having left the worksite shall be paid a 6-hour minimum guarantee. 3. The Fire Vehicle Mechanic shall receive a minimum of 4 hours for emergency call back or time and one-half for hours actually worked, whichever is larger. 4. Employees who are called back as defined above shall receive the minimum provided by this article or pay for the work performed, whichever is larger. 17 ARTICLE 15 WORK OUT OF GRADE Employees temporarily assigned to work in a higher classification will receive one step additional pay but in no case more than the top step for the higher classification under the following conditions: 1. The assignment exceeds ten (10) consecutive work days, or five (5) consecutive shifts for all shift employees; in which case the step increase becomes effective on the eleventh (11) work day or in the sixth (6th) shift. 2. The person being temporarily replaced is on extended sick or disability leave or the position is vacant and an examination is pending. Employees not eligible for the step increase (under 10 days) shall receive credit for compensating time off (CTO) on the following basis: Hours Worked CTO Earned 0-5 hours 59 minutes 0 hours 6-11 hours 59 minutes 1 hour ° i 12-24 2 hours Each calendar quarter, employees may elect to receive payment for accrued CTO at straight time. CTO earned before January 1, 1990 is not eligible for payment. IV ARTICLE 16 STANDBY Employees below the rank of Fire Marshal/Battalion Chief on standby shall be compensated one hour's pay for each eight (8) hour incident with a minimum of two (2) hours straight time pay for each assigned standby period. 19 ARTICLE 17 EDUCATIONAL INCENTIVE The City agrees to establish an educational incentive pay plan. The educational incentive pay will be paid pursuant to one of the two plans outlined below: PLAN A 1. Definition of Eligibility A. All Employees currently receiving educational incentive,pay as of 6/30/81. B. All employees in the unit meeting the following requirements: (1) Have been employed by the department for at least one year as of 9/30/81. (2) Have completed by June 30, 1981 at least 30 semester units toward an approved degree including having successfully completed a minimum of six semester units within the last 18 months. (3) Successfully completed at least six semester units per year until degree is complete; and (4) Must receive degree by December 31, 1983. 2. Basic Benefits. Educational incentive pay shall not start for one year after employment with the City of San Luis Obispo, but credit will be given for approved education obtained prior to that time. The basic benefit will consist of $50 per month for possession of an A.A., or equivalent degree from an accredited community or junior college; and one hundred dollars per month for a B.A. or equivalent degree from an accredited four year college or university. Total incentive pay shall in no case exceed one hundred dollars per month. 3. Job Related Fields. Degrees must be in fields which are directly job related and if not, at least 30 semester units leading toward the appropriate degree with a grade of "C" or better must be included. 4. Application and Approval. Application for the incentive pay shall be made by the employee to the department head at least 30 days before the date the payment of the incentive pay is to be effective. Approval of the department head and the human resources Director shall be required. 20 5. Unsatisfactory Performance. In the event an employee receiving the incentive pay is not 1 performing up to the established standards set for the job, the department head with the concurrence of the City Administrative Officer, may suspend payment of the incentive pay until such time as the employee's work performance comes up to the standard level, in the opinion of the department head and concurred in by the City Administrative Officer. 6. Nan -Applicability. It is the City's intention not to pay the educational incentive for any degree which is required for the position held by the employee. Educational incentives shall not be paid for education received on City time. The education incentive shall be removed if the employee is promoted to a position which does not entitle employee to such incentive. Definition of Eligibility. A. All current employees not eligible for Plan A. B. All employees hired on or subsequent to June 30, 1981. 2. Eligibility. A. Employees eligible for Plan B must be employed by the City of San Luis Obispo for one year before any payment will be made. B. Must successfully complete within a 12-month period, commencing on or after July 1, 1980, 6 semester units, or 9 quarter units, in college.level course work in fire science courses or classes approved by the Fire Chief. Provided such courses shall be completed at the employee's own expense and during off -duty hours. 3. Incentive Pay. The educational incentive pay shall be $50.00 per month for a period of 12 months. 4. Tuition and Books. If an employee holds a position which does not qualify him for incentive pay, the employee will be eligible to receive payment for 50% of tuition and books for approved job - related courses upon satisfactory completion of same with a grade of "C" or better. 21 ARTICLE 18 UNIFORM ALLOWANCE A. Each sworn employee shall be required to wear an approved uniform to promote the department's public image, except for the positions designated by the Fire Chief as only requiring occasional usage. Such positions shall receive one-half of the regular allowance. Each employee shall receive an annual allowance of $750 paid semi-annually to be spent on the purchase and maintenance of department -approved uniforms. Said allowance shall be paid directly to each eligible employee on or about the 7th of July and the 7th of January. The Fire Chief or his/her designated representative shall conduct an inspection at least once a year to ensure that each employee has the minimum number of uniforms and that all uniforms meet department standards regarding safety and appearance. Employees whose uniforms do not meet standards may be subject to disciplinary action. A uniform allowance cash advance will be given to new employees for purchase of their uniforms. If the employee severs employment with the City or is terminated within one (1) year, the cash advance shall be deducted from the employee's last paycheck. C. Where the agreement refers to uniform standards, it shall mean the following: The Fire Chief shall establish and maintain a set of standards for the maintenance, care and wearing of employee uniforms. Such standards shall be on file in the Fire Chiefs office, in each fire station, and in the human resources Director's office. D. Employees will be responsible to purchase and maintain health/fitness clothes, including appropriate athletic footwear. Appropriate health/fitness clothing will be determined through agreement between the Union and the Department. Damaged Uniform Reimbursement The City shall reimburse the cost in excess of ten ($10.00) dollars, for repairing or replacing Department approved uniforms which are damaged within the course of employment. No reimbursement shall be made if the damage was due to negligence on the part of the employee. At the time of damage, the employee will submit a report documenting where and how the uniform was damaged. ►J)P 2. The Fire Chief shall determine the use and extent of wear of damaged items. Replacement amounts shall be prorated. The Department will establish administrative regulations consistent with this section. F. The City will bear any additional costs resulting from City mandated changes in required uniform items during the term of this agreement. 23 ARTICLE 19 INSURANCE A. Contribution The City shall contribute $420.00 per month for Cafeteria plan benefits for each regular, full-time employee covered by this agreement. Less than full-time employees shall receive a prorated share of the City's contribution. B. PERS Health Benefit Program The City has elected to participate in the PERS Health Benefit program with the "unequal contribution option" at the minimum contribution rate, currently $16.00 per month for active employees and $1.00 per month for retirees. The City's contribution toward retirees shall be increased by five (5%) percent per year of the City's contribution for the active employees until such time as the contributions for employees and retirees are equal. The City's contribution will come out of that amount the City currently contributes to employees as part of the Cafeteria Plan provided to employees in their various MOA's. The cost of the City's participation in PERS will not require the City to expend additional funds toward health insurance beyond what is already provided for in the various bargaining agreements. In summary, this cost and any increases will be borne by the employees. C. Health Insurance Coverage Optional Participation Employees with proof of medical insurance elsewhere are not required to participate in the PERS Health Benefit Program and may receive the unused portion of the City's contribution (after dental and vision insurance is deducted) in cash in accordance with the City's Cafeteria Plan. Those employees will also be assessed $16.00 per month to be placed in the Retiree Health Insurance Account. This account will be used to fund the City's contribution toward retiree premiums and the City's costs for the Public Employees' Contingency Reserve Fund and the Administrative Costs. However, there is no requirement that these funds be used exclusively for this purpose nor any guarantee that they will be sufficient to fund retiree health costs, although they will be used for negotiated employee benefits. 24 D. Dental and Vision Insurance/Dependent Coverage Employees will be required to participate in the City's dental and vision plans at the employee only rate. Should they elect to cover dependents in the City's dental and vision plans, they may do so, even if they do not have dependent coverage under PERS. E. Representation on a Medical Plan Review Committee The Union shall actively participate in the Medical Plan Review Committee. Such committee shall review medical plans and may recommend alternative medical plans, including those offered by NT50 25 ARTICLE 20 VACATION LEAVE Each incumbent of a 40-hour a week line -item position shall accrue vacation leave with pay at the rate of 12 days per year of continuous service since the benefit date for the first five years; 15 days per year upon completion of five years; 18 days per year upon completion of ten years; and 20 days per year upon completion of twenty years. Employees scheduled for more that 40 hours per week shall receive the equivalent number of vacation days prorated to the number of regularly scheduled work hours (respectively, 134.4 hours per year for the first five years; 168 hours per year upon completion of five years, 201.6 hours per year upon completion of ten years and 224.6 hours per year upon completion of twenty years). An incumbent is not eligible to use accrued vacation leave until after the completion of the sixth calendar month of service since the benefit date. 3. An employee who leaves the City service shall receive payment for any unused vacation leave. 4. Department Heads shall be responsible for arranging a vacation schedule, first with the needs of the City as the determining factor and, second, insofar as possible, with the wishes of the employee. 5. There will be no accrual of vacation leave to non -shift employees in excess of two times (2x) their annual accrual. Maximum accrual of vacation leave for shift employees is twice the annual rate except as noted in Section 6, Paragraph E. 6. VACATION USE: A. Vacation shall be selected by seniority based on shift assignment for shift employees and by seniority for non shift employees. The employee with the most seniority shall select first, with the following choices made in descending order of seniority. B. First choice vacation shall be made during November/December each year. The first choice shall be a minimum of five (5) shifts off within one (1) cycle. C. First choice vacation selected for the months of May through October must be taken in blocks of five (5) shifts off within one (1) work cycle. EEO D. The maximum first choice vacation that may be selected for the months of May through October is ten (10) shifts off taken within two (2) work cycles. E. Should an employee be in danger of losing vacation accrual due to reaching the twice annual vacation cap, for reasons other than those found in Section 6 (1) and (J), the Fire Chief will review the circumstances which have prevented the employee from taking vacation and.will determine whether or not the employee should be allowed to accrue beyond the cap or should be authorized to exercise his/her one-time annual opportunity for vacation payout under Section 6 (M) of this article. Particular consideration will be given to those circumstances where vacation use is denied because of reduced staffing levels. F. Employees have the right to have one (1) employee off on scheduled vacation per shift. G. Employees have the right to unscheduled vacation as provided in the current departmental Operations Manual (G.O. 204.01). H. Time off by Battalion Chiefs is not included in the determination of the number of employees on vacation per F above. I. If an employee's first choice vacation is changed by direction of the department, such change shall not cause an employee to lose vacation that may be accrued above twice the annual rate maximum. In this case, the employee shall have the choice of using the vacation at another time or receiving payment for the changed vacation. J. If an employee must cancel vacation for good reason, as defined by management, the vacation above twice the annual rate shall be paid as accrued. K. Employees may cancel scheduled vacation for any reason with a minimum of 30 days advance written notice to the Fire Chief or his/her designated representative. Maximum vacation accruals will not be waived for vacation canceled pursuant to this section. L. Effective immediately, canceled first choice vacations will continue to be available for reselection by other employees, _ 27 M. All employees in this unit are eligible, once annually in December, to request payment for up to seventy-two (72) hours of unused vacation leave provided that an employee's attendance practices are satisfactory. M ARTICLE 21 LEAVE OF ABSENCE Leave without pay for up to one week per year may be granted by the Department Head. When possible, such leave requests shall be in writing and approved in advance. All other leave of absence requests shall be handled in accordance with Section 2708.9 of the Personnel Rules and Regulations. 29 ARTICLE 22 HOLIDAYS A. The following days of each year are designated as paid holidays: January 1 - New Year's Day Third Monday in January - Martin Luther King Day Third Monday in February - President's Day Last Monday in May - Memorial Day July 4 - Independence Day First Monday in September - Labor Day November 11 - Veteran's Day Fourth Thursday in November - Thanksgiving Day Friday after Thanksgiving December 25 - Christmas One-half day before Christmas One-half day before New Year's Two Floating (8 hour) Holidays (non -shift employees only) When a holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed. When a holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be observed. B. Each employee on 24-hour shift duty shall earn 6.07 hours of holiday leave semi-monthly, in lieu of fixed holidays. Such employees shall receive payment at straight time hourly rate for a portion of their earned holiday leave (2.6 hours) each bi-monthly payroll period. Effective January, 2001, the remainder of the employee's annual holiday leave (78 hours) shall be advanced to the employee effective the first payroll period in January of each year. Such holiday leave may be taken off by the employee as provided in the current departmental Operations Manual (G.O. 204.03). For calendar year 2000 only, employees shall receive thirty- 30 nine (39) hours of holiday leave credited the first payroll period in July. This partial crediting is to allow the transition from a fiscal to a calendar year holiday system. Each calendar quarter, an employee has the option of receiving payment for one-fourth (1/4) of his/her advanced holiday leave. The combination of holiday leave taken off and payment of advanced holiday time, may not exceed 78 hours. Any holiday leave remaining as of the last payroll period in December of each year (excluding December, 2000) will be paid to the employee at the straight time rate. If an employee terminates for any reason, having taken off hours in excess of his/her prorated share, the value of the overage will be deducted from the employee's final paycheck. C. Floating (8 hour) holidays for non -shift employees. The accrual dates are 1 January and 1 July. If not used in the calendar year in which earned, they are lost. It is the responsibility of the I employee to make the request for a floating holiday reasonably in advance of the requested day M 31 ARTICLE 23 BEREAVEMENT LEAVE At each employee's option, absence from duty due to the death of a member of the employee's immediate family, meaning spouse, child, brother, sister, parent, parent -in-law, step-parent, step -brother, step -sister, grandparent, or any other relative living in the same household, provided such leave as defined in this section shall not exceed five (5) working days or the shift equivalent (56 hrs.) from each incident. The employee may be required to submit proof of relative's death before being granted sick leave pay. False information given concerning the death of relationship shall be cause for discharge. 32 ARTICLE 24 SICK LEAVE Sick leave is governed by Section 2.36.420 of the Municipal Code. (See Appendix C attached). Upon termination of employment by death or retirement, a percentage of the dollar value of the employee's accumulated sick leave will be paid to the employee, or the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, according to the following schedule: (1) Death - 50% Such payment shall be made within seventy-two hours of notice to the City of an employee's death. (2) Retirement and actual commencement of PERS benefits: (a) After ten years of continuous employment - 10% (b) After twenty years of continuous employment - 15% (3) Job -related disability retirement and actual commencement of PERS benefits - 75% with a maximum of 1000 hours payoff (75% of 1333.3 accrued hours.) 33 ARTICLE 25 FAMILY LEAVE 1. An employee may take up to two (2) days, (16 hours) or 24 hours for shift employees, of sick leave per year if required to be away from the job to personally care for a member of his/her immediate family. 2. An employee may take up to five days (forty hours) or the shift equivalent for shift employees (56 hours) of sick leave per year if the family member is a part of the employee's household. 3. An employee may take up to seven (7) days (56 hours) of sick leave per year or the shift equivalent (78.4 hours) if the family member is part of the employee's household and is hospitalized. The employee shall submit written verification of such hospitalization. 4. The amounts shown in 1, 2, and 3 above are annual maximums, not maximums per qualifying family member. A member of the employee's immediate family, shall mean spouse, child, brother, sister, parent, parent -in-law, step-parent, step -brother, step -sister, grandparent, or any other relative living in the same household. 5. If the family member is a child, parent or spouse, an employee may use up to 48 hours (67.2 1 hours for shift employees) annually to attend to the illness of the child, parent or spouse, instead of the annual maximums in paragraphs 1. and 2. above, in accordance with Labor Code Section 233. 6. In conjunction with existing leave benefits, unit employees with one year of City service who have worked at least 1280 hours in the last year may be eligible for up to 12 weeks of Family/Medical Leave within any 12 month period. Family/Medical leave can be used for: a.. A new child through birth adoption or foster care (maternal or paternal leave). b. A seriously ill child, spouse or parent who requires hospitalization or continuing treatment by a physician. C. Placement of an employee's child for adoption or foster care. d. _ A serious health condition which makes the employee unable to perform the functions of his or her position. Zj This leave shall be in addition to leave available to employees under the existing four month Pregnancy Disability Leave provided by California law. Paid leave, if used for family leave purposes or personal illness, will be subtracted from the 12 weeks allowed by the Family/Medical Leave Program. Employees must use all available vacation, compensatory time and administrative leave and, if appropriate, sick leave prior to receiving unpaid Family/Medical Leave. Employees on Family/Medical Leave will continue to receive the City's contribution toward the cost of health insurance premiums. However, employees who receive cash back under the City's Flexible Benefit Plan will not receive that cash during the Family/Medical Leave. Only City group health insurance premiums will be paid by the City. If an employee does not return to work following Family/Medical Leave, the City may collect the amount paid for health insurance by the City during the leave. There are two exceptions to this rule. 1. The continuation of a serious health condition of the employee or a covered family member prevents the return. 2. Circumstances beyond the employee's control. Further details on Family/Medical Leave are available through the City's "Guide to Family/Medical Leave Program" 35 ARTICLE 26 WORKERS' COMPENSATION LEAVE Any employee who is absent from duty because of on-the-job injury in accordance with state workers' compensation law and is not eligible for disability payments under Labor Code Section 4850, shall be paid the difference between his base salary and the amount provided by workers' compensation law during the first 90 days of such disability absence. The only position currently eligible for this benefit is the Fire Vehicle Mechanic. 36 ARTICLE 27 LIGHT DUTY A light -duty work assignment is generally administrative in nature and may require the individual to sit at a desk, type, drive a vehicle, and engage in minimal walking. The employee may receive work assignments in one or more of the Department's program areas: Administration, Training, Hazard Prevention, Technical Services, Disaster Preparedness, Emergency Response, or Communications. The schedule is typically 40 hours a week with the employee working under the supervision of the Fire Chief or a Battalion Chief. There are two methods for placing a person on light duty: 1) At the employee's request during a recovery period (minimum of two weeks) due to an off -duty injury or illness. 2) At the request of the City because of a Worker's Compensation injury. Each is dependent upon the availability of an appropriate work assignment. Off -Duty Injury - An employee notifies the Fire Chief that s/he would like to be placed on a 40-hour light duty administrative work assignment. The Fire Chief would then forward the attached form letter to the employee's doctor. Once the doctor signs this letter (with any changes and/or modifications) and it is returned, the employee is then available for light -duty. The Department typically has a variety of tasks that a person might be assigned to work on. In accordance with past practice, as long as a legitimate light -duty assignment is available (minimum of two weeks), the Fire Chief will accommodate this request. Worker's Compensation Injury - An employee is on Worker's Compensation injury leave and the Fire Chief knows of a possible light -duty work assignment. The human resources Department will be notified of such an assignment along with its description. A description of this assignment will then be sent with a doctor's release letter to the City's Worker's Compensation Insurance carrier. The carrier reviews the information and routes it to the employee's Worker's compensation physician who will either sign the release letter or deny it. All documents are then forwarded back to the human resources and Fire Departments. The employee, if released, will then be available for light -duty. Employees on Worker's compensation certified by a doctor for light -duty may lose benefits if they refuse available light -duty based on Worker's compensation law. Once an employee is released to light -duty, a Personnel Action Form is initiated and all leave balances (Holiday, Vacation, Sick Leave, etc.) are changed to reflect a 40-hour work week. It should be noted that any leave taken during this light -duty period is taken at the 40-hour work week accrual rate and no FLSA is given. The employee would transfer to a light -duty assignment as soon as the employee has completed his/her FLSA period (the FLSA period runs concurrent with the A shift's schedule). To ensure all FLSA provisions are met, the hours previously worked in the pay period will be reviewed with the employee prior to setting up the work schedule. Once the employee has received a doctor's release to return back to full -duty and it has been approved by the Fire Chief, the employee will return to their appropriate shift on their next scheduled work day, assuming this return schedule does not trigger overtime in excess of regular FLSA overtime. If excess overtime would be triggered, the employee will return to work on the earliest date that will not trigger excess overtime. W ARTICLE 28 SAFETY The Union and the City agree to address Departmental and citywide safety concerns through the City's Safety Committee and the Communication Process outlined in Article 7. 39 ARTICLE 29 A. The City agrees to provide the Public Employees' Retirement System's 2% at age 50 plan to all sworn personnel and the 2% at age 55 plan to all non -sworn personnel. The 2% at age 50 plan includes four amendments, namely, Post Retirement Survivor Allowance, conversion of unused sick leave to additional retirement credit, the 1959 Survivor's Benefit, and one-year final compensation. The 2% at 55 plan has two amendments, 1959 survivor's Benefit and one year final compensation. B. For employees hired after 1 July 1986, the PERS 2% at 50 plan shall include the modifications shown in Section A, above, except that it shall provide three-year final compensation. (1) The City agrees to contribute up to 9% of safety member's obligation to contribute to PERS. (2) City agrees to contribute up to 7% of the Fire Vehicle Mechanic's obligation to contribute to PERS. (3) The City agrees to report as salary all Employer -Paid Member Contributions for full-time employees to PERS for the purposes of retirement credit in accordance with Gov. Code Section 20636 (c).(4), with the understanding that, for the 1997-99 MOA, the .28% employer cost of the program will be included as part of the total compensation cost of the negotiated package. This benefit will be implemented as soon as the City's computer system is upgraded to handle the calculations. (4) The amount paid by the City is an employee contribution and is paid by the City to partially satisfy the employee's obligation to contribute to PERS. An employee has no option to receive the contributed amounts directly instead of having them paid by the City to PERS on behalf of the employee. The Union understands and agrees that employees bear the risk of payment of any increases in the employee contributions above the amount provided in this Agreement which may result by action of PERS or the state legislature. Parties further agree that City payment of PERS contributions is made based upon tax treatment currently permitted by the State Franchise Tax Board and the IRS. all Should current tax treatment change, the Union and the employees hold harmless the City, its officers and agents from any and all claims or costs of any type, including but not limited to, liability for back taxes, arising out of this Agreement to pay part of the employee's PERS contribution. Should current tax treatment change, the Union shall have the opportunity to meet and confer regarding any such changes. It is understood and agreed to by the parties that the City "pick up" of a portion of the employee's PERS contribution is in lieu of wages. Therefore, in all comparisons made with other agencies, a percent equal to the City "pick up" of the employee's PERS contribution will be added to the total compensation provided by the City to the employees. As soon as possible, the City will add the PERS Military Service Credit option (Section 21024). 41 ARTICLE 30 HOURS A. Employees assigned to a 24-hour shift schedule, shall work a shift schedule which, over a period of one year, shall average approximately fifty-six (56) hours per week. For purposes of illustration only, a copy of the shift schedule pattern is set forth in Appendix B. The Department shall give no less than 15 days notice prior to changing a shift assignment for non -emergency reasons. A work shift is defined as a work period of twenty-four (24) hours, commencing at 0800 hours and continuing until the next day, ending at 0800 hours (8 a.m. to the following 8 a.m.) Within each work shift the work day will be from 0800 to 1700 hours. The work day will be divided as follows: 0800 - 1200 Captain's Priority 1200 - 1300 Lunch 1300 - 1700 Chiefs Priority/Captain's Priority The intent of Captain's Priority is to create a productive schedule providing latitude for necessary classes, rewards and individual's priorities. Included in Captain's Priority is vehicle and station maintenance, fitness training and Captain's projects 8-12 daily. Holidays and weekends are also Captain's Priority times. B. Shift Exchange - The Fire Chief or his/her representative may authorize employees covered by this Agreement to exchange shift assignments with other department employees of equal rank or qualifications for the position. 42 C. Vacation Exchange - The Fire Chief or his/her representative may authorize employees covered by this Agreement to exchange vacation leave with other department employees of equal rank or qualifications for the position. D. Early Relief - The Fire Chief or his/her representative may authorize employees covered by this Agreement to relieve another department employee of equal rank or qualifications for the position prior to the end of the scheduled shift. 43 ARTICLE 31 HEALTH/FITNESS The City, the Department and the Union are desirous of implementing measures to promote the well being of employees and reduce the incidents of preventable accidents, illnesses, and disabilities, and have, and shall continue to, work cooperatively to encourage and develop an appropriate program to enhance physical fitness and health and to establish required physical standards to be met by all employees. The parties have agreed to implement the physical fitness program outlined in the "Health and Fitness Maintenance Program" and dated 9-28-89. The Union recognizes that it is the policy of the City to hire non smokers in the Fire Department. The Union further recognizes there is a fire department policy concerning smoking in departmental facilities and vehicles. The parties agree that smoking poses health risks to non-smokers as well as smokers. ARTICLE 32 SALARY SURVEY CITIES Cities to be used for review of salaries shall include: Chico Davis Lompoc Monterey Napa Pleasanton Redding Salinas Santa Cruz Santa Maria It is agreed that, during the negotiations to produce a successor Agreement, either party may propose changes to the above list of cities. A revised, mutually agreed upon list, may be used during the negotiations to produce a successor Agreement. 45 ARTICLE 33 LAYOFFS In accordance with Personnel Rule 2.36.280, the City Council of San Luis Obispo shall determine when __--------- layoffs are to occur. The Human Resources Director shall be responsible for the implementation of a layoff order of the City Council in accordance with the procedures outlined below: A. After determining a layoff is needed within the Union, the order of layoffs shall be as follows: 1. Temporary and contract employees, in the order to be determined by the appointing authority; 2. Probationary employees (promotional probation excluded), in the order to be determined by the appointing authority; 3. For regular employees within the Union, layoffs shall be governed by seniority and job performance. Seniority is established by time in service within the Union. That is, the last employee hired into the bargaining unit shall be the first employee laid -off. Job performance categories shall be defined as follows. Category 1: Performance that is unsatisfactory, below standard, needs improvement, unacceptable or does not meet minimum standards. Performance defined by this category is evidenced by an employee's two most recent performance evaluations with an overall rating that falls within the lowest two categories of the performance appraisal report. Category 2: Performance that is competent, superior, meets expectations, meets performance standards, exceeds performance standards and expectations, or is outstanding. M Performance defined by this category is evidenced by an employee's two most recent performance evaluations with an overall rating that falls within the top two to three performance categories of the performance appraisal. A regular employee being laid off shall be that employee with the least seniority in the Union and who is in the lowest job performance category. Employees in Category 1 with the lowest seniority will be laid off first, followed by employees in Category 2. Should the two performance evaluations contain overall ratings that are in the two different categories as defined above, the third most recent evaluation overall rating shall be used to determine which performance category the City shall use in determining order of layoffs. 4. Transfer to another department in lieu of layoff is authorized, upon approval of the department heads, if there is a vacancy and the employee meets the minimum job requirements. B. Laid -Off Employees on Re-employment List The names of employees who have been laid -off shall be placed on the appropriate Re-employment List. The recall of employees will be in reverse order of layoff, depending upon City requirements. 2. Names of employees laid -off shall be placed on a re-employment list. They will be offered re-employment only once before being removed from the list for the job they held before being laid -off. Re-employment lists shall be used for filling those classes requiring substantially the same minimum qualifications, duties and responsibilities of the class from which the layoff was made. C. Appointment of Laid -Off Employees to Vacant Class 1. An appointing authority may, with the approval of the Department Head and the Human Resources Director and in agreement with the employee, appoint an employee who is to be laid -off to a vacancy in a vacant class for which he or she 47 is qualified. He/she will still remain on the re-employment list for the job from which he/she was laid -off. D. Employee Reassignments (bump back procedure) for IAFF Local 3523 Employees who have been promoted during their service with the City may bump back in their career series to a position they formerly held, if there is an employee in the lower classification with less seniority than the employee who wants to bump back. Seniority for the purpose of this section shall mean time in service, as a regular employee, within the Union. For example, an employee attempting to bump back to Engineer from Captain would utilize his/her combined time within the Union, firefighter, engineer or captain, in determining whether or not he/she had more seniority than an individual in the Engineer classification. The intent is to have the last person hired into the Union be the first person to be laid - off. 2. Reassignment rights may be exercised only once in connection with any one layoff, and shall be exercised within 20 calendar days from the date of the notice s of the layoff, by written notice from the employee. 3. The bumping right shall be considered exercised by the displacement of another employee with lesser total seniority or by the acceptance of a vacant position in the class with the same or lower salary. 4. Employees who are reassigned (bump back) are to be placed on an open re- employment list for the position they have vacated. 5. Employees on layoff shall be offered re-employment in the inverse order of layoff, provided no intervening factors have occurred which essentially change the ability of the employee to perform the offered employment. E. The City will notify recognized employee organizations of the effective date of any reduction in force concurrent with the notice to the affected employee(s) pursuant to F, below. Notice of layoff to Employees 1. An employee to be laid -off shall be notified in writing of the impending action at least thirty (30) calendar days in advance of the effective date of the layoff. The notice shall include the following information. a. Reason for layoff. b. Effective date of layoff. C. Employee rights as provided in these rules. G. Removal of Names From Re-employment Lists 1. The Human Resources Director may remove an employee's name from a re- employment list if any of the following occur: a. The individual indicates that he/she will be unable to return to employment with the City during the life of the list; or b. The individual cannot be reached after reasonable efforts have been made to do so. The City shall utilize certified mail when contacting individuals; or C. The individual refuses one re-employment offer at his/her previous job. Individuals shall have ten (10) days to respond to the offer of re- employment and an additional thirty (30) days to return to work. H. Employee Rights and Responsibilities 1. In addition to others identified herein, employees affected by these procedures shall have the following rights: a. Through prior arrangement with his/her immediate supervisor an employee who has been notified of his/her impending layoff shall be granted reasonable time off without loss of pay to participate in a pre - scheduled interview or test for other employment. b. An employee who has been laid -off shall be paid in full for his/her unused accrued vacation leave and holiday leave on the effective date of the layoff. C. When an individual is reemployed he/she shall be entitled to: 0 ) Retain his/her seniority date. (2) Accrue vacation leave at the same rate at which it was accrued at the time of the layoff. (3) Have any unused sick leave reinstated. (4) The same retirement package prior to layoff, assuming that the employee has not withdrawn his/her PERS funds. If an employee has withdrawn funds, he/she will be reinstated to the retirement package which is currently in effect for all newly hired employees unless the employee notifies PIERS within 90 days that he/she wishes to redeposit the withdrawn funds. 2. An individual reemployed into the job from which he/she was laid off shall be assigned to the same salary range and step he/she held at the time of the layoff. An individual reemployed into a job classification other than the classification from which he/she was laid off shall be assigned to the salary range of the new classification at the amount closest to the salary he/she earned at the time of the 3 layoff. 3. When an individual has been reemployed after a layoff by bumping back to a lower job classification prior to being laid -off, he/she will be placed on a re- employment list for the higher job classification held prior to bumping back. 4. A probationary employee who is reemployed shall be responsible for completing his/her probationary time commitment. Similarly, an individual who is reemployed shall complete, upon return to the job, the same work time he/she would have had to work at the time of the layoff to attain a higher vacation leave accrual rate or to become eligible for a salary step increase. 5. The intent of the layoff policy is to have the last hired the first laid off. 50 ARTICLE 34 WORK ACTIONS Participation by an employee in a strike or a concerted work stoppage shall be deemed to pose an ----- imminent threat to public health or safety and is unlawful, furthermore, it shall terminate the employment relation. Provided however that nothing herein shall be so construed as to affect the right of any employee to abandon or to resign his employment. (a) Employee organizations shall not hinder, delay, interfere with, nor coerce employees of the City to hinder, delay, or interfere with, the peaceful performance of City services by strike, concerted work stoppage, cessation of work, slow -down, sit-down, stay -away, or unlawful picketing. (b) In the event that there occurs any strike, concerted work stoppage, or any other form of interference with or limitation of the peaceful performance of City services prohibited by this Article, the City, in addition to any other lawful remedies or disciplinary actions, may, by action of the Municipal Employee Relations Officer cancel any or all payroll i deductions, prohibit the use of bulletin boards, prohibit the use of City facilities, and withdraw recognition of the employee organization or organizations participating in such actions. (c) Employee members of any employee organization shall not be locked out or prevented by management officials from performing their assigned duties when such employees are willing to perform such duties in the customary manner and at a reasonable level of efficiency. Any decision made under the provisions of this Section may be appealed to the City Council by filing a written Notice of Appeal with the City Clerk, accompanied by a complete statement setting forth all of the facts upon which the appeal is based. Such Notice of Appeal must be filed within ten (10) working days after the affected employee organization first received notice of the decision upon which the complaint is based, or it will be considered closed and not subject to any other appeal. 51 ARTICLE 35 ENTRY LEVEL FIREFIGHTERS A. The City has added four lower pay steps to the existing firefighter range. Step progression will be subject to existing personnel standards, with the timing for progression as follows: Probationary firefighters will move from Step A to Step B after six months. Progression from Step B to Step H will be at one-year intervals for each Step, and from Step H to Step I at a two-year interval. B. Upon the expiration of the Memorandum of Agreement, the following sections will be placed in a side letter which will contain the following language stipulating that: (a).these provisions are protected by the binding grievance arbitration and impasse resolution processes contained in Resolution #6620; and (b) that the impacts of any changes to these agreements are negotiable and fall within the scope of bargaining. Probationary firefighters may not act as paramedics. They may intern for paramedic status after completion of the 18-month probationary period, with possible exceptions granted by the Fire Chief after 12 months for exceptionally well -trained firefighters, following consultation with the employee's Captain, the Training Battalion Chief, a Union representative and the Paramedic Coordinator. 2. Testing for entry-level firefighters will occur every two years using the CPS test or equivalent. A current eligibility list will be maintained and entry-level firefighters will go through the current standard "academy", as set forth in General Order 501.03. 3. Firefighter Apprentices will be allowed to apply for entry-level firefighter positions outside the limitation on the number of applications to be accepted. For a given recruitment, if the number of applications received by the City for entry-level firefighter positions is to be limited, the limit will not be less than 100. 4. For new entry-level firefighters, the State Fire Marshal's Firefighter I certification will be required. For new entry-level firefighter paramedics, a minimum of Firefighter I Academy certification is required. All other employment standards remain the same. 52 ARTICLE 36 DEPARTMENT ASSESSMENT The City agrees to undertake an assessment of the Fire Department following the procedures outlined in the ICMAIIAFC manual and to have the assessment completed by July 1, 2000. There shall be no limitations on what can be considered during this process, provided that the subject matter falls within the general framework of the assessment format. The Union and the City agree that the assessment's findings and conclusions will be advisory only to the City Administrative Officer, and that adoption of any of the findings and conclusions will require the City Administrative Officer's approval and recommendation to the City Council. The Union and the City further agree that implementation of the assessment's findings and conclusions will be subject to the meet and confer requirements under the California Government Code, Section 3500 et. Seq. Should it become apparent to both parties that an extension of the completion date is necessary, both parties will meet and discuss an extension of the completion date by mutual agreement. 53 ARTICLE 37 STAFFING A. The current number of positions in the Fire Department represented by the Fire Union is 12 Fire Captains, 15 Fire Engineers, 13 Firefighters, 1 Fire Vehicle Mechanic, and 15 Paramedics within the ranks of Firefighter and Engineer. If it becomes necessary for the City to exercise its management right to change those staffing levels, the City acknowledges its responsibility to meet and confer with the Union on the impacts of any such changes. B. There will be no reserve program implemented during the term of this agreement. C. The City and the Union share jointly in pursuing the goal of 3-person engine companies at all stations on all shifts. D. The present status of the Apprentice Program does not impact on the bargaining unit integrity. The City recognizes its obligations to meet and confer on any future impacts of the Apprentice Program on the bargaining unit. E. In the absence of the Battalion Chief, the Fire Chief may temporarily act as Battalion Chief in situations that would preserve 3-person engine companies at all four stations. 54 ARTICLE 38 SENIORITY BIDDING FOR STATION ASSIGNMENT A. Intent: Utilize years of service as an empowerment tool for the employee. Thus enhancing their productivity and morale, through their ability to choose station assignment, program assignment and working partners. B. Process: Appropriate lists and sign-up sheets will be passed out the first of July. The selection process should be completed by September 1st. Placement on the appropriate list is based on seniority within the Fire Department. Bidding will take place the first year in the following order; Captains (1), Engineers (2) and Firefighters (3). Every two years the bidding order will rotate. First to choose in the prior year will choose last with second and third choices moving up respectively, e.g. 1,2,3; 2,3,1; 3,1,2. Rookie firefighters will not be included in the station selection process until they have completed their probationary period. Each station will have a Paramedic assigned to it from the ranks of the engineer or firefighter. Each shift will have five paramedics. The (5th) paramedic should be stationed at fire station 1 Station assignments would take place based on FLSA periods with the intent to eliminate or minimize overtime due to personnel movement. Individuals working out of grade will work at the station at which the vacancy is occurring. Selection of the individuals who will work out of grade is to remain consistent with existing policies. Vacancies created by promotion or retirements are to be filled by the newly promoted individuals. 55 Administration of the Fire Department recognizes and supports the premise that placing employees at stations of their preference is beneficial. The Fire Department Administration needs a degree of flexibility to accomplish the following goals (in order of priority): 1. Staff the training station with qualified personnel. 2. Placement of the SAE 3. Allow for mentoring and conflict resolution Adjustment of employee station bids by fire Department Administration, should take place in September before vacation selection. Station bid adjustments by Fire Department Administration shall be accompanied by written justification as to the perceived need. After initial placement, movement of personnel shall be for a period of six months. At the end of this six-month period, the effected personnel shall return to their station of choice. Reasons for moves for more than six months or for permanent relocation need to be in writing. Except in extraordinary circumstances no movement of personnel will be initiated during the months of November and December. When movement of personnel is initiated by the Department and is not due to any fault of the individual(s), the Department will honor all approved time off requests. C. Issue Resolution Committee: Intent: The intent of the Issue Resolution Committee is two fold: First, is to deal with the larger issue of how the program works. Does the process work; are we able to meet the goals of the program and the department? } 56 Second, are both labor and management needs being addressed fairly and equitably. Committee membership: The Issue Resolution Committee (IRC) will consist of a Battalion Chief (appointed by the Fire Chief) and the Fire Marshal from management. The Vice -President and the Sergeant of Arms will represent the employee's bargaining unit. A fifth member will be chosen by the above four members. The fire chief or the labor president can substitute the members from management and labor, respectively, for cause. Issue Resolution: The Firefighters Association, through their Board of Directors, or Fire Department Administration, through the Fire Chief, can bring issues to the Committee. The IRC will convene within five business days of receipt of an issue of concern or a question of process. Issues will be decided based on the information presented to the committee. Issues or questions will be considered resolved by a vote of 4 out of 5 committee members. The IRC will review the overall program as it relates to program and department goals annually or as needed. Unresolved issues will be taken to the next contract negotiations as a negotiable issue. The IRC will attempt to resolve issues of a personal nature, i.e. station placement, or an interpretation of the process, as they come up. If the committee cannot resolve an issue, the Fire Chief will resolve the issue. By mutual agreement of the Firefighters Association and Fire Department Administration, this program can be discontinued at any time. 57 All committee members performing the duties of this committee while off duty will be compensated with CTO, hour for hour. W ARTICLE 39 The City and the Union agree to reopen negotiations during the term of this agreement as follows: 1. The Union agrees to a future opener to discuss an incentive program to reduce sick leave usage as part of a joint process with other employee associations. 2. The City and Union will meet and confer on implementation of a 401(h) program, or other mutually accepted programs, which would allow for the donation of holiday and/or other paid time into tax deferred accounts for use for retiree medical and other purposes. 3. Within ninety (90) days of the ratification of the agreement; the City and Union will complete negotiations the Departmental Disciplinary Policy. M ARTICLE 40 FULL AGREEMENT It is understood this Agreement represents a complete and final understanding on all negotiable issues between the City and the Union. This Agreement supersedes all previous Memoranda of Understanding or Memoranda of Agreement between the City and the Union except as specifically referred to in this Agreement. During the life of this Memorandum of Agreement, should either party desire to modify its terms or to meet and confer with respect to matters within the scope of representation, such party shall request in writing to meet and confer on such item(s), which item(s) shall be specified in writing. During the life of this Memorandum of Agreement, either party may refuse such a request without explanation, and no unilateral action may be taken on the matter within the scope of representation during the term of this agreement. z1 ARTICLE 41 SAVINGS CLAUSE If any provision of this Agreement should be held invalid by operation of law or by any court of competent jurisdiction, or if compliance with or enforcement of any provision should be restrained by any tribunal, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and the parties shall enter into a meet and confer session for the sole purpose of arriving at a mutually satisfactory replacement for such provision within thirty (30) day work period. If no Agreement has been reached, the parties agree to invoke the provision of impasse under Section 13 of City Resolution No. 6620 (1989 Series) 61 ARTICLE 42 Pursuant to Resolution No. 6287, (1989 Series): If either parry wishes to make changes to this -- _ ------ --- _._ agreement, that party shall serve upon the other its written request to negotiate as well as its initial proposals for an amended Agreement. Such notice and proposals must be submitted to the other party by February 15, 2001. If notice is properly and timely given, negotiations shall commence no later than March 15, 2001. 62 ARTICLE 43 AUTHORIZED AGENTS For the purpose of administering the terms and provisions of this Agreement: A. The Union's principal authorized agent shall be the President (address: 2160 Santa Barbara Street, San Luis Obispo, California 93401; telephone: (805) 781-7380). B. Management's principal authorized agent shall be the Human Resources Director or his/her duly authorized representative (address: 990 Palm Street, San Luis Obispo, California 93401; telephone: (805) 781-7250). 63 ARTICLE 44 TERM OF AGREEMENT This Agreement shall become effective as of July 1, 1999 and continue in full force and effect until expiration at midnight, June 30, 2001. SIGNATURES 1. Classifications covered by this Agreement and included within this unit are shown in Appendix "A". 2. This Agreement does not apply to Temporary Employees or Part-time employees. This Agreement was executed on February 29, 2000, by the following parties. CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS, LOCAL 3523 —4j, - Z�Z�- William Avery, City Con tart n Veillette, Chief Negotiator I r1V-AW40Wj— ��%1 t�C Wendy rge, Assis ant to the CAO MarkMcCulloug resi rn m APPENDIX A CLASSIFICATION CLASSIFICATION CODE SALARY RANGE Firefighter 6040 612 Fire Vehicle Mechanic 6030 616 Fire Engineer/Inspector 6020 615 Fire Captain 6010 621 Gf7 APPENDIX B WORK SCHEDULE ILLUSTRATION For purposes of illustration only, the shift schedule pattern for employees working a fifty-six (56) hour work week consists of five (5) twenty-four (24) hour on -duty periods within a twenty-four (24) day cycle which is worked in accordance with the following chart: X = 24-hour on -duty period O = 24-hour off -duty period SCHEDULE: XOXOXOXOOOOOOXOXOXOOOO APPENDIX C EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES AND BENEFITS - SICK LEAVE Sick leave is governed by Section 2.36.420 of the Municipal Code and reads as follows: 2.36.420 Emolovee responsibilities and benefits - Sick leave. A. Sick Leave Defined. "Sick leave" shall be defined as follows: Absence from duty because of illness or off -the -job injury, or exposure to contagious diseases as evidence by certification from an accepted medical authority; 2. At each employee's option, absence from duty due to the death of a member of the "employee's immediate family," meaning spouse, child, brother, sister, parent, parent -in- law, step-parent, step -brother, step -sister, or any other relative living in the same household, provided such leave as defined in this subsection shall not exceed five working days from each incident. The employee may be required to submit proof of relative's death before being granted sick leave pay; 3. An employee whose memorandum of understanding incorporates a provision for "family leave" may use sick leave not to exceed three days per year if required to be away from his/her job to personally care for a member of the employee's immediate family as defined in this subsection. Rules Governing Sick Leave. Each incumbent of a line -item position shall accrue sick leave with pay at the rate of twelve days or the shift equivalent per year of continuous service since the benefit date. 2. Sick leave may be used after the completion of the month of service in which it was earned. 3. Sick leave shall begin with the first day of illness. 4. Department heads shall be responsible to the city administrative officer for the uses of sick leave in their departments. 67 5. A department head shall require written proof of illness from an authorized medical authority at the employee's expense for sick leave use in excess of five consecutive f working days by personnel in his/her department. Such proof may be required for periods of less than five consecutive working days where there exists indication of abuse. 6. Any employee who is absent because of sickness or other physical disability shall notify his/her immediate supervisor or department head as soon as possible but in any event during the first day of absence. Any employee who fails to comply with this provision without having a valid reason will be placed on leave of absence without pay during the unexcused absence and be subject to disciplinary action in accordance with procedures established by this chapter. 7. Any employee absent for an extended illness or other physical disability may be required by the personnel director to have an examination by the city's medical examiner at city expense prior to reinstatement to the city service. 8. An appointing authority, subject to approval of the personnel director, may require any employee to be medically examined where reasonable cause exists to believe that an employee has a medical condition which impairs his/her job effectiveness or may endanger the health, safety or welfare of the employee, other employees or the public. Employees who are judged to be physically incapable of meeting normal requirements of their positions may be placed in a classification of work for which they are suitable when a vacancy exists, or may be separated for physical disability. 9. In the event that an employee's sick leave benefits become exhausted due to illness or exposure to contagious disease, the employee shall revert to a status of leave of absence without pay and be subject to the provisions of Section 2.36.460. 10. The right to benefits under the sick leave plan shall continue only during the period that the employee is employed by the city. This plan shall not give any employee the right to be retained in the services of the city, or any right of claim to sickness disability benefits after separation from the service of the city. When an employee receives compensation under the Worker's Compensation Act of California, such compensation received shall be M. considered part of the salary to be paid to the employee eligible for such payments as required by state law. The amount paid by the city shall be the difference between the amount received by the employee from the city's compensation insurance coverage and the eligible employee's regular rate of pay. 11. Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, no employee shall be entitled to receive any payment or other compensation from the city while absent from duty by reason of injuries or disability received as a result of engaging in employment other than employment by the city for monetary gain or other compensation, or by reason of engaging in business or activity for monetary or other compensation other than business or activity connected with his/her city employment. 12. A public safety employee shall not receive sick leave payments while receiving Worker's Compensation payments. 13. Accumulation of sick leave days shall be unlimited. (Prior code 2708.5) M Salary -Range -Listing ---July 1-999 Thr-ough-June--2001-- - September 2000 4% Increase Step 1 Step 2 Step3 Step4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Salary Position Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Range Title Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly 612 Firefighter 2,886 31038 3,198 3,366 3,544 3,730 3,926 4,133 4,351 1,332 1,402 1,476 1,554 1,636 1,722 1,812 1,908 2,008 615 Fire Engineer/ 3,835 4,037 4,249 4,473 4,708 Inspector 1,770 1,863 1,961 2,064 2,173 616 Fire Vehicle 3,934 4,141 4,359 4,588 4,830 Mechanic 1,816 1,911 . 2,012 2,118 2,229 621 Fire Captain 4,482 4,718 4,967 5,228 5,503 2,069 2,178 2,292 2,413 2,540 1 71 APPENDIX D SALARY RANGE LISTING __.___.._,._Salary_Range_Listing.� J.uly_1.99.9 Th. r_ough_June 2QOi _._____ July 1999 3% Increase Step 1 Step 2 Step3 Step4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Salary Position Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Range Title Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-weekly 612 Firefighter 2,721 2,864 3,015 3,174 3,341 3,517 3,702 3,896 4,102 1,256 1,322 1,392 1,465 1,542 1,623 1,708 1,798 1,893 615 Fire Engineer/ 3,614 3,804 4,005 4,215 4,437 Inspector 1,668 1,756 1,848 1,946 2,048 616 Fire Vehicle 3,708 3,903 4,108 4,325 4,552 Mechanic 1,711 1,801 1,896 1,996 2,101 621 Fire Captain 4,225 4,447 4,681 4,928 5,187 1,950 2,053 2,161 2,274 2,394 March 2000 2% Increase Step 1 Step 2 Step3 Step4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Salary Position Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Range Title Bi-Weekly Eli -Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly Eli -Weekly 612 Firefighter 2,776 2,922 3,076 3,237 3,408 3,587 3,776 3,975 4,184 1,281 1,348 1,419 1,494 1,573 1,656 1,743 1,834 1,931 615 Fire Engineer/ 3,687 3,881 4,085 4,300 4,526 Inspector 1,702 1,791 1,885 1,985 2,089 616 Fire Vehicle 3,782 3,981 4,190 4,411 4,643 Mechanic 1,745 1,837 1,934 2,036 2,143 621 Fire Captain 4,310 4,536 4,775 5,026 5,291 1,989 2,094 2,204 . _2,320 2,442 70 SIDE LETTERS The documents following this section are all Side Letters of Agreement between the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523 and the City of San Luis Obispo. They should not be construed to be part of the Memorandum of Agreement and are not subject to the terms of Article 38, Full Agreement. Any dispute over interpretation or application of the side letters shall be referable to the grievance and arbitration procedures of the MOA. j SIDE LETTER DOCUMENTS WHICH FALL WITHIN THE SCOPE OF REPRESENTATION The City of San Luis Obispo and the International Association of Firefighters, Local 3523, recognize the attached letter from William Avery, dated March 18, 1996, as defining which existing side letters and General Operations Manual policies fall within the scope of representation. This agreement fulfills Paragraph 4, Article 35 of the 1994-97 Memorandum of Agreement. CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO WKeHa44pWian�Assista�t City Administrative Officer 2ZOL9 Date INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS, LOCAL 3523 nn Mark McCullough, Pitesident Date T WILLIAIK AVERY & ASSOCIATES, INC. MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS March 18,1996 Wendy George i City of San Luis Obispo 990 Palm Street _ —San Luis O.bispo,OA_.93401-3249_ Dear Wendy. Following is my preliminary review of the issue of which general operations sections, personnel Wile sections and side letter or addendum MOA agreements should be incorporated into the existing Memorandum between the City and the San Luis Obispo Firefighters Association. Please note that while many of these documents contain matters which relate to the scope for representation, it is certainly not necessary that they be replicated in the MOA. In some cases a reference might be appropriate. it should also be noted that whether or not a matter is incorporated in the MOA at all, City's obligations with regard to meet and confer are the same. GENERAL ORDERS The following general orders sections contain matters within scope. 201.02 Relief 201.03 Fire Enginoer Positions 201.04 Minimum Staffing Policy 201.05 Temporary Vacancies 202.01 Voluntary and Mandatory Overtime 204.01 Vacation 204.02 Compensatory Time Off 204.03 Holiday Leave 204.04 Sick Leave Use/Certification 204.08 Jury Duty 1 205.01 Bi-annual Abbreviated Rtness Testing 206.01 Shift Transfers 206.04 Residency Requirements 302.15 Hazardous Materials 405.05 Telephone Pagers The following general orders, while perhaps having some tangential impact on matters within scope, are primarily matters of law, management right, or administrative to nature. 206.02 Smoking Regulations 206.03 Personnel Evaluations 207.01 Time Cards 208.01 Travel Reimbursement Authorization 902.03 Injury Report 603.01 Nighttime Inspectors 501.01 Training Program 501.02 Outside Training Program 501.03 RectuiUProbattonary Training Regulations 3'/a N. Santa Cruz Avenue, Suite 6 • Los Galas, CA 95030 • (408) 399-4424 FAX (408) 399-4423 Page 2 PERSONNEL RULES You provided me with a copy of the personnel Hiles. It is not.elear to me if there are requests that sections of the personnel Hiles be referenced or incorporated in the MOA. If so, the following appear to contain matters substantively affecting the scope of representation. 2.36.240-B4 Compensation for Temporary Assignments 236.320 All affecting discipline 236330 " 2.36.340 " 236350 " 2.36.390 Outside Employment LEPI'ERS OF AGREEMFAff December 15, 1993 re: Hazardous Materials. It would appear this meet and confer has concluded and the side letter need not be incorporated September 16, 1993, MCA language changes This language has already been incorporated. June may be appropriate to reference the language under current staffing. ADDENDUM MOA'S Layoff Policy - This language has already been incorporated in the MOA. Second PERS Health Benefit Program - This language has been incorporated in the MOA. Drug Free Workplace Policy - This addendum, and/or subsequent agreements could be referenced in the MCA. This particular policy contains nothing other than minimum requirements of Federal law. Flexible Benefits Program - The language in this addendum contains many steps which presumably have been completed. A generalized reference in the MOA would be appropriate. Medical Plan Review Committee - Sufficient language on this subject already appears in the MCA, it need not be incorporated M1SC171.ANEOUS The following documents have been provided They have been given general operations policy numbers although they are City-wide documents. They would not appear to substantively impact matters within scope. 20902 Code of Ethics 20903 Sexual Harrassment Avoidance Policy 20904 Affumative Action Program 20909 Employer -Employs Resolution 20906 Guide to Family/Medical Leave Program Page 3 The following policy could be incorporated by reference or appended: 209.05 Catastrophic Leave Policy Please call after you've had a chance to review this. Sirb y, Rrlliarn H. Avery WHA:ksd 70TrL P.04 RESOLUTION NO. 8906 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ACCEPTING A NEGOTIATED EXCHANGE OF PROPERTY TAX REVENUE AND ANNUAL TAX INCREMENT BETWEEN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AND THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO FOR THE DEVAUL RANCH ANNEXATION (LAFCo Application #54) (City File No. ANNX 102 -96) WHEREAS, in the case of a jurisdictional change other than a city incorporation or district formation which will alter the service area or responsibility of a local agency, Revenue and Taxation Code Section 99(a)(1) requires that the amount of property tax revenue to be exchanged, if any, and the amount of annual tax increment to be exchanged among the affected local agencies shall be determined by negotiation; and WHEREAS, when a city is involved, the negotiations are conducted between the City Council and the Board of Supervisors of the County; and WHEREAS; when a special district is involved, the negotiations are conducted bythe Board of Supervisors of the County on behalf of the district or districts, unless ohawise requested by said district or districts pursuant to Revenue and Taxation Code Section 99(b)(5); and WHEREAS, Revenue and Taxation Code Section 99(b)(6) requires that each local agency, upon completion of negotiations, adopt resolutions whereby said local agencies agree to accept the negotiated exchange of property tax revenues, if any, and annual tax increment and requires that each local agency transmit a copy of each such resolution to the Executive Officer of the Local Agency Formation Commission; and WHEREAS, no later than the date on which the certificate of completion of the jurisdictional change is recorded with the County Recorder, the Executive Officer shall notify_ the County Auditor of the exchange of property tax revenues by transmitting a copy of said resolution to the County Auditor, and the County Auditor shall thereafter make the appropriate adjustments as required by law; and WHEREAS, the negotiations have taken place concerning the transfer of property tax revenues and annual tax increment between the County of San Luis Obispo and the City of San Luis Obispo pursuant to Section 99(a)(1) for the jurisdictional change designated as Annexation No: 54 to the City of San Luis Obispo (DeVaul Ranch Annexation); and WHEREAS, the:negotiating parties, to wit: Lee Williams, Deputy County Administrator, County of San Luis Obispo, and Ken.Hampian, Assistant City Administrative Officer, have negotiated the exchange of property tax revenue and annual tax increment between such entities as hereinafter set forth; and WHEREAS, it is in the public interest.that such negotiated exchange of property tax revenues and annual tax increment be consummated. R 8906 Page 1 of 3 Resolution No.89 (L_ ^ . Series) Page 2 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: That the recitals set forth above are true, correct, and valid. 2. That the City of San Luis Obispo agrees to accept the following negotiated exchange of base property tax revenues and annual tax increment: (a) No base property tax revenue shall be transferred from the County of San Luis Obispo to the City of San Luis Obispo. (b) Annual tax increment shall be transferred from the County to the City in an amount to determined by the County Auditor, based upon the following percentage agreed to by the negotiating parties: 12.54287. of the County's net, before the Education Revenue Augmentation Fund (ERAF). The tax increment shall be transferred from the County to the City in the fiscal year immediately following City notification to the County that it has approved the final map for the annexed properties and taken ownership of all open space areas. (c) After the City portion is transferred, all annual tax increment for the County Road Fund shall be transferred to the County General Fund. 3. Upon receipt of a certified copy of this resolution and a copy of the recorded certificate of completion, the County Auditor shall make the appropriate adjustments to property tax revenues and annual tax increments as set forth above. 4. That the City Clerk is authorized and directed to transmit a certified copy of the resolution to the Executive Officer of the San Luis Obispo Local Agency Formation Commission, who shall then distribute copies in the manner prescribed by law. On motion ofCouncil Member 'Ewaigeconded bfouncil Member Marx,and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 2ndday of February , 1999. R 8906 Page 2 of 3 Resolution No. 8906(1_`_, Series) Page 3 Lee Price, City Clerk APPROVED: h Attorney R 8906 Page 3 of 3 p rr` n; `' 'rz� ... RESOLUTION NO. 8905 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ESTABLISHING THE MONTEREY HEIGHTS AREA OF THE CITY AS A RESIDENTIAL PARKING PERMIT AREA AND ESTABLISHING DAYS AND HOURS OF OPERATION OF SAID AREA AND TIME OF RENEWAL FOR A PARKING PERMIT AND RESCINDING RESOLUTION NO. 8670 (1997 Series). WHEREAS, the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo has received a petition from a majority of the residents living in the Monterey Heights area as shown on Attachment 1 and; WHEREAS, the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo has determined that the quality of life for the residents ofthis area has been adversely affected by non - residents using the neighborhood streets for excessive parking and; WHEREAS, the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo has determined that the restriction of non - resident parked vehicles on the neighborhood streets will improve pedestrian and vehicular safety and allow residents to gain proper access to their residences and; WHEREAS, the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo has held a public hearing to consider the establishment of a residential parking permit district and has determined the parking permit district will improve the quality of life for the district:residents. NOW; THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows:. SECTION 1. Pursuant to Section 10.36.170 et seq. of the San Luis Obispo Municipal Code. the residential parking permit area is hereby established as shown on Attachment 1. SECTION 2: No vehicle other than vehicles providing services to the area or having a residential parking permit clearly displayed on the dashboard on the drivers side of the vehicle may park on any street within the district boundaries between the hours of 2am and l Opm, Monday through Friday. SECTION 3. The Public Works Director shall be directed to post the area with signs that. clearly indicate these restrictions. SECTION 4. The Parking Division shall issue residential parking permits on demand as permitted in Section 10.36:220 of the San Luis Obispo Municipal Code following approval of Residential District by the City Council and shall be renewed annually effective September 15. R 8905 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. 8905 Page Two Upon motion of Council Member Marx , seconded by Vice _Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 2nd day of February '1999 kilen -- ATTEST: Lee Price, City Clerk . APPROVED AS TO FORM: G. rge n, ty Attorney R 8905 Page 2 of 2 �� Cam' "�� �� ('V I �?M,Irr (1�,�w�� �' RESOLUTION NO.'8904 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO RELEASING A DIRECT OCJP GRANT AWARD TO THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo declines to directly accept funds made available through the Juvenile Accountability Incentive Block Grant (JAIBG) Program administered by the Office of Criminal Justice Planning (OCJP); and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo waives its right to its entire direct subgrant award and authorizes the funds to be expended by the County of San Luis Obispo for the mutual benefit of both units of local government. IT IS AGREED that any liability arising out of the performance of this Grant Award Agreement, including civil court actions for damages, shall be the responsibility of the grant recipient and the authorizing agency: The State of California and OCJP disclaim responsibility for any such liability. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that grant funds received hereunder shall not be used to supplant expenditures controlled by this body. Upon motion of Council zMember , seconded by Council Member Mari and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 2nd day of February '1999. Ma or Allen e e ATTEST: l / Lee Price, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: f G Jo ns , City Attorney R 8904 Page 1 of 1 del RESOLUTION NO." 8903 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE SAN LUIS OBISPO CITY COUNCIL ORDERING TERRITORY DESIGNATED AS THE FULLER ROAD ARE_ A ANNEXED TO THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO (SEQUENTIAL NO. 53; CITY FILE NO. ANN 70 -97) WHEREAS, the Local Agency Formation Commission of San Luis Obispo County on December 17, 1998, conducted a public hearing and adopted Resolution No. 98 -30, making determinations and approving the proposed annexation to the City of San Luis Obispo of territory described in the attached Exhibit A and by this reference incorporated herein; and WHEREAS, the terms and conditions of annexation as approved by the Local Agency Formation Commission were as follows: the City was required to hold a protest hearing; and WHEREAS, the reasons for this proposed annexation are: to make the territory subject to City land use regulations and to make the territory eligible for services provided by the City; and WHEREAS, the regular County assessment roll is utilized by this City; and WHEREAS, the affected territory will not be taxed for existing general bonded indebtedness of this City; and WHEREAS, the City Council on May 5, 1998, by Resolution No. 8797, approved a Negative Declaration for the proposed annexation, pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act and Guidelines; and WHEREAS, the City Council, by Ordinance No. 1337, has prezoned the territory consistent with the General Plan; and WHEREAS, the City, by City Council Resolution No. 8864, has accepted a negotiated exchange of property tax revenues for the territory with the County of San Luis Obispo, pursuant to Revenue and Taxation Code Section 99(b); and WHEREAS, a public hearing on this annexation was called for and held by this Council at the place and time noticed therefore on January 19, 1999, and this Council finds and determines that the value of written protests filed and not withdrawn is less than 25 percent of the registered voters residing within the territory to be annexed and less than 25 percent of the number of owners of land owning less than 25 percent of the assessed value of land within the territory; R 8903 Page 1 of 6 N Resolution No. 8903 Page 2 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo hereby orders the territory described in Exhibit A annexed, and directs the City Clerk to transmit certified copies of this resolution with applicable fees required by Section 54902.5 of the Government Code to the executive officer of the Local Agency Formation Commission of San Luis Obispo County. Council Member Council. Member On motion of Schwartz __ , seconded by Marx _ and on the following roll call vote: Ayes: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle Noes: None Absent: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this _ _ 244 day of February 1999. ZT Mayor Allen Settle APPROVED AS TO FORM: R 8003 Page 2 of, 6 Exhibit A ANNEXATION NO. 53 - TO THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO FULLER ROAD ET AL LEGAL DESCRIPTION - PAGE 1 OF 3 That portion of land situated in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, being portions of Lots 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82,103 and 108; all of Lots 104, 105, 106 and 107, together with a portion of a 30 ft. road known as Fuller Road, a portion of Broad St. (State Highway 227; formerly Edna Road), within the San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, including the Pacific Coast Railroad Right of Way, as shown on the map recorded on February 7, 1906 in Book 1, Page 92 of Records of Survey in the office of the County Recorder of said County-, more particularly described as follows: BEGINNING at a 1 -1/2" iron pipe with tag stamped RCE 12545, accepted as marking the intersection of the easterly prolongation of the northerly line of Lot 103 of said San, Luis Obispo Suburban Tract with the easterly line of the Pacific Coast Railroad Right of Way, also being a point on the San Luis Obispo City Limits Line, as shown on that certain map recorded February 7, 1986 and filed in Book 51 , Page 51 of Record of Surveys in the office of the said County Recorder; THENCE, along said City Limits Line S 6 °48'47 "E a distance of 194.:39 ft along the easterly boundary of the said Pacific Coast Railroad Right of Way per said Record of Surveys recorded in Book 51, page 51; THENCE continuing along said Railroad. Right of way through a curve concave easterly with a radius of 924.95' through a central angle of 58 °49'00 "; THENCE S65 037'47 "E a distance of 43.27 ft; to a point marked S.188 on the map of the aforesaid Record of Survey filed in Book 1, Page 92, said point being the southerly comer of Lot 111 per said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract; THENCE; along the southwesterly prolongation of the southeasterly line of Lot 111 of said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, S52 °50'32 "W a distance of 34.13 ft., more or less, per said Record of Surveys recorded in Book 51 Page 51, to a point on the centerline of said Pacific Coast Railroad Right of Way-, THENCE, southeasterly along the said Pacific Coast Railroad centerline, S65 °37'47"E a distance of 8.26 ft., more or less, to the most northerly point of Tract 2211, recorded in Book 18 of Maps at Page 31, in the office of the said County Recorder, also lying on the centerline of the 30 ft. wide road, now known as Fuller Road; THENCE, southwesterly along the northwesterly boundary of said Tract 2211 S65006'5 8"W a distance of 75.42 ft., more or less, along the centerline of said Fuller Rd., to the northwesterly corner of said Tract 2211; THENCE, along the southwesterly boundary of said Tract 2211, S28 °53'52 "E a distance of 936.17 ft., more or less, to the most southerly corner of said Tract 2211, also being the common corner of Lots 107, 108 and 109 of said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract; THENCE, leaving said City Limits Line southerly along the easterly line of said Lot 108, S 01002'55"W a distance of 1001.64 ft per parcel map recorded in Book 14 of Parcel Maps at page 22; THENCE S 01 °22'58" a distance of 591:51 ft., more or less, to a point on the existing northeasterly Right of Way line of Broad Street (State Highway 227);. R 8903 Page 3 of 6 ANNEXATION NO. 53 - TO THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO LEGAL DESCRIPTION - PAGE 2 OF 3 THENCE, southwesterly along a line at right angles to the northeasterly line of Lot 75 of said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, also being the existing southwesterly Right of Way line of said Broad St. (State Highway 227), S 54 046'04 "W a distance of 127.0 ft., more or less, to a point on the said southwesterly Right of Way line; THENCE, northwesterly along the said southwesterly Right of Way line of Broad St., N35 113'56 "W a distance of 2,032.75 ft., more or less, to an angle pointn Broad St.; THENCE, continuing northwesterly along the said southwesterly Broad St. Right of Way line N23 °30'30 "W a distance of 67.14 ft. to the beginning of a non - tangent curve, concave to the east and having a radius of 3,555 ft., through a central angle of 14 135'54 ", a distance of 905.77 ft. to the E.C. of said curve; THENCE, continuing northwesterly along said Right of way line, tangent to said curve, N20 000'00' W a distance of 521.35 ft. to the beginning of a curve, concave to the west, having a radius of 6,945 ft., through a central angle of 03 037'24" a distance of 439.20 ft. to the E.C. of said curve and also being an angle point to the left on said Right of Way; THENCE, continuing northwesterly along said Right of Way N38'00'1 3"W a distance of 102.69 ft., more or less, to a point distant 80 ft. westerly of the centerline of Broad St. per the State Highway Right of Way Map; THENCE, continuing northwesterly, parallel with and distant 80 ft. southwesterly of the said centerline of Broad St., N23 °28'26 "W a distance of 125 ft. to a point; THENCE, continuing northwesterly along the said State Right of Way line, N 1101 1'45"W a distance of 48.81 ft., more or less, to a point on the existing City of San . Luis Obispo City Limit Line; THENCE; northeasterly along the existing City Limit Line N66'3 1'24"E a distance of 94 ft., more or less, to an angle point in the existing City Limit Line, said point also being the northwest corner of Lot 101 of the said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract; THENCE, southeasterly along the said existing San Luis Obispo City Limit Line and westerly line of Lots 101 and 102, S23 °28'36 "E a distance of 660 ft., more or less, to the southwest corner of Lot 102; THENCE, N66 °3 1'28 "E along the southerly line of said Lot 102, a distance of 26.27 ft., more or less, to the existing northeasterly Right of Way line of Broad St., also being the northwestern comer of Lot 16, as shown on the map of Tract 2248, as recorded in Book 18, Page 18 of maps in the office of the said County Recorder; R 8903 Page 4 of 6 ANNEXATION NO. 53 - TO THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO LEGAL DESCRIPTION - PAGE 3 OF 3 THENCE, southeasterly along the existing northeasterly Right of Way line of said Broad St., along a non- tangent curve, concave westerly, with a radius of 7,055 ft:, through a central angle of 0° 16'35 ", a distance of 34.03 ft., THENCE, along a tangent to said curve, S20'1 1'53"E, a distance of 156.25 ft., more or less, to its intersection with the southerly Right of Way line of El Capitan Way, said point being 140 ft. northerly of the southerly line of Lot 103 of said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract; THENCE, N6603 1'24"E along the existing boundary of the City of San Luis Obispo, also being the said existing southerly right of way line of El Capitan Way and its easterly projection, parallel with the southerly line of Lot 103, a distance of 899.61 ft., more or less, to the northwesterly line of the aforesaid Pacific Coast Railroad Right of Way; THENCE, northwesterly along the said northwesterly line of the Pacific Coast Railroad Right of Way, also being the existing boundary of the City of San Luis Obispo, through a non- tangent curve, concave easterly with a radius of 984.95 ft., through a central angle of 00 029'02 ", a distance of 8.32 ft.; THENCE N05 025'20 "E, a distance of 192.81 ft., more or less, to the northeast comer of said Lot 103 and also being a point marked S 178 on the said San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract; THENCE, N66 °31' 1 l E along the northeasterly prolongation of the northerly line of said Lot 103, a distance of 63.11 ft., more or less, to the POINT OF BEGINNING. END OF DESCRIPTION (Containing 70.7 Acres, more or less) DevRev \ ... \Annex. 53 legal desc r, niq�QFESSto 22601;! { rn �v jf /I/ /�/ y R 8903 Page 5 of 6 OF MW ��� 1 L��(z ) C /� D�� �� RESOLUTIONNO. 8901999 SERIES) Al2ESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ACCEPTING THE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS FOR TRACT 2202 (Units 1 & 2) WHEREAS, the City Council made certain findings concerning Tract 2202 (Units 1 & 2)1 as contained in Resolution No. 8485 (1996 Series), and WHEREAS, the City Council approved the final maps for Tract 2202 (Units 1 & 2), per Resolution No. 8642 (1997 Series) and Resolution 8702 (1997 Series), and WHEREAS, the subdivider has satisfactorily completed the subdivision improvements for Tract 2202 (Units 1 & 2), in accordance with City standards, specifications and the subdivision agreements, and has requested City acceptance of the public improvements for maintenan ce and operation and for release of pertinent surety. NOW THEREFORE, the City Council hereby accepts the public improvements for Tract No. 2202 (Units 1 & 2). The respective Faithful Performance sureties ($820,000 and $244,000, respectively) are hereby reduced to ten percent of their principal amounts, in accordance with the subdivision agreement. The Labor & Materials sureties shall be held for the period prescribed in Section 66499.7 of the Subdivision Map Act. The Mayor is hereby authorized to execute an agreement between the City and the subdivider providing for the collection of reimbursement fees, as a condition of any sewer and water connections to mains constructed by the subdivider, by " non - participating" properties. Council Member On motion of . Schwartz ,seconded by Council Member Marx and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero, R 8902 Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. 89011999 Series) Pagetwo the foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this 2nd day of February , 1999. ayor lien K: ettle EST; City Jerk Lee Price Approved as to Form: i. , tto e effrV G. Jorgenson Council Agenda Reports/Acceptanceof Public Improvements =. Tract 2202 (Units 1& 2) R 8902 Page 2 of 2 ,r/z ( / 120 i Recording requested by and when recorded mail to: City Clerk 990 Palm Street San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 Doc No: 1999 - 041231 Official Records San Luis Obispo Co. Julie L. Rodewald Recorder Jun 30, 1999 Time: 14:05 [ 41 RESOLUTION NO. 8901 (1999 Series) Rpt No: 00058815' ;NF -1 0.001 ;TOTAL 0.00 A RESOLUTION -OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO FINDING AND DETERMINING THAT A PORTION OF JOHNSON AVENUE, BETWEEN BUCHON STREET AND THE UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT OF WAY (FORMERLY SOUTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD R/W), IS UNNECESSARY FOR PRESENT OR PROSPECTIVE PUBLIC STREET PURPOSES AND ORDERING ITS ABANDONMENT, SUBJECT TO RESERVATION OF SPECIFIC EASEMENTS. BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. In accordance with the public hearing duly held on January 19, 1999, pursuant to Section 8300 et seq. of the California Streets and Highways Code, this Council finds and determines that a portion of Johnson Avenue, between Buchon Street and the Union Pacific Railroad right of way (formerly Southern Pacific Railroad R/W), as described and shown on the map marked Exhibit "A ", attached hereto and incorporated herein, is not necessary for present or future public street purposes. SECTION 2. This Council hereby orders the abandonment of said right -of -way subject to: A. Reservation of an easement for public utilities, City sanitary sewer and water mains and appurtenances and storm drainage purposes, over the entire abandonment area. B. Reservation of an easement for public pedestrian and bicycle purposes, over that portion of abandoned right of way, as depicted on the attached Exhibit "A ". C. Recordation of a 16 ft. wide common driveway agreement which provides for common 8901 Page 1 of 4 i 10 Resolution No. 8901 (1999 Series) Page Two driveway access in perpetuity to parcels formerly served by the right of way, to the satisfaction of the Community Development Director. D. Item C must be met within one (1) year of this date. Otherwise, this resolution will expire and be null and void. SECTION 3. Upon notification to the City Clerk by the Director of Public Works that the condition prescribed in Section 2.0 has been met, the City Clerk shall cause a certified copy of this Resolution of Abandonment, duly attested under the seal of the City, to be recorded in the Office of the San Luis Obispo County Recorder.. On motion of Councilmember Marx, seconded by Vice -Mayor Romero, and on the following roll call vote, AYES: Councilmembers Marx and Schwartz, Vice -Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: Councilmember Ewan the foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this 19th day of Jarigga, 1999. Settle APPROVED AS TO FORM: CI T RNFy� Je ey G. Jorgensen / I: /Council Agenda Reports/CC report - Johnson Avenue Final 8901 Page 2 of 4 EXHIBIT "A" Sheet 1 of 2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION AVENUE ABANDONMENT - BETWEEN BUCHON STREET - AND UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD R/W . That portion of Johnson Avenue (formerly Essex Street) as shown on the map of the Central Addition to the City of San Luis Obispo, recorded in Book A of Maps at Page 55; and a portion of the Deleissiguez Tract, as shown on that certain map recorded in Book A of Maps at Page 95, in the office of the County Recorder; County of San Luis. Obispo, State of California, more particularly described as follows: BEGINNING at the northeasterly comer of Lot 8, Block 21 of the aforesaid Central Addition, southeasterly along the northeasterly line of said Lot 8 and its southeasterly projection, also being the southwesterly right of way line of Johnson Avenue (formerly Essex St.) a distance of 190 ft., more or less, to the northerly right of way line of Munoz Street (Abandoned Street); THENCE, northeasterly along the said northerly right of way line of Munoz Street a distance of 11.3 ft., more or less, to the northwesterly right of way line of the Union Pacific Railroad (formerly Southern Pacific Railroad); THENCE, northeasterly along said northwesterly right of way line a distance of 19.6 ft., more or less, to a point distant 26 ft. northeasterly from the aforesaid southwesterly right of way line of Johnson Avenue (measured at right angles); THENCE, northwesterly, parallel with the southwesterly right of way line of Johnson Avenue a distance of 90.6 ft, more or less, to a point distant 30 ft. from and on a,radial bearing to, the present construction centerline of Johnson Avenue (200 ft. radius) per the Johnson Avenue railroad underpass plans on file in the Office of the San Luis Obispo City Engineer (City Engineering File # 4028 B), also being at the back of a 6 ft. wide sidewalk as it exists on this. date; THENCE, continuing northwesterly along a curve concave to the northeast, having a radius of 230 ft. and concentric with the above- described centerline of Johnson Avenue, an arc distance of 90.6 ft., more or less, to a point distant 10 ft. from the northeasterly prolongation of the southeasterly right of way line of Buchon Street; THENCE, a distance of 11.3 ft., more or less, to the POINT OF BEGINNING. SUBJECT TO RESERVATION OF THE FOLLOWING EASEMENTS: 1. The entire abandoned area is reserved to the various utility companies for public utility purposes, City sanitary sewer and water mains, storm drains and appurtenances and access to maintain, repair or reconstruct such facilities. 2. That portion of the abandonment lying northeasterly of a line distant 10 ft. from, and parallel with, the southwesterly boundary of this abandonment for common driveway._ purposes for the adjacent parcels an d for public pedestrian, bicycle and emergency vehicle access. 8901 Page 3 of 4 END OF DOCUMENT 8901 Page 4 of 4. BUCH ❑N ST __ PINT OF - - -__ BEGINNING U-) E] AREA TO BE ABANDONED 30' Z Q 4' V R =230' L= .90,2' urb Line -3 Cv "= 30' O1 0 E:1 JPQ� C5 190' I. 0) U (_.. 90,6' I` BLANKS T SEWER, PUE, SANITARY WATER & STORM DRAIN E kSEMENTS. __ 6'- j COMMON RIVEWAY, PUBLIC PEDESTRIAN & BIC_YC_L_E EASEMENr. TRACT BOUNDARY 1 ' MUN ❑Z ST, - — 1 ADAND❑NED Deleissequez Tract EXHIBIT "A" SHEET 2 OF Z 01/99' j Sail WIS OBIM0 Johnson Avenue Adandonment Public Works Department between Buchon & Union Pam t R/W 955 Morro Street, San Luis Obispo, CA .93.402 END OF DOCUMENT 8901 Page 4 of 4. I v J RESOLUTION NO.'._ 8900 (1999 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AMENDING THE GENERAL PLAN HOUSING ELEMENT TO DELETE CITY- INITIATED R -3 ZONING IN THE EDNA -ISLAY AREA (GPA 178 -98) WHEREAS, the City Council conducted a public hearing on January 19, 1999, and has considered testimony of interested parties, the records of the Planning Commission hearing and action, and the evaluation and recommendation of staff; BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Environmental Determination. The City Council finds and determines that the action is not a project for purposes of environmental review since it has no potential for physical change to the environment. SECTION 2. Findines. That this Council, after consideration of a General Plan Housing Element text amendment concerning City initiation of adding R3 zoning to the Edna -Islay Area (GP 178 -98) and the Planning Commission's recommendations, staff recommendations, public testimony, and reports thereof, makes the following finding: A. The proposed text amendment is consistent with other policies of the General Plan. SECTION 3. Approval, The Housing Element amendment GP 178 -98, as shown in the attached Exhibit A, is hereby approved. SECTION 4. Publication. The Community Development Director shall cause the amendment to be reflected in documents which are on display in City Hall and which are available for public use. SECTION 5. Effective date. This amendment shall take affect at the expiration of 30 days following approval. 8900 Page 1 of 3 Resolution No. 8900 Page 2 On motion of Vice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council Member MarInd on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Ewan, Marx, Schwartz, Vice Mayor Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted thislLtlday of January , 1999. City Clerk Lee Price APPROVED AS TO • R / /�/ I 8900 Page 2 of 3 1 Exhibit A General Plan Housing Element text amendment (GPA 178 -98) text to be deleted is NRAJ AN$ Pte* *General Plan Digest numbering 8900 Page 3 of 3 aim '11b. �• r. *General Plan Digest numbering 8900 Page 3 of 3 �.v